GC 7000 - Annexure B - Technical Specification 16 08 18[00]..Docb - 1

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

OROT RABIN POWER STATION - UNIT 70

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR

SINGLE SHAFT COMBINED CYCLE UNIT

600-630 MW/UNIT NET @ SITE CONDITIONS

Table of content for annexure "B":

1. PURCHASER: 2. NAME OF PROJECT 3. LOCATION OF PROJECT 4. SCOPE 4.1 Project Description 4.2 Scope of Supply 4.3 Special Equipment, Tools and Instruments 4.4 Contractor Services 4.5 Contractor’s Scope of Design 4.6 Work by Others (Facilities and Services to be provided by the Purchaser) 5. TERMINAL POINTS AND TERMINAL CONNECTIONS 6. CYBER SECURITY SAFEGUARD REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTROL AND DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEMS IN IEC FACILITIES. 7. QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL 8. STANDARDS AND SUPPLEMENTS 9. TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION 10. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 11. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 12. PACKAGING & DELIVERY 13. STORAGE & HANDLING 14. NAMEPLATE & MARKING 15. NOTES 16. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

GC 7000 - Annexure B - Technical Specification 16_08_18[00]..docB - 1

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

OROT RABIN POWER STATION - UNIT 70

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR

SINGLE SHAFT COMBINED CYCLE UNIT

600-630 MW/UNIT NET @ SITE CONDITIONS

1. PURCHASER: The Israel Electric Corporation Limited (I.E.C).

2. NAME OF PROJECT: Orot Rabin, Unit 70.

3. LOCATION OF PROJECT: Near the Mediterranean Sea coast of Israel, north east of the existing Orot Rabin P. Station, unit 6 4. SCOPE The scope of work includes Engineering, Equipment and services for the sea water cooled Single shaft combined cycle unit.

4.1 Project description Due to ongoing growth in electrical consumption, Israel Electric Co. started a process of purchasing a new combined cycles unit, which will be called unit "70" and will be located at exiting Orot Rabin Power Station (north to unit 6). The exiting Orot Rabin site contains 4x350MW (1-4) and 2x575MW (5-6) coal fire units. Units 5-6 are equipped with FGD & SCR systems. For general arrangement see attached drawing supplement 8.9.1.21. This project will be performed in one stage continuously and shall include: Engineering, Procurement, Construction and commissioning of one single shaft combined cycle unit H / J class technology with output of 600-630 MW / unit (Net) & efficiency above 60.5% (Net) @ site conditions.  The unit shall be designed as dual fuel, Main fuel - Natural Gas, Secondary fuel - Fuel Oil #2.  The unit will be cooled by sea water, pump house of unit 1-4 will be used instead of build a new pump house, equipment will be replaced by new one.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

 Contractor shall optimize his design according to purchaser's input data, coordinate (Gas turbine, steam turbine, Generator, Condenser, HRSG and B.O.P) with the gas turbine manufacturer regarding start-ups, shut-down, blow off etc. contractor shall design his supplied equipment according to this specification in order to provide the highest capacity and efficiency as possible  Electric System: The unit will be connected to the unit local 161kV switch yard and to the 161kV grid through units 3&4 existing 161kV Switchgear. The connections between the 161kV local switch yard and to the units 3&4 existing 161kV Switchgear will be made by cables.  Gas will be supplied from the south existing lines and additional new line will be build, PRMS will be located in the south of the site.

The equipment and the configuration at the different system levels shall ensure an intrinsic high level of reliability, availability stability and maintainability in case of various inner and outer faults.

4.2 Scope of supply The scope of work shall include, but shall not be limited to the following: Within the scope of engineering and supply the contractor shall, as applicable, design, develop, engineer, manufacture, preserve, assemble, tune, shop and site tests, pack and furnish with export packing the following:

4.2.1 Basic Scope of Engineering, supply and services: 4.2.1.1 Mechanical Main Equipment 4.2.1.1.1 One set of Gas and steam Turbo-generator in a single shaft train including at least and shall not be limited to the following systems: a. gas system b. Fuel Gas & Fuel Oil system c. Automusing air system (if required) d. Purge air OR water system purging e. Air inlet system without power augmentations (evaporator and chiller not included). f. Air processing unit for air inlet filters.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00] g. Control air / instrument air system. h. Dry low NOx system for N.G firing and wet low NOx system for DO firing with Water injection system i. Co2 firefighting system for gas turbine j. Compressor water washing system including drain tank k. Turning Gear system l. Clutch system m. Vacuum breaker system n. Cooling water system - Common for GT and S.T o. external Steam Drain system p. water-cooled generator q. Auxiliary system r. Lubrication and control oil system - Common for GT and S.T s. Steam Seal System t. Common Hydraulic Power unit for GT and S.T u. Oil Flushing system, Hydrotest procedure, Acid Cleaning procedure, blow out procedure and all blind flanges and valve inserts required for mentioned procedure. v. Vibration sensors, monitoring systems and diagnostic system w. Complete bypass systems (H.P, I.P & L.P.) x. Steam turbine (internal) drain system y. Exhaust hood cooling system z. Fire Protection and detection System aa. Electrical heater for sealing steam superheating. bb. Instrumentation and control system cc. Vibration sensors and turbine monitoring and diagnostic systems dd. Supports parts and embedded parts, anchor bolt ee. GT and ST enclosures with HVAC system including fire protection system ff. Acoustic & Thermal Insulation and Insulation Protection gg. Two (2) main cranes including rails for the turbines hall (according to attached technical specification). hh. Water steam cycle systems, piping, accessories and supports (springs and hangers, auxiliary steel).

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Water steam systems as MS, HR, CR, FW, LP & CD will be according to purchaser's design. The piping will be supplied as spools.

ii. Water steam cycle systems manual and control valves and drains valves

4.2.1.1.2 One Horizontal Heat Recovery Steam Generator (HRSG). a. High pressure super-heater, evaporators, steam drum with all necessary internals steam purification system, high temperature economizers and low temperature economizer. b. Intermediate pressure super-heater, evaporator, steam drum with all necessary internals steam purification system, high and low temperature economizers. c. Low pressure super-heater, evaporator, steam drum with all necessary internal steam purification system d. Intermediate pressure reheater. e. Condensate preheater (if applicable). f. Interconnecting piping between the heat transfer sections, drums and circulating system shall include stop valves, control valves, non-return valve, other valves, accessories, supports and hangers. The Interconnecting piping & internal links between modules will be supplied by spool ready for erection according to drawing. The spool shall be pre-fabricated on shop (preparation, cutting and beveling in two ends). The external large bore pipes (above 2 inch) will be supplied by spool ready for erection according to drawing. The spool (external pipes) shall be pre-fabricated on shop (preparation, cutting and beveling in one end). In Addition, contractor will supply 5% spare piping of any material and any diameter. g. Complete boiler trim, including safety valves with silencers, sample valves, chemical dosing valves, water columns with gauge assembly(ies), non-return valves, blow-down valves, feed water stop and check valves, feed water control valves and bypasses, vent and drain valves. HP and RH control temperature system including for each one inter stage and final Attemperators with all required instruments. h. Boiler casing and outlet duct with the required stiffeners, insulation, liner plate, lagging flow vanes (if applicable), access man ways and expansion joints.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00] i. Boiler outlet duct and outlet stack 80m high, including stack damper, EPA test ports, Continuous Emission Monitoring system (CEMS) and sampling equipment. The stack shall be self-supporting. j. Platforms, ladders (where approved) and stairs for access to the HRSG (drums, deaerator, stack test ports, inspection doors, gauges, vents, relief valves, valves, etc.). k. Structural steel for the support of the boiler, ductwork, piping (including Purchaser's piping and supports), valves and all other items within the scope of supply. Structure steel shall be designed to allow tubes replacement. The Aux. steel for cable trays and pipe support shall be provided by the contractor. l. All external thermal insulation and lagging for the piping, piping accessories and equipment supplied (materials will be supplied loose). m. All internal thermal insulation ceramic or fiber lining and lagging (stainless steel lagging) for the boiler and ducts (shop assembled). n. Provisions for deaerator mounting and platforms between HRSG and deaerator (The deaerator shall be mounted on HRSG structure steel). o. Bundle supporting system (including tube sheets, rods, etc. as applicable) and bundle hanging in case of a vertical boiler. p. HRSG instrumentation. q. Continuous Emission Monitoring system. r. General: - The system for monitoring emission on stack shall be according to European standard EN 14181: "Stationary source emission – quality of automated measuring systems" - All analyzers should be of the same type - point in situ or extractive principle - All measurements shall be on dry basis. s. The system shall include the following appurtenances: - One (1) Dust meter SO2, NO, CO, H2O, O2 analyzers - One (1) Temperature transmitter - One (1) Pressure transmitter - One (1) Flow meter

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

- One (1) Air conditioned shelter for maintenance purposes including lighting & emergency lighting. t. All necessary accessories: tubing, regulators gas cylinders, cables etc. u. All above CEM measurements shall be connected to a separate PLC + PC, located in the shelter for calculation, display and data acquisition. The PLC should be connected to the PCMS to transfer a.m. data, alarms and for display on PCMS HMI. v. A multi flap damper in the boiler outlet stack. The damper shall be equipped with electric actuator, with all necessary devices to prevent the damper being closed during operation and with rain water disposal system. The damper actuation system shall be capable of operation from a local and remote station, at any operating condition of the gas turbine. Manual operation is needed during power failure. w. Provisions for testing in accordance with HRSG performance guarantee test procedures, according to ASME PTC 4.4. x. Continuous and intermittent blow-down equipment (flash tanks, valves, piping accessories, 2x100% pumps, coolers, etc.). y. Hot dip galvanized, painted, and coated structure steel, galvanization of at least 70µ, and in addition painting structure steel according to supplement 8.9.6.4 (IEC specification for painting on Galvanized Surfaces… painting CL-716). z. Silencing equipment shall be provided for the following: - Flue gas at boiler outlet transition duct (if necessary). - Flue gas at boiler inlet transition duct (if necessary). - Safety valves. - Blow down connection to atmosphere. - Main Stack. aa. HRSG acoustic insulation, designed to be supported on the HRSG main steel structure. Walkways and platforms shall be outside the acoustic insulation (if necessary). bb. Shop, primer and final painting for all equipment. cc. Elevator according to supplement (see Para. 8.9.1.20) dd. All inlet / outlet to / from the HRSG from / to the steam turbine shall be equipped with isolation devices / valves for conducting government periodic hydrostatic

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

tests for the HRSG modules & drum including HRSG reheater (rh) hydrostatic test (HT) and provisions for RH drainage after HT. NOTE: Contractor may propose, as alternates, a HRSG without a drum subjected to Purchaser's approval. 4.2.1.1.3 One direct contact deaerator (stork type) complete with all the required accessories, control valves, isolating valves, instruments, associated piping and structure steel.

4.2.1.1.4 Surface Condenser: 4.2.1.1.4.1 One sea water-cooled surface condenser including the following: a. Complete shop fabricated tube bundles including: titanium cladded tube sheets, stainless steel vent ducts and upper carbon steel protecting rods. b. Welded and rolled titanium tubes, 1” O.D. with 0.5mm. Wall thickness, and with 0.7 mm tubes in the three peripheral rows. c. Condenser shell including all connections and penetrations as required. d. Condenser hotwell including; equalizing piping, (if applicable) condensate reheat system (if applicable) and leak detection system connections. e. Inlet and outlet Waterboxes shall be lined (all parts) with epoxy including; manways, flanges, connections as specified, and stress analysis of the water boxes. f. Impress current cathodic protection. g. Cross connection piping or cross water box including: epoxy lining, flanges supports, and expansion joints. h. Condenser cleaning system include instrumentation and control system i. All required valves, valve actuators and electrical drive motors. j. Dumping devices including connection for dumping devices (LP, IP bypasses) with all required stiffeners and vanes. k. Spring supporting system or fixed and sliding supports (horizontal condenser) for condenser and cross connection piping as required. l. Condenser steam inlet expansion joint, if applicable. m. Anchor bolts, embedded parts, bolts, stud bolts, nuts, washers and gaskets within the condenser terminals.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

n. Air removal equipment – for hogging and holding 2x100% for operation (one will operate as holding). o. Air removal equipment for water side – 2x100% p. Debris filters for filtering the main cooling and AUX water at condenser inlet (one (1) for each inlet and tubes cleaning system one (1) for each inlet), including instrumentation and control systems. q. Steel support structure for all the supplied equipment. 4.2.1.1.5 Closed cooling water system One closed cooling water system [2x100% CW pumps, 2x100% titanium plats CW coolers (Water / Demin.), head tank, chemical inhibitor tank, supporting steel structure, instrumentation etc.]. 4.2.1.1.6 Various tanks & vessels (500mᶟ Make up Thank, 2x100% pumps, Drains, Make up Demin. Water etc.). 4.2.1.1.7 Main cycle pumps, 2x100% (condensate, H.P/I.P. feed water, condensate recirculation, deaerator pumps, etc.). 4.2.1.1.8 Various pumps 2x100% (Drain, etc.) 4.2.1.1.9 One chemical conditioning system (steam cycle). 4.2.1.1.10 One sampling system. 4.2.1.1.11 Instrument and service air compression systems (2x800 SCFM), 2x100% (including two (2) air receivers, air dryer, filters (2x100%) etc.). 4.2.1.1.12 Control & Instrumentation for each equipment (Refer to below note). 4.2.1.1.13 Material of the piping system supplied by the Contractor including pipes, fitting, accessories, valves, insulation, lagging, supports, instrumentation, control valves, check valves, safety valves, flow elements and all the required materials and equipment to form a complete system (refer to below note). Pipes 2" and above will be supplied as spools including pressure & NDT tests certification). NOTE: All the valves and instruments shall be supplied in accordance with scope of supply marked on P&ID's. All flow elements on the supplier's and IEC's piping shall be supplied by contractor (for systems within contractor scope of supply), even if they are not marked so on the P&ID's.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

4.2.1.1.14 Hot dip galvanized and painted steel structure of HRSG, aux. steel or skids for equipment supplied by Contractor Stairs tread, handrails, ladders, grating and bolts for platform connection will be hot dip galvanized only. 4.2.1.1.15 Insulation and lagging for equipment within the Scope of Supply. 4.2.1.1.16 Design and supply of Turbo set embedded parts, including design of the templates to locate the embedded parts (all supplied HDG). 4.2.1.1.17 External drain system (according to P&ID and flow diagram). 4.2.1.1.18 Embedded parts, anchor bolts, Hilti's (or approved equivalent), Shims, Nuts and any other accessories required for anchoring the supplied equipment during installation (Hilti's or approved equivalent will be HDG C.S).

4.2.1.2 Electrical Main Equipment 4.2.1.2.1 Complete Generator Unit including: Turbine driven Generator with its appropriate Auxiliary systems, Monitoring and alarming systems and Excitation systems. 4.2.1.2.2 Starting system based on static frequency converter. 4.2.1.2.3 Unit Main transformer (UMT) (70BAT01 on the one Line diagram). 4.2.1.2.4 Unit Auxiliary Transformer (UAT) (70BBT01 on the one Line diagram). 4.2.1.2.5 Isolated Phase Bus duct, Generator Circuit Breaker, Generator Neutral Equipment and Associated Equipment Cubicles. 4.2.1.2.6 Unit protection system: 4.2.1.2.6.1 Unit protection system according to this specification and the attached conceptual one-line diagram, including: - Generator protection system - Unit Main Transformer (UMT) protection system - Unit Auxiliary Transformers (UAT) protection system 4.2.1.2.6.2 The whole protection devices shall be connected for information to the Electrical Control System (ECS) which shall be supplied and specified under the specification item 4.2.1.3 4.2.1.2.6.3 The protection systems shall include all the equipment and software engineering required for the protection functions as detailed in this specification. 4.2.1.2.6.4 Protection Supervision System should be connected to Unit protection system 4.2.1.2.6.5 Protection Supervision System shall be supplied.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

4.2.1.2.7 Synchronization System: An automatic/manual synchronizing system shall be provided. 4.2.1.2.8 Metering: The Contractor shall provide the Unit Metering System including: a) Electrical power transducers. b) Metering. c) Preparation for Revenue meters (supplied by other) connection. 4.2.1.2.9 Medium Voltage (6.9kV) Switchgear (70BBA01 on the one Line diagram). 4.2.1.2.10 Load Center Transformers 6.9/0.4kV (70BFT01÷04 on the one Line diagram). 4.2.1.2.11 0.4kV Load center (70BFA01÷03 & 70BMA01 on the one Line diagram). 4.2.1.2.11.1 The load list for the BOP Switchgear (70BFA01÷02) shall be define later. 4.2.1.2.12 0.4kV Motor Control Centers, 400VAC and 230VAC distribution boards. 4.2.1.2.12.1 The load list for the BOP MCC's shall be defined later. 4.2.1.2.13 0.4kV Emergency Diesel Generator (70XJA01 on the one Line diagram) 4.2.1.2.14 220VDC Chargers/power supplies (70BTL01GR001,002 on the one Line diagram) 4.2.1.2.15 220VDC Distribution Boards (70BVC01,02 on the one Line diagram) 4.2.1.2.16 230VAC UPS Distribution Boards (70BRA01,02 on the one Line diagram). 4.2.1.2.17 24VDC Inverters (70BRU01GU003,004 on the one Line diagram – (if needed) 4.2.1.2.18 24VDC Distribution Board ( 70BVA01 on the one Line diagram – if needed) 4.2.1.2.19 Indoor Lighting (regular, essential & emergency) and small power receptacles in all Unit enclosures and Auxiliaries which supplied by the Contractor. 4.2.1.2.20 Package design 4.2.1.2.21 Cables – Scope of Design and Supply: The division of Design & Supply between the Contractor and Purchaser for all the cables (Power, I&C, Communication and special cables, etc.) shall be according to supplement 8.9.3.9. Each type of cable shall be supplied uncut on drums. The drum shall be calculated to minimize cable loss. 4.2.1.2.22 Cables infrastructure Design and Supply shall be according to supplement 8.9.3.9.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

4.2.1.3 Control and Instrumentation Equipment Plant Control & Monitoring System (PCMS) are described in Para. 10.28. The PCMS shall be designed and supplied for the control of combined cycle unit, which include: - Main equipment: HRSG, Sea water cooled condenser, Gas turbine and Steam turbine Generator; - Combined cycle unit Balance of Plant (BOP) equipment; - Electrical Systems (ECS – electrical control system as an integral part of the PCMS). - Combined cycle unit Package systems; - 161kV field; - All other combined cycle unit Auxiliary equipment. 4.2.1.3.1 plant control and monitoring system (PCMS) shall include the following: a. Processing cabinets, for I/O modules and processing units, marshaling cabinets including cooling and ventilating equipment for individual cabinet environment control. b. All required signal conditioning equipment (Digital and analog I/O modules, interposing relays and other). c. All related equipment, in sufficient numbers, to control the plant motor drives (fans, pumps, and compressors), circuit breakers, interposing relays, etc. d. All power supplies, power distribution, switching facilities and power regulating devices including those needed for RTD's, contact inputs, transmitters and as indicated in the Specification. e. Data highway(s) and communication interfaces between data highway(s). f. Free-standing self-contained console with optimum number of Operator Workstations and large screen(s), as required in order to provide complete integrated HMI for all the related sub-systems in the Plant's scope. g. Output printers, display devices, consoles, keyboards, pointing devices, data storage and back-up devices, etc. h. Engineering Workstation(s) (hardware and software), to perform all engineering tasks of the system, as defined in this spec. i. Dedicated Information Management system including computer server, one PC based station and the related software needed for performance calculations and system’s history data management (see Para. 16.5.7).

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

j. Communication interfaces for computerized control systems, supplied by others (if any), according to system’s architecture. Communication interfaces shall include all related buffering hardware, software and engineering (protocols, conversion, HMI, etc.). Routers and firewall capability equipment necessary, for security reason, to segregate the PCMS communication networks from foreign systems are excluded. Hardware, Software, Licenses and modifications, foreign devices side, to perform PMCS connectivity are out of Contractor scope of supply. k. For interconnecting cables between the above listed items of equipment please refer to Para. 4.2.1.2.23 above. l. Complete programming, including flow-charting, coding, program entry, debugging, simulation. m. Implementation in PCMS of the systems supplied by IEC (others). n. Drawings, instruction books and complete program listings for any custom programs. o. The quantity of storage media as required by the system applications. p. Any special Test Equipment required for operation and maintenance of the system(s). q. All the required software to ensure performance of the complete integrated system and of its subsystems according to this Specification. The PCMS shall be based on the Contractor's last version of equipment available on the market at the bid date. r. Remote I/O Cabinet/s for control of the Existing upgraded Main Cooling Pumps, to be used for Units 1-4 as well as for Unit 70. s. Complete equipment package for the System External Time Synchronization. t. All the hardware and software which provide the implementation of security safeguard requirements, as stipulated in supplement 8.9.3.5 and throughout this specification. u. One server interface to PI system, product of Software OSI Company, shall be provided. 4.2.1.3.2 Unit emergency stop pushbutton mounted on the Operator desk. The pushbutton contacts shall make direct trip commands to: - Excitation circuit breaker trip coils - SFC main supply feeder

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

- Generator Circuit Breaker trip coils - Generator protections for further unit emergency shutdown

4.2.2 Optional scope of Engineering, supply and services: 4.2.2.1 General Options: 4.2.2.1.1 Engineering and supply of all equipment detailed in Paragraph 4.2: Orot Rabin Single Shaft Combined Cycle Unit 80 (scope of design & supply shall be as unit 70). 4.2.2.1.1.1 Services of Compatible engineer for conducting the commissioning, start-up and putting into operation of the Main Equipment. 4.2.2.1.2 Auxiliary boiler. The Aux boiler size (Only if required) shall be determined by the supplier according to the proposed unit requirements. 4.2.2.1.3 Condenser design pressure (and other related parts as mention in ann. B) Might be designed for full vacuum to 9 barg (instead of 6 barg) see Para 10.13.1.1 for more details. 4.2.2.1.4 F.O. Treatment Plant (if needed) 4.2.2.1.5 F.O supply pumps from tank No. 19 to F.O.T.P (800m approximately) (2x100%) 4.2.2.1.6 F.O. Treatment Plant discharge pumps (2x100%) 4.2.2.1.7 F.O. Supply pumps after D.O CLEAN TANK (2X100%) Note: In case of F.O Treatment plant is needed, the piping and supports will be according purchaser design. 4.2.2.1.8 Software (from HRSG manufacturer) for tracking and managing examinations, inspections and repairing of equipment such as: piping, sections, collectors, drums and deaerator.

4.2.2.2 Electrical & Control Options: 4.2.2.2.1 Simulation System.

4.2.2.3 Civil option: 4.2.2.3.1 HRSG concrete foundations complete design (for erection/construction). 4.2.2.3.2 Design and supply of Turbine building steel structure (including shop drawings and erection drawings, piping penetration, rolling doors, steel

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

structure cover, works platform with hand rails for maintenance, HVAC, lighting and emergency lighting, stairs, ladder, electrical sockets, embedded parts, anchor bolts, Hilti's (or approved equivalent), Shims, Nuts and any other accessories required for anchoring the supplied equipment during installation (Hilti's or approved equivalent will be HDG C.S). 4.2.2.3.3 Turbine building concrete foundations pits and floors complete design (for erection / construction). 4.2.2.3.4 Design and supply of pipe bridges (between HRSG and T.H. and boiler feed pumps steel structure including shop drawings and erection drawings, embedded parts, anchor bolts, Hilti's (or approved equivalent), Shims, Nuts and any other accessories required for anchoring the supplied equipment during installation (Hilti's or approved equivalent will be HDG C.S). 4.2.2.3.5 Pipe bridges and BFP concrete foundations complete design (for erection / construction). 4.2.2.3.6 All materials (excluding column base plate shims) above the concrete foundations, including all base plates, slide plates and anchor bolts shall be supplied hot dip galvanized. 4.2.2.3.7 Contractor will supplied column boiler bolts including sleeves for grout casting and templates for bolt alignment.

4.2.2.4 Additional Options: 4.2.2.4.1.1 Spare Parts as detailed in Annexure C1. 4.2.2.4.1.2 One spare Unit Main Transformer Three phase or single phase according to the selected option from Paragraph 10.25.10.4.2 in this specification. 4.2.2.4.1.3 One spare Unit Auxiliary Transformer. 4.2.2.4.1.4 One complete set of Jet Gas Turbine for Black Start purpose of the Unit includes (but not limited to) all required components, control interface with the Unit control system, full electrical connection to the 161kV system, main & Auxiliary Transformers. The power size of the Jet GT will be defined by the contractor according to the Black Start demand of the Main Unit. 4.2.2.4.2 Embedded parts, anchor bolts, Hilti's (or approved equivalent), Shims, Nuts and any other accessories required for anchoring the supplied equipment during installation (Hilti's or approved equivalent will be HDG C.S).

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

4.3 Contractor’s Scope of Design 4.3.1 Mechanical Engineering 4.3.1.1 Plant general concept - 4.3.1.2 Cycles’ heat and mass balances. 4.3.1.3 Cycles’ principal key diagrams (flow diagrams) - supplement 8.9.1.10 4.3.1.4 Equipment and plant P&ID diagrams - Each element, component, item on P&ID must be tagged, marked (KKS) and identified. ("Comos" Software) 4.3.1.5 PDMS 3D model of the complete equipment within contractor scope of supply including catalogs for piping, supports, valves, instrumentation, junction box and all accessories (for small bore piping supports under 2" will be indicated as X). 4.3.1.6 Equipment description and data sheets 4.3.1.7 Control concept and integration for the entire combine cycle unit. 4.3.1.8 Entire unit start-up (including warm-up), low load, normal and emergency modes of operation, unit load control, interlocks, unit protection and supervising (functional diagrams, logic diagrams, guidelines and requirements), including the integration of the control systems supplied by others and of the guide lines that contractor shall obtain from all subcontractors of the supplied equipment. 4.3.1.9 Unit Protection Guide Specification (guidelines and requirements). 4.3.1.10 Operation procedure, i.e. start-up, shut down, recommended modes of operating, etc. 4.3.1.11 Pre-operational cleaning procedures, i.e. mechanical cleaning, washing, flushing, chemical cleaning, steam blow out, etc. 4.3.1.12 Piping list, valves list, control valves list, instrumentation list and list of consumers within Contractor scope of supply in Contractor's standard formats as agreed with Purchaser. In addition, All installed equipment and all its component list linked to the Eng. Data (books and folders shall be supplied with linkage and reference to P&ID, KKS, section, parts at folders/books ) and drawings. 4.3.1.13 The instrument list shall include the following data as a minimum: 4.3.1.14 At stage 1 (preliminary list) –KKS number measuring description, range ,set points, type of instrument, P&ID number and power supply. 4.3.1.15 At stage 2 (final list) – instrument manufacturer and model number, in addition to all of the data mentioned at stage 1.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

4.3.1.16 Required input data from subcontractors for the control, supervision, interlocks, protection and automatic start-up of the Contractor's equipment. The diagrams shall be in neutral form. 4.3.1.17 Required input data of subsystems provided by Purchaser (e.g. utilities). 4.3.1.18 Contractor's standards formats including the input data from the contractor for piping list, valves list, instrumentation list, control valves list, list of consumers. 4.3.1.19 Consumer list of all systems. 4.3.1.20 Complete BOQ for each equipment and system 4.3.1.21 Data sheets for control valves. 4.3.1.22 In addition to the above the contractor shall provide all other designed and documents listed in annexure "J". 4.3.1.23 The entire project will be design according to the KKS system, main contractor and also su-contractors shall use the KKS system. 4.3.1.24 IEC is using the "Comos" software (for P&ID, C&ID etc.) therefore IEC prefers the contractors will use the same software.

4.3.2 Electrical Engineering 4.3.2.1 Preparation of the Main One Line Diagram for the supplied equipment, based on the basic One Line Diagram attached to the specification:

BM70YYY/EKS/00000001 ((supplement 8.9.3.1). 4.3.2.2 Preparation of the General Arrangement for the Isolated Phase Bus Duct and the Generator Circuit Breaker. 4.3.2.3 Preparation of the Electrical Consumer List for consumers delivered by the Contractor under the scope of supply of this specification, including identification of their location. 4.3.2.4 All the technical documentation - the equipment and systems description, detail design, electrical installation and operation of the equipment/systems supplied by the Contractor, the interconnection between them, and between them and other equipments/systems of the Power Station. 4.3.2.5 Studies and calculations, divided as follows: o Computer simulation (time diagram of generator voltage, current, field voltage, electric angle) for generator stability following major disturbances (for proposal). o Study showing the unit capability to continue to operate after system faults (low- voltage ride-through).

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

o THD calculation for equipment generating harmonics like: excitation system, static frequency converter used as starting system, variable speed drive, etc. o MV, LV power cable cross-section calculation, including cables feeding Contractor supplied equipment from systems other than those included in the Scope of Supply. 4.3.2.6 The contractor shall design and supply all the required cyber security elements and systems (hardware& software) for all computerized systems in its scope, according to the rules and requirements stipulated in par.6 of Ann "B" of this specification. 4.3.2.7 Concept engineering. 4.3.2.8 Preparation of the Main One Line Diagram, Protection and Metering Diagram, based on the diagrams prepared by purchaser and the requirements of the Specification. 4.3.2.9 Preparation of the General Arrangement. 4.3.2.10 Preparation of the Electrical Consumer List and drawings showing their location on site. 4.3.2.11 Preparation of the Electrical Consumer List and drawings showing their location on site. 4.3.2.12 Outline dimension drawings for the equipment in Contractor’s Scope of Supply. 4.3.2.13 Design of cables in Contractor's Scope of Supply. 4.3.2.14 Contractor will recommend the basic concept for the cable route in turbine hall as well as HRSG. 4.3.2.15 Cable list and cable data base for all supplied equipment on xls files.

4.3.2.16 Cathodic Protection System for Condenser's Water Boxes 4.3.2.17 Concept engineering. 4.3.2.18 Performance of calculations and studies, as detailed in the Specification.

4.3.2.19 Preparation of the General Arrangement. 4.3.2.20 Preparation of the Electrical Consumer List and drawings showing their location on site. 4.3.2.21 Outline dimension drawings for the equipment in Contractor’s Scope of Supply. 4.3.2.22 Design of cables in Contractor's Scope of Supply 4.3.2.23 (All the cable raceways are out of Contractor’s Scope of Supply.) 4.3.2.24 Contractor will recommend the basic concept for the cable route

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

4.3.2.25 Please refer also to the design item in the electrical scope of supply Para. 4.2.1.2 Above and 10.25.1.7.1 4.3.2.26 In addition to the above the contractor shall provide all other documents listed in annexure "J".

4.3.3 Civil Engineering 4.3.3.1 Complete design for construction of turbo-generator reinforced concrete foundation (including foundation for the surface condenser) please refer to supplement 8.9.5.7 4.3.3.2 General lay-out (PDMS 3D model for Turbine Island, condenser, transformers, bus bars, HRSG, condenser, routing to all piping within contractor scope. 4.3.3.3 Foundation load and design data for civil works within purchaser scope of foundation design. 4.3.3.4 Quality assurance & control. 4.3.3.5 Erection, installation, testing and commissioning procedures. 4.3.3.6 Steel structure of HRSG and aux. steel or skids of aux. equipment or other steel structures within Contractor’s scope. 4.3.3.7 Complete design for construction of concrete foundations within Contractor’s scope. 4.3.3.8 In addition to the above the contractor shall designed and provide all other documents listed in annexure "J".

4.3.4 Civil engineering for steel and concrete: 4.3.4.1 According to the Israeli law regulations/requirements for construction, any Civil Engineering design (concrete and steel structure) provided by Contractor shall be checked and approved by an Israeli civil engineer who will be called the "checker". 4.3.4.2 The "checker" must be Structural Engineer authorized by the Government Office of Industry, Commercial and Employment. 4.3.4.3 The “checker” shall provide all duties required from responsible Civil Engineer by Israeli Building Law, including, but not limiting to, preparing all required documents (or part of it) in order to provide them to local authorities, verifying of compliance Contractor’s design to requirements of appropriate Israeli Standards, Contractor’s design approval, performing on-site Designer Supervision

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

inspections, sign structures final acceptance documents as responsible Contractor representative (shop drawings). 4.3.4.4 The approval shall be obtained by a signing all design stages which include documents and computer calculations, computer model and steel construction plans and drawings, permits documents, final licensing approval ("TOFES 4" – after commercial operation of the unit(s)) as well as all other documents required by Israeli Building Law. 4.3.4.5 The “checker” will serve as responsible Contractor representative during design and construction, shall coordinate Contractor Civil design activities with other Purchaser Civil Engineer(s) and will perform on-site inspections as Designer Supervisor during erection/construction of the structures designed by Contractor. 4.3.4.6 Container - Equipment installed inside containers under contractor scope of supply.  Containers will be supplied ready for installation, equipped with the electrical system, firefighting, and fire detection systems, HVAC, lighting and emergency  Contractor will submit to purchaser "for erection" architectural drawings which include sections, firefighting system HVAC, lighting and emergency lamp details description and preparation for infrastructures connections.  All firefighting systems provided under contractor scope of supply shall be approved by certified laboratory for the design stage and before operation. All related documents shall be submitted to IEC.  The “checker” will verify and provide the static calculations to that will comply with Israeli relevant standards, such as earthquake, wind loads, etc.  The “checker”, on behalf of the contractor must be an authorized civil engineer. The local civil engineer will be responsible for signing the required permit application in addition to submitting the static calculations and signing the building framework form.

The “checker” shall comply with the entire requirement specify in Para.

4.3.4 Above.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

4.4 Special Equipment, Tools and Instruments 4.4.1 Contractor shall provide all special equipment, tools and instruments required for safe and secure transport of all components from ex works to final destination, and for test and maintenance of Equipment provided under this Contract. Said equipment, tools, and instruments should be in Contractor's Proposal where it should be stated which are provided on a loan basis and which are included in the Contract Price. 4.4.2 The Contractor shall furnish all necessary special tools, instruments and/or test equipment which are required to fulfill the approved test procedure for equipment tested by Purchaser. 4.4.3 Maintenance equipment and tools provided under this specification shall include manuals, drawings and usage instruction. They shall be new and of best quality and be shipped to the job site in a suitable separate box, clearly marked with the name of the equipment they are intended for.

4.4.4 Erection and overhaul tools 4.4.4.1 Contractor shall provide all special tools and specified drawings of all tools, lifting ropes (slings) and beams from the hook to the lifted loads. Note: Moment key (High torque) for tightening of main bolts and bolt heating equipment shall be provided within contractor’s scope. Contractor shall provide beam for rotor disassembly, temporary supports for rotor, and generator rotor stand. 4.4.4.2 Contractor shall provide honing machine with the consumables stones for alignment of turbo-gen Set – on loan basis. 4.4.4.3 Contractor shall provide jacks required for positioning the Turbo Generator Unit during erection and multi-directional skids for the transfer of the stator. 4.4.4.4 Contractor shall supply Stator equipped with gussets suitable for setting the generator down and placing it on beams for skidding. Such jacks, skids and other tools and instruments will be returned to Contractor after erection except in regard to such tools and instruments, if any, included in the Contract price.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

4.4.4.5 Contractor shall provide a detailed list and drawings of all tools for lifting equipment, hook-up jacks, hydraulic pumps etc. and drawings for transported condition as well as for installation, assembly / disassembly and maintenance. 4.4.4.6 Lifting lugs for water box installation shall be provided as required (at top and bottom of the water box). Contractor shall provide the required tools including lifting beams for the Condenser equipment transportation as well as for the Condenser equipment installation. 4.4.4.7 Contractor shall design the equipment to allow safe lifting, transporting and erecting of the supplied equipment. 4.4.4.8 Component parts shall be provided or designed, as may be the case, such that their sizes, configurations and weights can be safely effectively handled at the site for erection by construction equipment currently available to the Purchaser. 4.4.4.9 In this regard, the Purchaser has at his disposal two (2) types of cranes, a TEREX –2800CC and “Leibherr” Crawler Crane Model LR 1800. For the erection of turbine, generator and boiler modules special crane (800 ton) will be provided by the purchaser.

Typical loading for this equipment is as follows: Load Radius Lift Boo Mast

(Kg) (m) (m) (m) (m)

Guy-Derrick 250,000 21 12 40 46

86,000 18 76 100 55 Liebherr 300,000 16 70 * * 200,000 26 40 * * 150,000 44 46 * *

4.4.5 Local Purchasing Requirements 4.4.5.1 Contractor is required to include components and accessories manufactured in Israel wherever possible, as proposed by it and approved by the Purchaser. The Contractor shall include in the Proposal a preliminary list of items/works that it intends to fabricate in Israel. 4.4.5.2 Contractor shall design and fabricate wherever possible the following items or perform the following work in Israel:

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

- Condenser Assembly and fabrication. - Flue Gas Ducts. - Piping and accessories heaters. - Dampers. - Motors. - HRSG skin casing. - Buckstays. - Miscellaneous steel piping, - Boiler pressure parts assembly (economizer, reheater, etc.) - Stationary and moving fan components. - Miscellaneous cast materials. - All motors up to 2200KW. - Local pressure gauges. - Thermocouples. - Cables and wiring. - Jacketing on insulated surfaces of tubes, pipes, headers, etc. - Welding electrodes, as available. - Structure steel, ladders, platforms. - Module assembly. - Suspension steel - Pumps. - Control panels. - Silencers. - Base plates. - Diffuser. - Oil units. - Hydraulic units. - Coolers. - Deaerator fabrication. - Thermal insulation - Ball & Butterfly Valves

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

4.5 Contractor Services The Contractor shall provide the services listed in the following sub-articles as part of the basic Scope of Work or as Purchaser’s option, at the per diem or lump sum rates, all as stated in the Summary of Prices and Delivery Schedule, Annexure “C1”. Field personnel provided by the Contractor shall be capable and qualified to perform the required duties to the satisfaction of the Purchaser. They shall be vested with authority to make decisions that could affect the status of the Equipment and which are binding on the Contractor.

4.5.1 Erection Services: Contractor shall provide the services of competent advisors to direct and instruct Purchaser's personnel during erection, including, without limitation, identifying the equipment, unpacking, intermediate storing, erection sequencing and erection checking as may be required to assure proper and successful erection and installation of the Equipment provided under this Specification. The advisors should be fluent in English and able to write daily reports in English.

4.5.2 Commissioning and Start-Up Services: Contractor shall provide the services of competent advisors to direct Purchaser's personnel and assure proper, complete and successful commissioning, starting, combustion tuning and placing into service of the Equipment provided under this Contract with the balance of equipment at the related power station Unit(s).

4.5.3 Training: Contractor's personnel shall conduct a thorough training course pertaining to the equipment furnished under this Specification, for Purchaser's personnel, covering, without limitation, correct start-up, safe operation at all modes of operation, safe shutdown and maintenance, design and engineering of electrical and control systems. The Contractor shall verify that the trainees are completely familiar with all phases of such procedures and are capable of operating and maintaining the equipment successfully.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

4.5.4 Factory and Field Performance Testing: 4.5.4.1 field Testing: Contractor shall delegate at its own cost, qualified test engineer(s), to witness Equipment field performance tests necessary to establish compliance with this Specification, and to satisfy that the Equipment fulfills the performance guarantees, and other Contract requirements.

Field performance tests shall be carried out by the Purchaser, using procedures provided by the Contractor and approved by the Purchaser according to ASME PTC 46 and EPA codes, all as further detailed in Annexure "D" – Equipment

Performance Guarantees.

4.5.4.2 Factory Testing: The Contractor shall perform, according to the applicable standards, a complete functional test of the assemblies as further detailed in this specification Annexure B and in Annexure "D" – Equipment Performance Guarantees. 4.5.4.3 Field Performance Test Contractor shall delegate at its own cost, qualified test engineer(s) to witness Equipment field performance tests necessary to establish compliance with this Specification, and to satisfy that the Equipment fulfills the performance guarantees. Field performance test will be carried out by the Purchaser, using procedures provided by the Contractor and approved by the Purchaser, all as further detailed in Annexure "D" – Equipment Performance Guarantees. 4.5.4.4 On Site Field Control Test – Site Acceptance Test (SAT) shall be conducted according to Annexure “D”. 4.5.4.4.1 The Purchaser will run an extensive field performance test, which shall be carried out after the complete system has been fully erected, installed, connected to mounted field equipment and placed in service. The purpose of this test is to demonstrate compliance of the delivered system with plant requirements. Criteria and procedures for Acceptance Testing are to be developed by Contractor and mutually agreed upon by Purchaser and Contractor.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

The successful accomplishment of this field test shall certify the unqualified acceptance of the delivered system and mark the beginning of the warranty period. 4.5.4.4.2 The following procedure shall apply: Submission of a Test Plan The Contractor shall prepare a detailed plan of the suggested tests to be carried out on site. The plan shall follow the factory performance test and shall include: a. A set of tests to verify that system performance is equal to the performance during factory tests. b. A start-up and on-line tuning procedure of all loops. c. One cycle of plant start-up and shut-down. d. An uninterrupted running of the entire control system (including as many plant start-ups and shut-downs as dictated by process considerations) for a period of 4 weeks. Any interruption of the power generation due to system failures, shall cause a renewed counting (repetition) of the 4 weeks period. e. A set of tests (performance tests) to verify that the guaranteed values are fulfilled. 4.5.4.4.3 Testing The Contractor shall provide all special equipment, tools and instruments needed for the acceptance tests. The Purchaser will document every single step of the tests performed, including: date, identification of logic channel, functions and devices tested, test results, comments and signature. Unsuccessful tests, factory acceptance test as well as on-site field test, shall be repeated after the defect (whether in design, hardware, software, documentation or installation) has been rectified by the Contractor at his own expense. Contractor shall rectify any defects within a reasonable period not exceeding 2 weeks. Replacement parts are to be supplied at the expense of the Contractor. 4.5.4.4.4 Acceptance Document Upon successful completion of the on-site tests, an acceptance certificate will be issued by the Purchaser. Purchaser will issue a qualified acceptance document if 98% or more of the performed tests were successful, under the provision that the Contractor shall rectify any outstanding defects within 3 months.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

An unqualified acceptance document will be issued if less than 98% but more than 80% of the tests were successful. No acceptance document will be issued if less than 80% of the tests were successful.

4.6 Work and Scope of Supply by Others 4.6.1 Electrical Work and Scope of Supply by Others (the following list is except for the main train which is in the basic scope of supply). 4.6.2 Outdoor and street Lighting. Indoor Lighting (regular, essential & emergency) and small power receptacles in all enclosures/buildings which are not supplied by the Contractor. Chimney obstruction lighting. 4.6.3 Earthing & Lightning protection. 4.6.4 161kV local field and the connection to 161kV Switchyard. 4.6.5 161KV protection system. 4.6.6 161KV measuring system. 4.6.7 Cable trays & Cable auxiliaries. 4.6.8 Telecommunication system. 4.6.9 B.O.P auxiliary system (fuel, water. Etc.). 4.6.10 Design of the equipment and systems supplied by the Purchaser 4.6.11 Design of the wiring interconnection drawings for the cables supply by Purchaser. 4.6.12 Design of small power receptacles system and electrical part of Fire Protection and Detection System in enclosure and/or equipment supply by Purchaser 4.6.13 The Equipment for the Combined Cycle Unit shall be supplied complete with appurtenances and accessories as specified herein, to form a complete system which will achieve and assure safe and reliable operation with best overall performance at all loads and modes of operation. All components, appurtenances and accessories shall be of proven design, verified by Power Plant Operation. 4.6.14 Components that are herein specified in regard to manufacturer brand and model or type shall be considered the standard of supply. It is not intended that the Contract be limited solely to such characteristics. The Contractor may make an appropriate substitution, but all substituted Components offered shall be

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

noted as EXCEPTIONS to this Specification and are subject to review, comment, and approval by the Purchaser. Additionally, while everything else being equal and without derogating from Contractor's responsibilities under the Contract, the Contractor shall endeavor to include in the scope of design and supply, components and accessories manufactured in Israel. 4.6.15 Contractor shall provide, in the required format and form and in a timely manner, all documentation required by this Specification and/or required by applicable Standards and Codes and/or as specifically detailed in the Documentation Submission Schedule (DSS), Annexure "J". A consistent nomenclature shall be used project-wide in naming all component parts within the Scope of Work. This shall apply to all drawings, Instruction Books, Bill of Materials, special instructions, etc. Engineering design shall commence immediately after Contract award. The cost of correcting inconsistent nomenclature shall be borne by the Contractor. 4.6.16 Changes in design already approved by the Purchaser are normally unaccepted. However, should such changes become necessary on an exceptional basis, the Contractor shall obtain the Purchaser's approval prior to introducing any such change

4.7 Work by Others (Facilities and Services to be provided by the Purchaser) In performing its duties the Contractor shall not be required to provide facilities, services and equipment as detailed below [further details with respect to Purchaser's undertaking regarding qualifications, quality, quantities and scheduling should be stated in Contractor’s proposal]: 4.7.1 On site and Engineering Services 4.7.1.1 Erection Services Purchaser shall provide all the necessary labor force, general purpose tools and facilities in order to dismantle, erect and install the Equipment provided under this Specification, following Contractor’s instructions and according to Contractor’s plans, procedures and supervision.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

4.7.1.2 Commissioning, Start-up and Performance Test Services Purchaser shall provide all the necessary labor force, general purpose tools and facilities in order to perform commissioning and start-up of the Unit and to perform performance tests following Contractor’s instructions. 4.7.1.3 Design and Services Provided that the Contractor shall submit in due time sufficiently complete design to enable the Purchaser will perform the design and order the remaining equipment in accordance with the DSS, the Purchaser shall perform the following engineering documentation: 4.7.1.3.1 Mechanical Engineering Purchaser shall design the equipment and systems within purchaser scope of work: - Site layout. - Unit general arrangement, full integrated 3D model, based on supplier's concept, equipment data and 3D model. - Flow diagrams, P&ID, instrumentation, stress analysis**, isometric and support drawings (including take off materials) for the following systems: MS, HR, CR, IP, LP, CD, FW, CW, DW, FR, RW, IA, SA, SW, SERVICE AND AUX (integrated with contractor's diagrams in Comos software). STEAM, etc, except of those mentioned in Paragraph 4.4.1 - List of instruments* - List of piping* - List of control valves* - List of consumers* - Plant level control inputs* - Block logic diagrams* - Interchange signals for local control system*. - Pipe bridges (not included in contractor scope of supply) - HVAC (not included in contractor scope of supply) - Instruments installation drawings for all systems above. * Supply and design for systems within purchaser scope of design. ** Purchaser will perform the stress analysis for the major piping and provide it to contractor in order purchase the major piping supports (LISEGA Company) within

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

contractor's scope of supply. The piping supports of BOP lines, which are not included in contractor's scope of supply, shall be supplied by purchaser. 4.7.1.3.2 Electrical Engineering Purchaser shall design the: - Design of the equipment and systems supplied by Purchaser (for details see Para. 4.5.2 (“Electrical Scope of Supply”). - Preparation of the erection drawings for the electrical equipment supplied by Purchaser. - Design of cables, for purchasers Erection, on the base of Contractor's cable lists and cable database. - Design of wiring drawings on the base of Contractor's drawings. - Design of outdoor lighting System. 4.7.1.3.3 Civil Engineering - Purchaser shall design: - Concrete foundations (except of the foundations mentioned in Paragraph 4.5.3. - Aux. Buildings (electrical, control, demin. plant etc.) as required. 4.7.2 Scope of Supply by the Purchaser 4.7.2.1 Mechanical: - Main and secondary cooling water pumps - All piping, fittings and supports for the systems designed by Purchaser as per P&ID's. (except for main circuits system) - Valves and accessories for the systems designed by Purchaser as per P&ID's (except for main circuits system) - Fire protection system (Not including in G.T & S.T). - HVAC in all the auxiliary buildings. - Pipe bridges. - Fuel oil tanks - All equipment of main cycle system (condensate, feed water, pumps, heaters, etc.) 4.7.2.2 Civil contracture - All concrete foundations and infrastructure for Contractor’s equipment

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

5. TERMINAL POINTS AND TERMINAL CONNECTIONS Contractor shall terminate the Equipment provided under this Specification at the agreed upon terminal points with the appropriate terminal connections taking into consideration that: 5.1 Terminal points shall be according to the agreed P&ID's. 5.2 Small bore piping including SA, IA, sampling, dosing and nitrogen shall be terminated 1m outside the HRSG surface at pipe bridge elevation. 5.3 Drain piping shall terminated at grade floor funnels. 5.4 Forces and moments at the terminal points shall be at least according to Standard API 610 (including all appendixes). 5.5 Pipes and fittings will be designed according to ASME standard. 5.6 Pipes and fittings designed according to DIN standard will be supplied with ASME standard counter flange at the ends.

6. CYBER SECURITY SAFEGUARD REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTROL AND DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEMS IN IEC FACILITIES. 6.1 Specific project security requirements are presented in supplement 8.9.3.5: Security Safeguard Requirements for Control and Data Acquisition Systems in IEC - Power Stations. This document describes the scope of supply for the implementation of a computer embedded protection technology for the project. Supplier shall propose a detailed solution for all items as defined in the a.m. annexure and fill-in the required items in Annexure "C2" Summary of Data. Any exception shall 6.2 Supplement 8.9.3.10. " Security of critical project performed by vendor abroad" This document sets physical and logical security requirements the purpose of which is to ensure the proper management of security in the project phases i.e. during design, development, production, FAT, transportation, delivery, SAT, commissioning and turnover. 6.3 Supplier shall indicate in the proposal all specific solutions for the requirement in the a.m. annexures.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

7. QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL 7.1 Without derogating from the provisions of the General Conditions, Contractor's quality system shall meet the requirements of Purchaser's Standard Q-APP-02- PR-(rev 03), "Quality Requirements", and of the requirements of the Inspection and Test Plans, all as further detailed in Annexure "M" to the Contract. 7.2 The Contractor and the main subcontractors shall be certified to ISO-9001-2008 by a certification body qualified to EN-45004 levels A or C or otherwise as may be acceptable to the Purchaser. 7.3 The Contractor shall submit upon request a copy of its Quality Assurance Manual including Quality Procedures. 7.4 The choice of main subcontractors shall be subject to Purchaser's approval and the Contractor shall be responsible for assuring that their quality assurance/quality control programs, including their organizations, procedures, personnel qualifications, etc., meet Purchaser’s quality requirements. For convenience, Supplement 8.9.1.6 to the Specification contains lists of already approved sub-suppliers for various categories of the Equipment to be supplied under this Specification. Contractor [also Suppliers at the first stage of proposal evaluation] may propose additional possible sub-suppliers by submitting to the Purchaser a formal request for approval with sufficient details for evaluation including country of origin for design and manufacturing, proven experience with respect to equipment of the same size and functionality, quality assurance, catalogues, functional Parameters and technical data. 7.5 Obligation to meet Israeli Standard SI 4295, Pressure Vessels (last edition): Before shipment and as a condition precedent for delivery, the Contractor shall supply Purchaser with the certification of the Israeli Standards Institute that its Equipment conforms to Israeli Standard 4295. [Tender participants should include in their proposals a written undertaking to comply with SI 4295].

***Important - All pressure vessels supplied under this contract, for which the multiplication of their volume (in liters) by their design pressure (in bars) is 200 or more, and vacuum vessels shall be strictly approved, certified and correspond to the requirements of Israeli Std. 4295. Pressure vessels that are manufactured outside Israel must be approved and certified by the Israeli standard institute only as per Israeli Std. SI 4295 (last

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

edition). Pressure vessels that are manufactured locally (in Israel) can be approved and certified by an authorized laboratory as per Israeli Std. 4295. In addition the vessels shall be constructed, tested and U stamped in accordance with ASME VIII div 1. All calculations, documentation and quality records (including, but not limited to, radiograms) shall be provided to Purchaser. All pressure vessels shall be NDT tested and certified as per Israeli Std. 4295 – refer to requirements specified in Paragraph 7.5 above. Additionally, Lifting devices shall be certified by the Israeli Ministry of Labor.

7.6 Materials Validation Testing a. All Test and Inspection Certificates/ Reports of materials, operations and or inspection/test, purchased or carried out for the Work and/or required by the applicable Standards, shall be submitted to the Purchaser immediately following their generation. These Certificates/Reports shall be original, in accordance with EN 10204:2004-3.1, containing actual measured values, signed and attested by Contractor. Contractor may propose any other document type as alternates for, or additions to those specified herein subject to Purchaser's approval. b. The Purchaser shall have the right, at its discretion, to perform validation testing of materials, assemblies and fabrications, either at the Contractor's premises, sub-contractor's premises or in other locations. c. Validation testing will be used to confirm that materials supplied to the Contractor's shops are of the appropriate quality, to verify welds, thermal treatments and any other measurable property deemed necessary to be validated by the Purchaser. d. The validation testing shall be performed either by the Purchaser's own personnel or by designated persons, acting on behalf of the purchaser. e. The Contractor shall allow access to the materials and work to be inspected and shall facilitate the testing. f. The Contractor shall supply to the Purchaser samples of tubes and pipes for the determination of "Zero" condition (for condition monitoring) as follows:

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

- For P4, P5, P8 materials group, one (1) sample for each batch heat number, diameter and thickness - For P1 to P3 materials group, 10% random samples shall be supplied for test of each batch heat number, diameter and thickness as required by Purchaser in accordance with the materials certificates. - For Austenitic material tubes, one (1) sample for each batch heat number, diameter and thickness for intergranular corrosion test. g. Documents / Certificates and requirements for Austenitic and special piping material (P91) - Material test reports for straight pipes, bends and fittings containing actual values shall be sent to the Purchaser no later than two (2) weeks before pre-fabrication of piping assembly's starts. The Reports shall be signed and attested, and shall be subject to Purchaser's review and acceptance. - Material test reports with actual values, after fabrication of spool pieces, verified and signed by qualified inspector, shall be submitted to the Purchaser no later than two (2) weeks after fabrication and not less than four (4) weeks before shipment. The reports shall be subject to Purchaser's review and acceptance. - Purchaser can use the material test report to facilitate Verification testing, as per at its own convenience. Shipment of spool pieces to the Purchaser shall be done only after receiving the Purchaser's approval for the Material test reports. - In case the contractor does not receive the formal approval of the Material test report by the Purchaser and not receive any exception within four (4) weeks, the contactor is authorized to understand the material test report is accepted by the Purchaser. In no case such an acceptance will diminish the contractor responsibility for the furnished material quality. - All materials used in the manufacture of the Equipment shall conform to the Specification, approved drawings, and accepted Standards. Use of alternate materials and subassemblies is not accepted unless a specific and documented authorization is granted in writing by the Purchaser. The materials Supplier shall be qualified by international authorities such as Lloyds, TUV, etc.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

- Special Piping: The Contractor shall be committed to the tolerances for special wall piping on ID, OD and wall thickness, as well as the allowances for bending. - Non Standard Piping: The Contractor shall submit immediately after manufacturing to nominal diameter and wall thickness but prior to fabrication the measurements of an actual length, diameter and wall thickness for straight special wall pipes. - For each piece the following measurements are required: Length, Diameter measurements at ends, center and at least four measurements at equal distance circumferential points.

Wall thickness at both ends and in the middle and actual weight. h. Documents / Certificates and requirements for Natural Gas (NG) equipment - All NG equipment will be delivered with a Conformity Certificate according to the European or American Design standards. - The certificates will be signed by a Notify Body as required by the Israeli Standard for Natural gas appliances SI-6464. - According to the Israeli Standard SI-6464, The NG appliance needs to be evaluated by a local certified Independent body, the standard refers to European and American design standards and a list of required documents for the sake of this evaluation is described at clause 6.5.2 – Technical Information. - In order to get the permits for the start-up of the NG appliance, all the above documents needs to be delivered by the end of the design stage of the Combined Cycle (CC) unit.

8. STANDARDS AND SUPPLEMENTS 8.1 Standards and Codes referenced in this Specification and in the Supplements to this Specification form an integral part of this Specification - to the extent their requirements are consistent and conform to the requirements specifically set forth herein. All such Standards and Codes are to the issue, including all amendments, supplements, etc., current as of the date of the Contract, unless indicated otherwise. In the event of a variance between the requirements of the Standards and Codes and the particular requirements set forth in the Specification, the requirements specifically set forth in the Specification shall take precedence.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

8.2 The Equipment to be provided under this Specification, including all appurtenances and accessories, shall be designed, fabricated, inspected, tested, stamped and preserved to the extent indicated in said referenced Standards and Codes. Where this Specification does not include such reference, The Equipment, or any of its components, shall be designed, fabricated, inspected, tested and preserved, as applicable, to comply with currently recognized International and/or Contractor's Standards, whichever are tighter and more restrictive.

8.3 The Contractor may propose Standards and Codes as alternates for, or additions to those specified herein. A copy of each proposed Standard and code, if any, shall be submitted (in English) for Purchaser's approval. In case Purchaser's approval is granted, the Contractor shall remain responsible for the compatibility of the design and the physical interfaces between the supplied Equipment and the equipment supplied by others. 8.4 The Purchaser shall assist Contractor in identification of Israeli codes and standards applicable to the Work. In all cases Contractor shall adhere to and comply with the requirements of Israeli official standards found to be more restrictive than those specified herein. 8.5 Subject to the provisions stated above, the equipment shall be designed, manufactured, erected, tested operated and maintained in accordance with the standards, regulations, directives and publications of the following agencies and organizations: ANSI: American National Standards Institute, Inc. ASME: American Society of Mechanical Engineers. ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials. NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturer's Association. ABMA: American Boiler Manufacturer's Association. AWS: American Welding Society. DIN: Germany Standards Institute EN: European Standard NFPA: National Fire Protection Association. ISA: Instrumentation, Systems and Automation society TEMA: Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association or,

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

HEI: Heat Exchanger Institute. API: American Petroleum Institute. IEC: International Electrotechnical Commission. SI: Israeli Standard. HI Hydrostatic instituted IEEE: Institute of Electronic and Electrical Engineering

8.6 Furthermore, without derogating from the technical requirements stipulated in this specification, the items listed below shall be designed in accordance with the standards specified herein or their equivalents: 8.6.1 General codes: a. Israeli Regulations for Business (Dangerous Factories), last edition. b. Israeli Regulations for Business (Disposal of Dangerous Materials), latest edition. 8.6.2 Metallic materials: ASTM standards 8.6.3 Valves: ANSI B16.34- latest edition: “Valves Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End” 8.6.4 Pressure Vessels and tanks: ASME “Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code” Section VIII, latest edition c. SI 4280 - Steam boilers: boilers with fire tubes 8.6.5 SI 4295 - Pressure vessels 8.6.6 Process pipes: a. ASME B31.1- latest edition : "Power Piping" b. ASME/ANSI B16.5a-1992 or later: "Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings" c. SI 413 Part 2.4 Seismic Design of Above Ground Piping in Industrial facilities d. ASME B31.E – Standard for the Seismic Design and Retrofit of Above-Ground Piping Systems. 8.6.7 Expansion joints: EJMA Standard - "Standards of the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association", latest edition, Tarry Town, N.Y. 8.6.8 Heat Exchangers: TEMA: "Standards of the Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association", latest edition. 8.6.9 Hoisting Appliances and cranes:

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Federation European De La Manutention Section I - F.E.M. 1.001: "Rules for the Design of Hoisting Appliances", latest edition. 8.6.10 Fire detection and protection: a. National Fire Protection Association Standards (NFPA) or b. Local industry standards c. NFPA 13 part 9.3 – Protection of Piping Against Damage When Subjected to Earthquaks. 8.6.11 Pumps: Hydraulic Institute of API. 8.7 For electrical equipment: Well recognized international standards (IEC, IEEE, DIN) shall be used for design, manufacturing and testing of electrical equipment. List of main relevant standards: - IEC 60034 - Rotating electrical machines

- IEC 61439 - Low-voltage switchgear and control gear assemblies

- IEC 60044 - Instrument transformers

- IEC 62271 - High-Voltage Switchgear and Control gear

- IEC 62771-200 - High-Voltage Switchgear and control gear - AC metal-enclosed switchgear and control gear for rated voltages above 1 kV and up to and including 52 kV.

- IEC 62271-207 - Part 207: Seismic qualification for gas- insulated switchgear assemblies for rated voltages above 52 kV

- IEEE 693 - IEEE Recommended Practice for Seismic Design of Substations

- IEC 60076 - Power transformers

- IEEE C37.102 - IEEE Guide for AC Generator Protection

- IEEE C37.91 - IEEE Guide for Protective Relay Applications to Power Transformers

- IEC 60502 - Power cables with extruded insulation and their accessories for rated voltage from 1 kV(Um=1.2 kV) up to 30 kV(Um=36kV)

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

- IEEE 383 - IEEE standard for qualifying class 1E electric cables and field splices for nuclear power generating stations

- IEC 60947 - Low-voltage switchgear and control gear

- IEC 60079 - Explosive atmospheres

- IEC 61850 - Communication Protocol Manual

- ATEX 95 directive (or equivalent) - NFPA

8.8 Standards For Civil Design - SI.109 - Weight of Building Materials and Structural Parts.

- SI.412 - Loads on Structures: Characteristic Loads.

- SI.413 - Design Provision for Earthquake Resistance of Structures

- SI.413 - Part 2, 2.1, 2.2 –Seismic Design of Nonbuilding Structures+

- SI.414 - Characteristic Loads in Building: Wind Load

- SI.466 - Concrete Code

- SI.940 - Foundations for Buildings

- SI.1225 - Steel Structures Code

- SI 4466 - Steel for the Reinforcement of Concrete

Note: All Standards and Forms shall be latest edition. Supplier may request the use of other design and fabrication standards, equivalent to the above mentioned standards. The use of equivalent Standards is subject to Purchaser's approval.

8.9 Supplement The following supplements are attached hereto and their requirements form an integral part of this specification - to the extent they are consistent and conform to the requirements specifically set forth herein. In the event of a variance between the requirements of the Supplements and the particular requirements

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

set forth in the Specification, the requirements specifically set forth in the Specification shall take precedence.

8.9.1 Purchaser's general documentation, quality assurance, quality control and RAM requirements: 8.9.1.1 KKS Generic Project_00 8.9.1.2 Numbering instructions for plant unit & equipment operational no. 8.9.1.3 Standard 01-1E Standard Specification for Contractor’s Drawing and Data Transmittal. 8.9.1.4 Q-APP-02-PR-rev03: Quality requirements. 8.9.1.5 Reserved 8.9.1.6 List of already approved sub-suppliers 8.9.1.7 Piping thermal Insulation specification (PS-3214-01). 8.9.1.8 RAMs requirements 8.9.1.9 I&TP requirements 8.9.1.10 Auxiliary steam system technical requirement. 8.9.1.11 Assignment of names and structures when using PDMS 8.9.1.12 PDMS data exchange 8.9.1.13 Engineering data exchange (will be provided later) The Engineering data exchange is based on: 8.9.1.13.1 COMOS data exchange (will be provided later) 8.9.1.13.2 Excel templates. The integrated form sheets shall be filled in and completed by the Contractor and/or Subcontractors. The data shall be entered in different class sheets according to their further engineering use. 8.9.1.14 Cycles’ principal key diagrams 8.9.1.15 Gas / oil specification for gas turbines 8.9.1.16 Turbine vibration and monitoring 8.9.1.17 Stack emission openings 8.9.1.18 Expansion joint requirements 8.9.1.19 Reserved 8.9.1.20 Permanent outer elevator in the boiler building 8.9.1.21 General arrangements of all site

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

8.9.1.22 Hazardous Area Classification - GC-1202 8.9.1.23 Bevel end types ASME B 16.25 Fig. 2(c), 5(c) and 4(c) (not attached). 8.9.1.24 Tubes calculation

8.9.2 Technical supplements No. Spec. No. Subject a. M.S 2.1 Piping System M.S 2.2 Steel pipe and welding fitting in critical piping system covered ASME B31.1 b. M.S 2.4 Extraction steam piping expansion joints c. M.S 2.7 Examination and testing of fittings for critical piping systems in power plants d. M.S 2.11 Contractor’s piping fabrication and erection drawings e. M.S 5.1 Cast Iron and Steel Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves f. M.S 5.2 Miscellaneous Butterfly Valves, size 72” and smaller g. M.S 5.4 Pneumatic control valves and accessories h. M.S 5.5 Examination and Testing of Valves i. M.S 6.1 Piping Supports j. MSDE 2.1.7.1 Insulation support details for vertical pipes with two layer pipe insulation k. MSDE 2.1.8.1 Standard Specification for Welding End Details - General Notes

8.9.3 Purchaser's standard electrical requirements and data sheet: 8.9.3.1 Conceptual Single Line Diagram (Conceptual One Line Diagram) 8.9.3.2 Metering Single Line Diagram 8.9.3.3 Low Voltage Motor data sheet 8.9.3.4 High Voltage Motor data sheet. 8.9.3.5 Security Safeguard Requirements for Control and Data Acquisition Systems in IEC - Power Stations. 8.9.3.6 IEC list of KKS code 8.9.3.7 Conditions For Unit Connection To High Voltage Grid 8.9.3.8 Minimum passageways in the electrical enclosures supplied by the Contractor. 8.9.3.9 I&C cables limits of design and supply (preliminary, to be updated)

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

8.9.3.10 Security of critical project performed by vendor abroad-1-2013 8.9.3.11 Appendix Cubicle Requirements against EFI 122017 8.9.3.12 Appendix Requirements of galvanic wires against EFI 122017

8.9.4 Purchaser's standard instrumentation requirements and data sheets: 8.9.4.1 Instrumentation data sheets 8.9.4.2 List of Instrument Manufacturer - XXO/M3-006-CK0002-00

8.9.5 Purchaser's standard Civil design requirements 8.9.5.1 ZAO/C7-121-0001 Minimum connection capacity 8.9.5.2 FORM 1737 Standard specification for anchor bolts 8.9.5.3 SDS-D 27.1 Structural design standard for metal floor area and 4 details 8.9.5.4 SDS-D 27.2 Structural design standard for industrial stair system details 8.9.5.5 SDS-D 27.3 Structural design standard for fixed metal ladder details 8.9.5.6 CS-FORM 1700 Standard specification for fabrication of structure steel 8.9.5.7 Turbo set foundation design 8.9.5.8 Soil reports for site / Foundation Concept / Geotechnical Report - will be provided later

8.9.6 Purchaser's standard insulation Corrosion protection, Painting and preservation requirements:

8.9.6.1 CL-100 A corrosion protection system based on sprayed melted zinc. 8.9.6.2 CL-200 System for corrosion protection based on coating with a zinc-rich coat primer 8.9.6.3 CL-716 Specification for Painting on Galvanized Surfaces by Wet/Electrostatic Powder Painting 2002 .Issue-4.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

9. TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION The Contractor shall submit technical documentation in accordance with the provisions of Annexure "J" – Documentation Submission Schedule.

9.1 Documentation Submission Schedule-General 9.1.1 Without derogating from Contractor's obligation to provide any other document called for by the Contract, the Contractor shall provide the following documentation in accordance with the general requirements set forth above and the schedule as listed in annexure JA & JB (attached herein).

Annexure JA: A table that summarizes all required technical documentation that will accompany the proposal.

Annexure JB: A table that summarizes all required technical documentation that will be submitted after notification of award.

9.1.2 The table of annexure JB shall form the basis for a monthly report to be submitted following Contract award showing the actual submission dates and the respective Approval Status, and upon Purchaser's and Contractor's mutual written consent shall be updated to account for any additional documents called for by the Contract in the course of detail design or additional documents called for by Change Orders. 9.1.3 In addition to supplement 8.9.1.3: Files will not be scanned and send as PDF files, in order to allow searching inside the file. Each transmittal will include one subject only, for example, there will be no mixing of mechanical issues with electrical or civil issues. The required formats of drawings will be DWG and unlocked PDF. Files will not be scanned and send as PDF files, in order to allow searching inside the file. Purchaser or contractor shall suggest a coding system in order to implement in the project documentation, for connecting between contractor's WBS and purchaser's WBS and also between documents.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 10.1 Environmental considerations & Site Conditions 10.1.1 Noise 10.1.1.1 Contractor shall provide acoustical insulation for each unit with their various components. 10.1.1.2 The Contractor shall provide all silencing components as necessary to attain the guaranteed sound pressure level. 10.1.1.3 The guaranteed sound level at 1 meter of each equipment (boiler body, gas turbine, steam turbine, generator, condenser, feed water pumps, etc.) in free field over a reflecting plane during steady state operation shall not exceed 80 dB(A).

10.1.1.4 Maximum Sound Power Level of contractor's main outdoor noise sources shall not exceed the following (recommendation) :

o Heat recovery steam generator (casing walls) – 104 dB(A)

o Exhaust duct and stack outlet – 102 dB(A)

o HRSG transition duct – 98 dB(A)

o Feed water pumps building – 85 dB(A)

o Feed water pumps – 90 dB(A)

o Main transformer - 100 dB(A)

o Air inlet openings – 102 dB(A)

o Inlet air duct- 100 dB(A)

o Steam turbine building (outdoor requirement) – 90 dB(A) (to be checked)

o Diffuser – 85 dB(A)

10.1.1.5 Expected Sound power level of main noise sources inside turbine building shall not exceed:

o Generator enclosure casing – 93 dB(A),

o gas turbine enclosure – 93 dB(A),

o steam turbine enclosure – 93 dB(A),

o Condenser – 98 dB(A).

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.1.1.6 The maximum sound pressure level emitted by the components of the turbine bypass system shall not exceed 87 dB(A) at 1 meter from the equipment in free field conditions.

This value shall include the attenuation produced by acoustic insulation on valve bodies and connected pipes up to the condenser.

10.1.1.7 The maximum overall sound power level of the combined cycle during bypass operation shall not exceed 115 dB(A) and maximum outdoor sound power level from all bypass noise sources shall not exceed 114 dB(A). 10.1.1.8 The noise emitted during plant intermittent operation by any atmospheric vent system, including drains and other systems operated during turbine or boiler start-up (steam blow down vents, silencer), shall not exceed sound pressure level of 100 dB(A) at 1 meter distance from each vent. 10.1.1.9 The maximum sound power level of vent (silencer) system shall not exceed 117 dB(A). 10.1.1.10 The outdoor safety valves or power operated relief valves shall be fitted with silencers designed to ensure that the noise emitted by it shall not exceed 110 dB(A) at 1 meter distance from the valves. 10.1.1.11 The maximum sound power level of safety valves or power operated relief valves shall not exceed 115 dB(A).

NOTES: (1) - The required power level of the complete two (2) units should be no more than 99 dB(A).

(2) - The required sound level of the complete two (2) units should be no more than 40 dB(A) @ distance of 300m

(3)- The contractor should check and adjust the sound levels of each equipment, mentioned above, and adjust to the maximum permitted

power level (99 dB(A)).

10.1.1.12 The Contractor shall submit with its proposal the following information (which may serve licensing purposes): 10.1.1.12.1 A list of all equipment with their sound power level in dB(A) units and average sound pressure level at 1 meter of each equipment in dB(A) units.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.1.1.12.2 The estimated sound pressure level at the power station boundaries (circumferential fence) of all equipment under contractor scope of supply. 10.1.1.12.3 The estimated sound pressure level 400m from the power station boundaries (circumferential fence) of all equipment under contractor scope of supply. 10.1.1.12.4 A list of the octave band power level (From 31.5 HZ to 8000 Hz) of all main sound sources during steady state operation. 10.1.1.12.5 A list of the octave band power level (From 31.5 HZ to 8000 Hz) of all main transient noise sources. 10.1.1.12.6 A detailed description of all special equipment, or means, combined in its proposal that were used for reducing the noise level in accordance with this specification. 10.1.1.13 On purchaser's request, the Contractor shall submit additional noise data information, within 30 days. All information shall be prepared in such a manner that it can be submitted to licensing authorities.

10.1.2 Environmental Data Should the equipment to be furnished by the Contractor have discharge points to the environment and/or generate waste materials that must be discharged to the environment, the Contractor shall provide, a plan for the treatment of the discharge/waste to meet current regulations of the European directive and the Israeli environment protection ministry. The Contractor shall submit, within thirty (30) days of demand, additional information on noise and/or other environmental data. All information shall be prepared in a manner acceptable to Israeli licensing authorities.

10.1.3 Wind Load The calculation of wind loads in Israel is governed by the provisions of the Israeli Standard SI 414 (latest edition at contract signing) “Characteristic Loads in building: Wind Load”. The calculation shall be accomplished using the basic design wind velocity, defined below. According to this Israeli Standard, the fundamental basic design wind velocity is defined as the average velocity for ten (10) minutes, with an average return period of fifty (50) years, at an altitude of ten (10) meters above ground level,

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

and in a flat open country terrain with only a few obstacles (Roughness Category II)". The maximum upper gust velocity (three (3) seconds average) can be calculated by multiplying the fundamental basic design wind velocity (ten (10) minute average) by a factor of 1.50. The fundamental basic design wind velocity shall be taken from the velocity map which forms an integral part of the standard. For the site of the project, the fundamental basic design wind velocity indicated by this standard is 30 m/s. Roughness Category 0 shall be assumed at Plant site.

10.1.4 Earthquake Loads 10.1.4.1 General The seismic design of buildings and structures in Israel is governed by the provisions of the Israeli Standard SI 413 “Design Provisions for the Earthquake Resistance of Structures” (combined edition 2013 with amendments 6-8). According to this Standard, the seismicity of the site is expressed by the expected horizontal ground acceleration coefficient Z and corresponding mapped horizontal spectral response acceleration Parameters Ss and S1. The expected horizontal ground acceleration coefficient Z expressed as:

Z = ah,max/g. The expected ground acceleration is a forecast of the peak of the horizontal

ground acceleration due to an earthquake, ah,max, expressed in m/sec², for which there is a given probability (10%, 5%, 2%) that a stronger acceleration will occur at least once within a period of 50 years. The gravity acceleration g = 9.81 m/sec2.

For Plant site the following Parameters shall be assumed. For 10% probability (475 years return period): Z = 0.08, Ss = 0.19, S1 = 0.05 For 2% probability (2475 years return period): Z = 0.13, Ss = 0.34, S1 = 0.09

Site Class by soil profile type shall be determined by Geotechnical Consultant.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Site Class D is assumed. Power Plant is included in Group A with importance factor I=1.4. Site specific response spectrum shall be taken into consideration. Design response spectrum for the Unit 7 shall not be less than the Design Response Spectrum for Zone 2. Design response spectrum for the Cooling Water System, Gas Supplied System and Connection of Unit 7 to 161 kV Substation System shall not be less than the Design Response Spectrum for Zone 1.

10.1.4.2 Seismic environment for mechanical and electrical equipment 1. The seismic environment is defined according to IEEE Publication 693 ("Recommended Practice for Seismic Design of Substations"), for "Moderate level". 2. The documentation required by IEEE693 annex S and T shall be provided to demonstrate the seismic capacity of the equipment 3. The equipment shall comply with the relevant qualification criterion, according to Paragraph 4.3 of IEC Publication 60068-3-3, which fulfills the required functionality statements. 4. Seismic environment for mechanical equipment - For the seismic design of the mechanical equipment located on grade the basic data from Para. 10.1.4.1 Shall be used - For the seismic design of mechanical equipment loacated above grade on the steel or concrete structure the seismic load from 10.1.4.1 shall be amplified to consider in-structure amplification according to Ch. 13 of ASCE 7 latest edition - The seismic anchorage to the steel and concrete structures of the mechanical and electrical equipment shall be designed according to Ch.13 of ASCE 7 latest edition

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.1.4.3 Load Combination Design wind and design earthquake shall not be considered to act at the same time and their respective effects on the buildings and structures shall not be combined.

10.1.4.4 Site conditions for design Site Site Particle Ambient Air Relative Sea water Climate Elevation Size Temp. Range Humidity temp. (ºC) Conditions (m) (micron) ( C) Range (%) Orot Rabin 5 <10 (-2*) - +47 15-100 15-36

*NOTE: Anti frizzing not required

Max. Air Temp. Wind Velocity for Seismic Zone Site Climate for Equipment Wind Load Coefficient Conditions Design (C) Calculation (m/s)(**) Z SS S1 (***) Orot Rabin 30 ‎10.1.4.1 45

Notes: Electrical equipment Moderate level according to IEEE693 shall be used.

(**) Indicated by Standard (***) For mechanical equipment located in the steam turbine building a max. Air temperature of 45°C and max. Absolute humidity of 30 g/m³ to be considered. For Electrical equipment (indoor and outdoor) the Max. Air Temp. for Equipment Design will be 45 C.

10.1.4.5 Exposure Classes for concrete structures Exposure classes related to environmental conditions in accordance with Israeli Standards SI 118 and SI 466 will be at least as follows: 10.1.4.5.1 Concrete structures above ground level – Exposure Class 5; 10.1.4.5.2 Concrete structures below ground and Foundations – Exposure Class 9; 10.1.4.5.3 Concrete structures under water pressure – Exposure Class 5.

10.1.4.6 Compass Rose for wind direction and speed:

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

o Orot Rabin site (port area)

10.1.4.7 Sea water characteristic composition Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 46,588 Chlorides mg/l as C1 22,910 Sulphates mg/l as SO-2 1,598 - Bicarbonate mg/l as HCO 3 172 Sodium mg/l as Na+ 13,100 Calcium mg/l as Ca+2 803 Magnesium mg/l as Mg 1,458 Organic Matter ppm as O2 1,222 SG@20ºC gm/cm3 1,023 pH value 8.1

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.2 Design Conditions 10.2.1 Plant Performance Design Point

DESIGN POINT Site Climate Ambient Relative Ambient Sea water Conditions Pressure Humidity (%) Temp. (C) Temp. (C) (bar) Orot Rabin 69 26 24 1.013

10.2.2 Equipment should be capable to operate at all ambient conditions specified in Paragraphs 10.1.4.4 & 10.2.1, taking into consideration that the Min. Temperature for Indoor equipment will be 5°C.

10.2.3 Equipment design shall take into consideration that the new SSCC will be located at an existing coal power station that has FGD & SCR systems in operation. The equipment will be under harsh environment with coal, dust, ash, limestone and gypsum particles in the air. In addition, the location of the site is onshore at marine with high salinity environment.

10.3 General arrangement The general arrangement of the plant shall fit to the available area at the existing sites, shall allow easy and safe erection, shall be suitable for easy and safe operation and maintenance and shall fit the following purchaser's General arrangements (supplement 8.9.1.21)

10.4 Power Plant Configuration The steam cycle configuration shall be: Triple pressure and reheat (3P+RH). Steam Parameters will be selected by the main Contractor according to his optimization related to Gas, steam and Turbines generator data and performance. The unit should be able to operate continuously @ 100% load, cycling and two shift operation.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.5 Operational Requirements 10.5.1 Combined cycle plant shall be capable of: 10.5.1.1 Operating and maintenance in compliance with Contractor's O&M manuals. 10.5.1.2 Equipment arranged within the defined general arrangement bounded area. 10.5.1.3 Operation at any ambient temperature, within the range defined in Paragraphs. 10.1.4.4 & 10.2.1 without any limitations. 10.5.1.4 Fast and large load changes (cycling operation). 10.5.1.5 Base load operation/cycling operation/two shift operation. 10.5.1.6 The following is the average number of start-ups per year. - Cold start-ups: 10 (*T < 300°C) - Warm start-ups: 50 (300°C ≤ T < 420°C) - Hot start-ups: 100 (T ≥ 420°C) * T- means integral temperature of IP rotor 10.5.1.7 start-up times: Cold, Warm, Hot the combined cycle unit shall be capable to synchronize and to reach 100% load according to the below data: Shut down period Synchronize time 100% load Start-up type (Hours) (minutes) (minutes) Above 96 180 250 Cold 48-96 150 220 Warm 12-48 85 100 Hot Below 12 55 65

10.5.1.8 Equipment design life time is at least thirty (30) years per specified mode of operation and environmental conditions. 10.5.1.9 Operating hours @ 100 load (GT Load) Full Dual fuel firing capability, both gas and oil #2, per specified analyses. Natural Gas (Annual operating hours) 8000H 100% Load 4500H 75% Load 2500H <50% Load 1000H Fuel Oil #2 (Annual hours instead of N.G) 300hr

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

* In order to shorten the start-up duration (depending on the allowable stress on the steam turbine), the protection definition should be based on additional data which will be submitted during the detailed design.

Contractor accountability and contractual obligation to 8000 operation hours per year (in average during each of 30 years of designed life). 10.5.1.10 Gas turbine shall be capable to transfer automatically from fuel Gas to Fuel Oil firing and vice versa without gas turbine trip.

10.5.2 Operating Conditions: 10.5.2.1 General: The steam turbine will receive steam at three pressure levels [HP, IP (RH) and LP] and will operate with sliding pressure at HP/IP at high loads and constant pressure at low loads in a “following” mode. The sliding pressure range will be adopted by the turbine Supplier together with the HRSG manufacturer (by the contractor). The exhaust steam will flow to a surface condenser (cooled by sea water).

*Service steam is not available for unit cooling. If applicable the combined cycle shall be designed without using an auxiliary boiler therefore; the unit shall be able to start up without any service steam.

10.5.2.2 Sea water cooled unit: 10.5.2.2.1 The steam turbine maximum acceptable long service back pressure (the alarm value) shall be at least equal to the pressure which can be reached with the gas turbine at 100% load, on by-pass operation, with the maximum sea water temperature and with only one cooling water pump in operation plus a margin of 20%. The steam turbine shall be able to be restarted after by-pass operation with

the maximum back pressure as defined above.

10.5.2.2.2 The steam by pass system will be used for unit start up and for steam turbine trip or load rejection. In case of steam turbine trip or sudden load rejection, all generated steam from the HRSG will be diverted to the sea water cooled

condenser by the bypass system, without gas turbine load reduction.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.5.2.2.3 The generator, the turbo-generator lube oil, the various pumps (where applicable, except the condenser vacuum pumps), the sampling system and other consumers will be cooled by water from the closed cooling system which is cooled by sea water by water/water heat exchangers. The above consumers shall be able to operate with closed cooling water temperature

resulting of the maximum sea water temperature.

10.5.2.2.4 The sea water intake / outlet system configuration design is not final due to statutory procedure therefore; the design pressure could be update to Nine

(9) barg.

10.6 Heat Balances Heat balances shall be calculated and provided for the following: Orot Rabin Power Station (for NG and DO firing)

Ambient temperature / SW temperature, °C

*100% GT load 5/15 15/18 26/24* 45/32

70% GT load 5/15 15/18 26/24 45/32 50% GT load 5/15 15/18 26/24 45/32

30% GT load 5/15 15/18 26/24 45/32

FSNL full speed 5/15 15/18 26/24 45/32 100% GT load by- 5/15 15/18 26/24 45/32 pass operation

(*) Design Parameter The low heat value of the fuels (LHV) will be the base for efficiency calculations

10.6.1 For heat balance calculations, the following losses shall be taken into

consideration, values shall be stated by the main Contractor: 10.6.1.1 Temperature losses between GT and H.R.S.G. 10.6.1.2 H.R.S.G. heat losses. 10.6.1.3 All steam pressure drops and enthalpy losses between H.R.S.G. outlet and turbine inlet. 10.6.1.4 C.R. steam line pressure drop and enthalpy losses. 10.6.1.5 RH steam line pressure drop.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.6.1.6 HP steam line pressure drop. 10.6.1.7 If vacuum steam ejectors are used, their steam consumption will be included in the heat balances. 10.6.1.8 H.R.S.G. gas side pressure drop.

10.6.2 The heat balance shall include: 10.6.2.1 H.R.S.G. inlet gas flows and temperatures. 10.6.2.2 H.R.S.G. steam levels conditions and flows. 10.6.2.3 H.R.S.G. gas side temperature profile (will be provided in separate document). 10.6.2.4 Each pressure part fouling factor, temperature difference and heat transfer factor coefficient shall be indicated (will be provided in separate document). 10.6.2.5 H.R.S.G. drums pressures, pinch points, economizers approaches (will be provided in separate document). 10.6.2.6 Steam turbine steam inlet and outlet conditions and flows. 10.6.2.7 One steam turbine expansion line in H-S diagram for 26°C, 100% GT load where IP turbine outlet Parameters (pressure, temperature and enthalpy) before mix with low pressure steam and LP turbine inlet steam Parameters (pressure, temperature and enthalpy) after mix with low pressure steam will be shown. (Will be provided in separate document). 10.6.2.8 LP steam turbine exhaust losses curves has to be provided for steam turbine (will be provided in separate document). 10.6.2.9 Operational diagram of steam turbine in terms of condenser pressure (will be provided in separate document). 10.6.2.10 Steam turbine exhausts pressure. 10.6.2.11 Condenser Circulating water inlet/outlet temperature and flow. 10.6.2.12 E.L.E.P. (will be provided in separate document) and U.E.E.P. points enthalpy. 10.6.2.13 Steam extraction conditions and flow (if applicable). 10.6.2.14 Condensate flow, temperature and enthalpies. 10.6.2.15 Condensate preheater and condensate circulating pump flows. 10.6.2.16 Deaerator pressure and deaerator inlet (steam and condensate) and outlets (feed water) data. 10.6.2.17 Plant gross output: 10.6.2.17.1 Steam turbine gross output without generator loss. 10.6.2.17.2 Gas turbine gross output without generator loss. 10.6.2.17.3 Generator loss.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.6.2.18 Power plant net output 10.6.2.18.1 Power plant gross efficiency 10.6.2.18.2 Power plant gross heat rate 10.6.2.18.3 Power plant net efficiency 10.6.2.18.4 Power plant net heat rate 10.6.2.19 Power plant self-consumptions (based on contractor scope of supply. 10.6.2.20 Feed water pumps flow and pressure. 10.6.2.21 Circulating water flow

10.7 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 10.7.1 Gas Turbine, Steam Turbine, Generator and auxiliaries shall comply with the following basic requirements: 10.7.1.1 Gas Turbine capacity shall be H or J class technologic. 10.7.1.2 The design of the unit critical components, in particular compressor blading and turbine hot path components should be based on advanced and proven experience heat-resistant and corrosion-resistant materials and coatings. Full information on materials used for the unit critical components should be included in the Proposal documents. 10.7.1.3 Indoor type equipment, suitable for the defined environmental conditions and noise requirements. 10.7.1.4 Equipment design and optimization per defined design Conditions and Fuel's analyses. 10.7.1.5 Cooling equipment have to be suitable to the extreme environmental conditions of the installation site. 10.7.1.6 The Contractor will describe, in detail, the on-site and factory maintenance, inspection, and overhauls required to maintain the compressor, combustion system and turbine available for operation. 10.7.1.7 The Contractor shall be ready, if requested, to assume full responsibility for the servicing of the unit, and the price for a complete overhaul shall be stated at the request of the Purchaser. 10.7.1.8 During the project execution, IEC will be entitled to approach any sub – contractor (in addition to inform the main contractor) in any coordination technical issues, without any impact on equipment guaranty and warranty provided by main contractor.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Main contractor shall provide contact information for each sub-contractor. 10.7.2 Gas Turbine Technical requirements 10.7.2.1 Operational Requirements a.1 The unit to be supplied will be operated local and remote operation, and may be operated in Parallel with other units or as an isolated and independent station. The unit should be suitable for continuous operation and shall be provided with normal loading capability of 5%/minute from spinning reserve (small load after synchronization) to 98% of full load. In the range 98% up to 100% load the gradient will be not less than 1% from total capacity MW/min. The unit should have the capabilities for full load rejection (firing Natural Gas and Liquid Fuel with or without water injection), as per one-line diagram. Load rejection to house load, resulting in total MW reduction requirements of approximately 4% of rated power. The Unit to be supplied should meet the following operational requirements under local manual and/or automatic control according to Contractor O&M manuals: a.2 The gas turbine shall be able to operate with dual fuel, while fuel gas will be the main fuel and fuel oil (oil no.2) will be back up fuel. For NOx reduction gas turbine shall be cape able to operate in wet mode while burning fuel oil and dry mode while burning Natural Gas. a.3 The system supplied shall be able to burn fuel gas and liquid fuel (distillate #2) with automatic changeover under load. Changeover under load is automatic for gas to distillate only, based on loss of gas pressure. Changeover from distillate to gas is initiated manually by the operator once he has determined that sufficient gas pressure is available to allow for a complete transfer. Once manually initiated, the transfer from distillate to gas will proceed automatically. - Automatic transfer from natural gas to oil #2 mode of operation based on operational criteria (LP natural gas supply or condensate high level at gas scrubber pressure). Contractor shall provide signal from gas scrubber.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Fuel mixing - the gas turbine will be able to burn mixed fuel, permissible mixture limits, as per the Contractor's indication. Fuel mixing will be only during transfer from one fuel to the other. Gas turbine control will initiate turbine trip (as a protection), in the event of poor-quality fuel gas (condensate high level at gas scrubber) and unsuccessful transfer to liquid fuel. Gas turbine control system shall include all necessary controls, alarms and displays in the local and central control room for dual fuel oil with water injection and Natural Gas (Dry operation).

10.7.3 Fuel Systems 10.7.3.1 Fuel Oil System: 10.7.3.1.1 Liquid Fuel System including: a. Liquid fuel forwarding skid with two (2 x 100%) full-size AC motor driven pumps skid mounted for pumping fuel to the main fuel injection pumps including duplex filters and isolating valves, check valves flow/mass meter on filtering skid with local readout, totalizer and 4-20 mA output for Purchaser’s use. This skid will be installed at the fuel oil tank farm and will be used to forwarding the fuel oil from the fuel oil tanks towards the liquid fuel injection pumps. b. The main fuel oil injection Skid with centrifugal type pumps for fuel injection to the turbine, including stainless steel piping, downstream filter, control and safety relief valves, filters. The filters should be duplex filters. The forwarding and injection pump skids must include isolating valves, check valves, safety relief valves and pressure indicators. And all required equipment, valves, piping and instrumentation, for safe and redundant operation. c. 1 m3 leak oil tank and pump (if required) d. Fuel treatment plant 130%, contractor will specify if required in his proposal. e. Liquid Fuel interconnecting stainless steel piping between liquid fuel injection pumps skid and gas turbine, supplied as spools cleaned and ready for installation. f. Liquid Fuel electric heater (if required) g. Ignition gas system (if required)

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.7.3.1.2 The fuel oil forwarding pumps, motors, strainers, filters, shutoff valves, check valves, safety or relief valves, pressure gauges, and other required controls shall be completely piped and mounted on a skid by the Contractor, and they shall be suitable for outdoor operation, in a corrosive environment. Fuel forwarding oil pumps shall be centrifugal type and have mechanical seals. 10.7.3.1.3 Final fuel filters must be provided for effectively down to 10 microns. These filters shall be installed in an accessible area as close as possible to the fuel control valves. Fuel filters shall be of the Duplex type. All fuel pipes and valves downstream the filter will be stainless steel. The efficiency shall be at least 99.5%. 10.7.3.1.4 Fuel controller, solenoid operated fuel shutoff valves, modulating valve, fuel heater shall be part of the fuel control system. 10.7.3.1.5 Fuel control shall be influenced at least by the turbine speed, inlet temperature, discharge temperature, and other Parameters which shall ensure reliable, efficient and safe operation of the engine. Appropriate sensors and transducers shall be included. 10.7.3.1.6 All fuel oil piping shall be thoroughly cleaned and flushed prior to initial operation by Purchaser under Contractor’s technical assistance. The Purchaser will inspect and approve the systems after completion of the work, supplied as spools and ready for installation. 10.7.3.1.7 The fuel oil system shall be designed to deliver fuel oil to the gas turbine combustion chambers at proper pressure, flow rates, temperature and filtered quality, to meet all the requirements of the gas turbines operation regimes. 10.7.3.2 Gas Fuel System 10.7.3.2.1 Gas fuel systems within the boundaries of the contractor's scope of supply, shall meet all Israeli national safety requirements detailed in Israeli "SI-6464" standard which consist of two paths for appliances design (American or European design). 10.7.3.2.2 Natural gas supply pipework systems that fall out of appliance isolation valve and are in within the contractor's scope of supply shall meet either EN 15001 (parts 1, 2) for European design path or ASME B31.3 for American design path, Refer to SI-6464 standard chapter-7.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.7.3.2.3 All gas fuel systems shall be approved by Inspection body as defined in SI- 6464. 10.7.3.2.4 All related documentation and certificates required by the relevant standards shall be supplied by the contractor. 10.7.3.2.5 The gas fuel system shall include mainly the following items but not limited to: A. Gas Fuel forwarding/pretreatment skids: a. Gas fuel stop valve b. Gas fuel filters c. Gas fuel scrubber or coalescer with level control and condensate level switch. d. The gas fuel heater shall be an electrical type (Temperature rise 35˚C and full flow). e. Efficiency heater f. Condensate drain storage tank with all related instrumentation. (Vent & drain pipes and valves) g. Gas fuel temperature indicators h. Gas fuel pressure indicators i. Gas fuel relief valve j. Gas fuel flow meter k. Gas detectors. l. Gas fuel piping, All pipes shall be stainless steel downstream of the gas fuel filter.

B. Gas turbine gas fuel skids: a. Stop and control valves - to control the gas fuel flow for given turbine speed and load situation b. Gas flow meter c. Gas fuel strainer d. Gas fuel splitter e. Low pressure gas fuel switch f. Gas fuel inlet pressure indicator g. Temperature indicators

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

h. All pipes shall be stainless steel, 2" pipes and above will be supplied as spools and ready for installation (including pressure and NDT test certifications) i. Gas detectors j. Integrated ventilation system C. Connections All fuel gas pipes material for connections between the Gas turbine and above mentioned skids and for downstream filters shall be stainless steel. 10.7.3.2.6 The gas fuel system should be designed to deliver fuel gas to the turbine combustion chambers at proper pressure, flow rates, temperature and filtered quality to meet all the requirements of the gas turbines operation regimes. 10.7.3.2.7 Explosion Protection Concept- Work Report. 10.7.3.2.8 Ignition Gas System. 10.7.3.2.9 Fuel, Combustion and Smoke 10.7.3.2.9.1 The generating units shall be designed to burn: A. Distillate fuel according to the ANSI/ASME B.133.7M-1985 and ASTM D- 2880. Analysis of distillate #2 as per data in Supplement 8.9.1.15. 10.7.3.2.9.2 The Offshore Israeli Gas spec will be used for Performance Guaranties. 10.7.3.2.9.3 Natural gas specification typical data as per following tables: 10.7.3.2.9.4 Israeli's Gas Spec.: Offshore Israeli's Natural Gas Analysis Gas Chromatograph Data

Composition Element Item (normally to be supplied)

Methane, % Mol CH4 99.03308

Nitrogen, % Mol N2 0.248821

Carbon Dioxide, % Mol CO2 0.110860

Ethane, % Mol C2H6 0.334169

Propane, % Mol C3H8 0.148073 C6+ 0.058003

i-Butane, % Mol iC4H10 0.027997

n-Butane, % Mol nC4H10 0.021038

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

i-Pentane, % Mol iC5H12 0.013616

n-Pentane, % Mol nC5H12 0.005336 Low Heating Value calculated, QLHV 8647.9 Kcal/Nm3@0 C

Low Heating Value calculated, Kcal/kg QLHV 11836.9 10.7.4 Fuel oil #2

10.7.4.1 For current and future fuel oil specification please refer to supplement 8.9.1.15

10.7.5 Inlet Air System Inlet Air System including a self-cleaning filter compartment (including filters), silencing, ducting trash screens, plenum, structural support with stairs from ground level until inlet filter house roof, lighting, lifting device for the filters including jib crane, instrumentation and air processing skid system (for design point and climatic conditions see supplement 8.9.1.15). Special attention shall be given to the filters to be erected in the gas turbine, since the closeness to the sea shore. Therefore moisture sePara.tors shall be included for air inlet system. 10.7.5.1.1 Inlet air system should be capable of operating efficiently under all weather conditions. Air filters should be suitable for contaminated atmosphere under the site conditions. Category "Marine Environment C5-M" and above as per ISO 9223 (corrosion of metal and alloys – corrosively of atmospheres –classification) shall be used. Gas turbine air inlet system components shall be self-cleaning filter. The filter shall deal with many kinds of particulate matter, Such as, coal, dust, ash, limestone and gypsum in addition to high humidity and salinity.

10.7.5.1.2 Exhaust System Exhaust System including carbon steel exhaust plenum with internal insulation, stainless steel liner, exhaust diffuser, expansion joint, and ducting. The exhaust system will include: - Complete structure steel with platforms and ladders for emissions testing. - Portholes for duct testing equipment.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.7.5.1.3 Bearings  All main bearings shall be accessible without requiring the removal of the turbine casing. The bearings shall be of the horizontally split, self-aligning, pressure lubricated, journal type with spherical seats, or double tilting pad bearing as required.  The thrust bearings shall be of the Kingsbury tilting pad type (or Tapered Land) and shall be capable of handling the maximum possible thrust in either direction under any combination of operating conditions, normal or abnormal, or operation of the admission valves.  Each bearing shall be equipped with an oil baffle to prevent oil from leaking and carbon deposits from forming on the oil wiper rings. The bearings and couplings, which are acoustically weak areas, because of the exposed rotating parts, must be adequately designed to comply with specification noise requirements.  The bearings shall be designed so that the normal oil temperature leaving any bearing shall not exceed 71C.  No mixing of oil from different bearings shall be permitted before the points where the sight glasses are installed. The #1 bearing and thrust bearings have a combined drain system.  The Contractor shall provide Ni-Cr-Ni thermocouples, per EN60584 or equivalent standard, including wells, if required, to monitor bearing metal temperatures (bottom half). Two (2) thermocouples shall be used to monitor thrust bearing metal temperature (active and passive sides). 10.7.5.1.4 Turning Gear  The Contractor shall supply complete, turning gear. At start-up operation when the rotor speed reaches the speed produced by the turning gear manual / automatic disengage is required to allow the rotor speed rising. At turbine shut-down when the rotor speed goes down to turning gear speed, the turning gear will be engaged automatically.  The turning gear shall be interlocked on start-up to ensure operation only when suitable oil pressure is available at the bearings.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

 The Contractor shall provide an alarm to indicate failure of the turning gear to properly engage.  A zero speed indicator for the shaft shall be provided.  The Contractor shall provide an indicator for turning gear "in" or "out-of-mesh".  The Contractor shall provide a speed indicator.  The Contractor shall provide a facility for manual jogging of the turbine rotor.

10.7.5.1.4.1 Electrohydraulic Governor Control (EHC) and Trip System (if required). The EHC system, as part of the Distributed Digital Turbine Control.

10.7.5.1.5 Hydraulic Power Unit 10.7.5.1.5.1 The Hydraulic Power Unit and the lube oil system can be separate systems (if required). The system(s) shall be skid mounted. 10.7.5.1.5.2 The Hydraulic Power Unit shall supply, at the correct temperature, clean, high pressure fluid to all components. 10.7.5.1.5.3 The Unit shall be equipped with 10 micron filters downstream of the pumps to maintain the properties of the fluid, thereby providing a long service life for the fluid. 10.7.5.1.5.4 The unit shall contain at least two complete, independent and Para.llel pumping systems. Each system shall be sized for supplying the fluid requirements of the turbine when fully loaded. 10.7.5.1.5.5 The unit shall contain the necessary alarms and controls to auto-start the stand-by pumping system, if a malfunction occurs in the operating system, trip is initiated indirectly by the burner valves. 10.7.5.1.5.6 The unit shall include a fluid reservoir with a float-type level indicator and high/low level switches. The reservoir shall be provided with connection for fluid heating and connection for fluid conditioning. 10.7.5.1.5.7 The unit shall include two (2) full capacity air cooler for the EHC fluid cooling. 10.7.5.1.5.8 The unit shall include two (2) full capacity AC motor driven pumps. 10.7.5.1.5.9 The Contractor shall supply all the piping between the hydraulic power unit and the EHC. 10.7.5.1.5.10 Piping material shall be stainless steel.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.7.5.1.5.11 The Contractor shall provide feed and drain piping connections with all the necessary isolating valves for the connection of the turbine hydraulic unit to the power plant's turbine EHC fluid storage system. 10.7.5.1.5.12 The EHC fluid system and the lubrication oil system shall be located in the gas turbine accessory module.

10.7.5.1.6 Package Design 10.7.5.1.6.1 The package design shall include all necessary stairways, ladders, and platforms with handrails. All stairways shall have non-slip grating treads. All exterior stairways, ladders, platforms, etc., shall be H.D. galvanized. All interior surfaces shall be finish painted except where natural finish aluminum is provided for the enclosures. 10.7.5.1.6.2 The steel structures shall be galvanized. The steel structures galvanized surfaces shall be also painted. 10.7.5.1.6.3 Each housing and heavy external removable panels and parts shall be provided with lifting eyes, jacking pads, etc., to facilitate handling and erection. 10.7.5.1.6.4 All doors of housings shall be equipped with panic latches. Provision shall be made for Purchaser's padlocks on all external doors. 10.7.5.1.6.5 Outside lighting shall be provided by Purchaser. The Contractor shall furnish the interior lighting (AC) in all enclosures. 10.7.5.1.6.6 Emergency DC lighting shall be provided in the enclosures as required for safety of the personnel. A separate DC circuit from the storage battery for emergency lighting shall be provided. Emergency lighting may have self- contained battery packs. For PCC's additional emergency lighting fixtures with independent 90 minutes batteries shall be supplied by the contractor. 10.7.5.1.6.7 All electrical equipment, lights, and wiring shall be furnished in accordance with applicable European codes wherever a hazard of fire explosion due to oil or gas may exist (NFPA.) or UVV/DIN or equivalent. 10.7.5.1.6.8 Electrical equipment inside the gas turbine enclosure and other explosion protection zones are according to section 1.6.4: "ATEX EX – ZONE2" 10.7.5.1.6.9 Lighting fixture inside GT enclosure must withstand at the ambient temperature as indicated by GT manufacture.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.7.5.1.6.10 Enclosures shall be designed to permit all normal maintenance and inspection in severe weather without the use of temporary shields or hoods. No additional loads should be imposed on the enclosures. 10.7.5.1.6.11 Air conditioners shall be redundant in PCC. 10.7.5.1.6.12 Outdoor electrical equipment Junction Boxes or panels shall be corrosion resistant material or anticorrosive coated and shall be listed as NEMA 4X, except turbine compartment which shall be NEMA 12. 10.7.5.1.6.13 Only exterior junction boxes will be NEMA 4X. Other junction boxes or panels will be NEMA 4 or 1, according to Contractor's standard design. 10.7.5.1.6.14 Inside weather enclosures, Junction Boxes shall be IP55, in outdoor, shall be IP65 at least. 10.7.5.1.6.15 All electrical equipment furnished by the Contractor shall be designed, constructed and tested in accordance with the requirements of the latest published recommendations of the ANSI, IEEE, ASME or ISO-2314 for American supplied equipment or IEC and ISO-2314 for European supplied equipment. 10.7.5.1.7 Arrangement 10.7.5.1.7.1 General arrangement will include an open installation outdoor Gas turbine in the first project stage and will allow future incorporation of a closed Gas turbine building include over head cranes for the second stage. 10.7.5.1.8 Vibrations 10.7.5.1.8.1 The gas turbine and generator shall be capable of continuous operation over the whole load range, without exceeding the specified level allowable vibrations: 10.7.5.1.8.2 The design should be according to ISO 10816 and ISO 7919 10.7.5.1.8.3 Maximum allowable vibration at the bearing cap will not exceed 4.5 mm/s R.M.S at 3000 RPM in all loads Maximum allowable vibration will not exceed 9.5 mm/s R.M.S at critical speeds vibration on the shaft as defined and specified by the contractor. The vibration monitoring of the bearing and the shaft shall be displayed in the PCMS.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.7.5.1.8.4 Acoustic & Thermal Insulation and Insulation Protection The Contractor shall provide acoustical insulation for the G.T Turbine and its various components and compartments, according to site condition. The Contractor shall supply noise treatment system to meet environmental requirements.

10.8 STEAM TURBINE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

10.8.1 The unit will be operated under manual, semiautomatic and automatic mode. 10.8.2 The steam turbine and condenser shall be capable to operate without any limitation of the steam flow from the HRSG at any ambient temp; In this case the turbine shall be able to operate according to the operational diagram of steam turbine in terms of condenser pressure (attached to contractor's proposal. 10.8.3 The steam turbine shall be capable to operate with bypass systems (HP, IP, LP),

i.e., during start and shutdown while the bypass systems are in operation. 10.8.4 The steam turbine shall be capable to re-start operation while the HRSG is in full load and all steam is induced to the condenser via the steam by-pass system,

i.e., restart with high back pressure. 10.8.5 A closed loop water cooling system, common to the steam turbine and generator, the system shall be designed for maximum ambient air temperature of 45º C, i.e. for a maximum cooling water temperature of 50º C. 10.8.6 General arrangement and layout plan of the units, including all main and auxiliary equipment as identical as drawings in supplement 8.1.9.21. 10.8.7 The Contractor shall specify the electrical loads which have to be fed and conditions for a safe shutdown of the Unit after a period of time of running. 10.8.8 The Contractor shall include the necessary equipment and devices which will satisfy the above safe shutdown conditions especially if there is a blackout in the Purchaser's network during the shutdown and Slow Roll Cooling of the unit. 10.8.9 After a safe shutdown the unit shall be able to restart immediately upon a start command and existence of starting power source. Contractor shall specify the

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

devices that have to be maintained in operation to facilitate safe standby for many hours after stopping or tripping from the worst conditions. 10.8.10 The Contractor will propose any additional equipment, which is not included in this specification, for the reliable and safe operation of the Unit. 10.8.11 General arrangement drawings of the turbine island for indoor installation. 10.8.12 Vibrations The Steam Turbine and Generator shall be capable of continuous operation over the full load range under the following conditions, without exceeding the specified generator vibrations and temperature rise limitations: o Vibration on the shaft and Vibration at bearing cap, at rated speed, In accordance with ISO 7919 and with ISO 10816 (zone A/B) o Journal bearings metal temperature (bottom half) at each bearing and thrust bearing metal temperature (active and passive side), as defined and specified by

the Contractor. o Steam turbine vbration values for normal operation modes and critical speed must be specified, 10.8.13 Steam Turbine Control design requirements: Steam Turbine Control shall be fully integrated in plants control and monitoring system (PCMS). The Steam Turbine Control will contain speed/load control, load limit control and steam bypass control loops necessary to shut, accelerate, synchronize, load and shut-down the steam turbine. Protective systems are also required to trip the steam turbine and alarm abnormal conditions. A separate generator panel containing the protective relays and synchronization circuits is also required. The Contractor shall coordinate the unit control with the HRSG control manufacturer and with the power plant control system. This coordination between the gas turbine, the generator and steam turbine, shall work for sliding/constant pressure. The control concept shall provide the essential balance of the HRSG (steam generator) with the steam turbine. 10.8.14 HP turbine will be supplied pre-assembled. 10.8.15 IP/LP turbine will be provided according to manufacture standards (at the most in five (5) parts):  IP+LP Rotor

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

 IP+LP rear casing lower part  IP+LP rear casing upper part  IP+LP front casing lower part  IP+LP front casing upper part

10.8.16 S.T PACKAGE GENERAL SCOPE OF SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS 10.8.16.1 Steam Turbine shall be suitable for a triple pressure and reheat cycle, with full arc admission, reaction or impulse type machine operating with surface condenser. The steam turbine components shall consist of, but shall not be limited to the following systems: a. Turning Gear system b. Gland steam system c. Vacuum breaker system d. Cooling water system e. Drain system f. Auxiliary systems g. Hydraulic Power unit.. h. Oil Flushing and Acid Cleaning procedure, blind flanges and valve inserts. i. Vibration sensors, monitoring systems and diagnostic system j. Bypass systems (H.P, I.P & L.P.) k. Steam turbine internal drain system l. Exhaust hood cooling system m. Electrical heater for sealing steam super heating (if required). n. Acoustic & Thermal Insulation and Insulation Protection

10.8.16.2 The Contractor shall provide acoustical insulation for the unit (steam turbine and generator) and its various components and compartments, according to site condition. The Contractor shall supply noise treatment system to meet environmental requirements. 10.8.16.3 Electrical/Hydraulic Turning gear equipment, complete with all appurtenances and accessories and manual operating capability (manual operating shall be comfortable and easy to use for operator).

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.8.16.4 Steam seal system, complete with all appurtenances and accessories including gland steam condenser. 10.8.16.5 The Contractor will supply an electric super-heater for sealing steam requirement at unit stand by and start-up. The steam source for this purpose is an auxiliary boiler which provides saturated steam @ 15 bara. 10.8.16.6 Auxiliaries and accessories such as bearings, control and stop valves, steam strainers, exhaust hood cooling system Electro-hydraulic Control System (EHC), operating, emergency and trip governors, all required valves, piping, drains, etc., to form a complete and reliable power generating system, as specified herein. 10.8.16.7 Hydraulic Power Unit. Automatic start-up/shut-down system, turbine supervisory system and turbine protective system complete with all appurtenances and accessories. 10.8.16.8 Instrumentation and Control for each and all turbo-generator equipment and systems. Instrumentation should include mounting and installation accessories. 10.8.16.9 Thermal Insulation and Insulation Protection (insulation and cladding) for the turbine HP, IP, LP and all steam valves and dumping devices. 10.8.16.10 Steam by-pass system. Configuration of the dumping device will be defined by the Contractor. 10.8.16.11 Lube oil will be supplied in sufficient amount for flushing and for first filling. 10.8.16.12 All temporary fittings and appurtenances required for the pre-service chemical cleaning and flushing of the turbine lubricating oil system and control system. Flushing: All equipment, by-passes, filter elements, flexible hoses, valves, gaskets, in order to accomplish the flushing procedure, spare gaskets for operation conditions, as necessary. Contractor shall provide bypass piping and fittings for oil flushing, control oil flushing and external flushing system for all equipment according to its own procedures. 10.8.16.13 Contractor shall provide all replacement parts necessary for the initial start- up and testing. These parts shall be listed by the Contractor. 10.8.16.14 Beams, slings and Carriages for handling the rotors and the HP turbine section.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.8.16.15 Temporary inserts, gaskets and blocking devices for the turbine stop and control valves and HP, IP, LP by-passes valves including spray control valves and CR power assisted check valve, to be used during the steam line blowout and chemical cleaning and during hydrotest. For chemical cleaning contractor shall supply also procedures. 10.8.16.16 Two Dehumidifier systems for the Turbo set and generator for each site. 10.8.16.17 Stainless steel piping for the entire lubrication and control fluid systems. 10.8.16.18 Turbine internal drains system includes: flash tank which is linked to the hotwell. 10.8.16.19 External drains system including: receiver and flash tank, transfer pumps (2x100%). 10.8.16.20 Auxiliaries and accessories, such as valves, steam strainers, operating governors, emergency governors and trip governors, drains, generator auxiliaries and all piping and valves between the various auxiliary systems and the turbine (these pipes shall be factory pre-fabricated from 2" and larger), etc., required to achieve the reliability specified herein.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.9 S.T EQUIPMENT TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 10.9.1 Lubricating System 10.9.1.1 The lubrication system shall be a common system to the Gas turbine, steam turbine and generator. The Contractor shall provide a complete lubricating system, including the conceptual design of the oil room and oil channels. The system shall be skid-mounted. Equipment shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: One (1) large oil reservoir with oil level indicator, with high and low level alarm contacts accessible for periodic testing and a suitable, removable oil strainer. The oil reservoir will be located in a suitable place. The reservoir capacity shall be such that its content is circulated during normal operation not more than ten times per hour. The tank shall store the complete content of the oil in the system during shutdown. The Contractor shall provide pre-fabricated feed and drain piping connections, with all the necessary isolating valves. The reservoir shall be fitted with a sampling pipe and valves at its lowest point and also at a point half-way up the tank. The reservoir shall be provided with connections for oil heaters and connection for oil purifier. Two (2x100%) main oil pumps. The main pumps shall be driven by AC motors. One (1) totally enclosed DC motor-driven emergency bearing oil pump complete with motor starters and with automatic starting pressure switches, of sufficient capacity for shutting down the Unit. Two (2) AC motor driven rotor jacking pumps (2 x 100%). Two (2) full size AC motor-driven vapor extractor for the main oil reservoir. Two (2) turbine-oil coolers (2 x 100%), water-cooled. The oil coolers shall be able to operate with relatively high water temperatures (50º C). The Oil coolers shall include manually operated drain and vent valves. The Oil coolers shall be tube and shell coolers or plate type.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.9.1.2 Two (2) lube oil full flow filtration systems (2x100%), including automatic protection and manual transfer between the filters and special cleaning accessories, as required, including a spare set of cartridge filters. 10.9.1.3 Bearing oil pressure monitoring is done though three pressure transmitters that are arranged in 2 out of 3 logic for trip purpose. 10.9.1.4 Oil heaters shall be erected externally via bypass line to heat the oil to a working temp. 10.9.1.5 Complete piping, connections, valves, strainers, instruments, special appurtenances, piping supports and hangers, etc., for the lubricating system. 10.9.1.6 Delivery pipes downstream the filters and return pipes shall be stainless steel. The tank shall be made of stainless steel. 10.9.1.7 The system shall be arranged to enable addition of jumpers or bypasses around the bearings to facilitate hydro-blasting and oil flushing of the piping system (spare gaskets shall be provided for valves and other equipment). 10.9.1.8 Oil purification equipment, vacuum dehydration oil conditioning unit type or coalescence type. 10.9.1.9 Capacity of the oil purification equipment shall be, at least, 15% of the complete oil volume of the system per hour during normal operation. 10.9.1.10 The oil coolers shall have ample capacity to cool to the desired temperature of the required oil. 10.9.1.11 All inlets and outlets of the oil system shall be flanged in accordance with ASME standards Din flanges will be supplied with counter flanges and ASME weld end connections. 10.9.1.12 All lube oil stainless steel piping shall be thoroughly cleaned and flushed prior to initial operation by Purchaser with Contractor’s technical assistance. The Purchaser will inspect and approve the systems after completion of the work. 10.9.1.13 All piping 2" (included) and above will be supplied prefabricated in a maximum transportable size of spool pieces (approx 6-7m long and 2.5-3m width). All spools will be shop prefabricated, cleaned and primer & final painted. Small bore pipes below 2" will supplied loose with primer painted. 10.9.1.14 Contractor shall provide isometric drawings for all pipes, for all diameters. 10.9.1.15 The instrumentation and control of the oil unit shall consist of, but shall not be limited to, the following:

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

a. Oil heated automatic temperature control in order to maintain the oil tank temperature above the minimum required temperature. b. Pressure indicators at the oil pumps outlet and oil bearing piping inlet, on the bearings level. c. Differential pressure switches and differential indicators on the filter. d. Temperature indicators and transmitters at oil bearing outlets. (Indicators will be provided if needed) e. Sight flow glasses on the outlet pipes of all bearings

10.9.2 GT+ST Turbine and Generator Enclosures: 10.9.2.1 All panels, doors and passageways designed for safe and adequate access to all components, control panels and any other equipment which may require periodic inspection during both running and shutdown. These inspections will normally be performed by one operator who must have safe access without the use of tools. 10.9.2.2 Enclosures fabricated preferably from materials that do not require painting and that they be maintenance free; however, if steel enclosures are provided, the entire paint system must be suitable, for operation in tropical climate and corrosive atmospheres. 10.9.2.3 After fabrication, all structural steel shall be sand-blasted and primed with a rust preventative primer. Contractor will supply CO2 fire protection system for inside GT+ST enclosure, according to NFPA12 (from bottles rack located outside turbine hall to the enclosure). For bearings, the water fire protection will be by purchaser. 10.9.2.4 Steel structures shall be "hot dip galvanized" or "Sprayed Melted Zinc" and painted (according to I.E.C.’s Spec.716. – supplement 8.9.6.3) The Contractor can propose other systems based on the same philosophy, subject to the Purchaser’s approval. 10.9.2.5 Each acoustic enclosure and heavy external removable panels and parts shall be provided with lifting eyes, jacking pads, etc., to facilitate handling and erection. 10.9.2.6 All doors of housings shall be equipped with panic latches. Provision is to be made for Purchaser's padlocks on all external doors.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.9.2.7 The Contractor shall furnish the interior lighting (AC) in all enclosures. Outside lighting will be provided by Purchaser. 10.9.2.8 Emergency DC lighting shall be provided in the enclosures as required for safety of the personnel. A separate DC circuit from the storage battery for emergency lighting shall be provided. 10.9.2.9 Enclosures shall be designed to permit all normal maintenance and inspection in inclement weather without the use of temporary shields or hoods. 10.9.3 Casing a. HP, IP, LP inner and outer casing will be designed according to contractor/manufacture standard b. The exhaust section shall be provided with exhaust cooling sprays, automatically controlled in order to limit temperature levels in the last stage blading when the Unit is operating at low loads. All the controlling valves and initiating devices for completely automatic operation shall be provided by Contractor. c. Casing materials shall be specified according to ASTM or equivalent European Standards. d. The Supplier will specify the maximum operating temperature on each inner and outer casing of the turbine sections along with the list of its recommended casing materials. The selection of materials must be approved by the Purchaser.

10.9.4 Rotors a. The rotor shall be heat stabilized. b. The critical speeds for the rotor shall be outside the limits of 15% below and 15% above rated speed. c. The design shall allow for in-place balancing of the rotor without removal of the top half of the casing. d. Rotor materials shall be according to ASTM std. or European standards and shall be suitable for the operating conditions.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.9.5 Blading a. Moving blades and fixed blades or nozzles shall be of designs proved by power plant operation. In no case should prototype designs be used. b. LP moving blades in the wet region shall be suitably protected against erosion. A detailed description of how this is accomplished shall be included in the Proposal. c. Materials of moving blades and fixed blades or nozzles shall be according to ASTM or European standards and be suitable for the operation conditions.

10.9.6 Glands and Steam Seal System a. The steam leak-off from the high pressure packing shall be returned to a lower stage pressure stage of the turbine in so far as this practice is consistent with good engineering design. Design of glands shall be such as to reduce steam leakage to a minimum. b. Metallic labyrinth shaft glands shall be provided on both ends of the turbine. c. All diaphragm and shaft glands may be fixed or designed to back-off and prevent damage should occur during transient conditions. However, reliability in operation is of the utmost importance. d. The glands shall be self-regulating under all conditions and shall, in addition to normal operations, be capable of maintaining full condenser vacuum with the turbine on turning gear and during start-up and shut-down. e. Contractor shall provide permanent strainer at the inlet to the steam gland system. f. Contractor shall supply gland sealing system, including: Gland steam pressure control loop, pneumatically operated gland steam control valve in seal steam

line. Gland steam temperature control loop, pneumatically operated condensate spray valve in seal steam line. Full size gland steam condenser, shell-and-tube type, tube material stainless steel, without supporting structure, with water level indicator and AC motor- driven vapor exhausters, AC motor-operated or hand operated shut-off and by-pass valves, control air valves, limit switches, thermostat, shall be supplied by the Contractor. g. All the interconnecting steam seal pipe work from the turbine to the control valves and to the gland steam condenser including hangers, shall be supplied

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

by the Contractor,.pre-fabricated with all required gaskets, flanges, nuts, washers, to complete the system. h. Provision for one orifice for permanent flow measurement, to be supplied by Purchaser, in the most appropriate seal steam pipe. The Contractor shall supply several weld saddles in Contractor's pipework, for inserting Purchaser provided "Forward/Reverse Tubes" for additional flow measurements. i. Gland steam condenser shall be sized to receive maximum expected leakage steam quantity. j. The gland steam condenser may be cooled by condensate water or by closed cooling water, according to suppliers common practice. k. On the water side, the gland steam condenser shall be designed to withstand the maximum pressure generated by the condensate pumps and on the steam side to withstand the highest pressure and temperature that can result from the operation of the turbine at full load. 10.9.7 Exhaust The air exhaust pipes, relief valve vents and other gaseous discharges shall be carried to a suitable distance and shall have weather protection and bird screens, as required. Contractor shall provide these, complete. Allowable forces and moments on fans flanges will be according to API 610 including all related appendixes. 10.9.8 Bearings a. All main bearings shall be accessible without requiring the removal of the turbine casing. The bearings shall be of the horizontally split, self-aligning, pressure lubricated, journal type with spherical seats, or double tilting pad bearing as required. b. The thrust bearings shall be of the Kingsbury (or equal as approved by IEC) tilting pad type (or Tapered Land) and shall be capable of handling the maximum possible thrust in either direction under any combination of operating conditions, normal or abnormal, or operation of the admission valves. c. A thrust bearing wear indicator shall be provided, with an alarm for excessive thrust bearing wear. Axial displacement measurement instead of bearing wear is also acceptable.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

d. Each bearing housing shall be equipped with an oil baffle on the side adjacent to the steam gland, to prevent oil from leaking and carbon deposits from forming on the oil wiper rings. The bearings and couplings, which are acoustically weak areas, because of the exposed rotating parts, must have adequately designed housings, with absorbent insulating and sealing properties or special acoustical enclosures in order to prevent noise radiation in the area between the main parts of the unit. e. The bearings shall be designed so that the mean oil temperature leaving any bearing shall not exceed 70 C. f. No mixing of oil from different bearings shall be permitted before the points where the temperature measuring and the visual flow devices are installed. g. The Contractor shall provide Chromel-Constantan themocouples, per ANSI C96.1 or equivalent standard, including wells, if required, to monitor bearing metal temperatures (bottom half). Two (2) thermocouples shall be used to monitor thrust bearing metal temperature (active and passive sides). h. The Contractor shall provide an axial thrust measurement device as part of the turbine supervisory equipment. Contractor can provide thermocouples to monitor thrust bearing metal temperature. 10.9.9 Turning Gear a. The Contractor shall supply, complete, AC motor operated/hydraulic turning gear which shall automatically disengage when the rotor speed exceeds the shaft speed produced by the turning gear. Automatic and manual operating capability shall be provided. b. The turning gear shall be interlocked on start-up to ensure operation only when suitable oil pressure is available at the bearings. c. An alarm to indicate failure of the turning gear to properly engage. d. A zero speed indicator for the shaft shall be provided. e. An indicator for turning gear "in" or "out-of-mesh". f. An alarm to indicate that the rotor is not turning. g. A facility for manual jogging of the turbine rotor. h. An ammeter to monitor the turning gear motor current. This meter shall be mounted in the Contractor's provided panel insert. i. Electrical/hydraulic Turning gear equipment, complete with all appurtenances and accessories and manual operating capability.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.9.10 Fire Protection and detection System: The System will be approved and stamped by Israeli approved laboratory. The system including automatically actuated High Pressure CO2 gas type system for the gas turbine package, CO2 tank/Bottles, Piping , Control panel, temperature sensing devices, Spray nozzles. The capacity of the CO2 source

shall be enough for one package fire occurrence including full reserve

10.9.11 Electrohydraulic Governor Control (EHC) and Trip System

10.9.11.1 Hydraulic Power Unit

a. The Hydraulic Power Unit can be separate or combined with the lube oil system b. The Hydraulic Power Unit shall supply, at the correct temperature, clean, high pressure fluid to all components. For the by-pass stations, separate hydraulic power supply unit shall be supplied. The unit shall contain the necessary alarms and controls to auto- start the stand-by pumping system, if a malfunction occurs in the operating system, or to trip the turbine if the hydraulic pressure decays to a predetermined value. c. The unit shall include two (2) full capacity AC motor driven pumps. d. In the event of the loss of AC power, the unit shall have the capapility for safe turbine shutdown. e. The Contractor shall supply all the piping between the combined hydraulic power unit , lube oil tank and the hydraulic actuators. f. Piping material shall be stainless steel. 10.9.12 Stop and Control Valves a. The H.P, I.P, and L.P stop and control steam valves shall be located as close as possible to the turbine inlets, to minimize the effects of overspeed caused by entrained steam during load rejection. b. Permanent steam strainers, mesh size 3 mm, shall be provided integrally in the body of the stop valves, to protect the turbine against ingress of foreign materials.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00] c. The stop and control valves shall be provided with facilities for on-load testing (if applicable). d. The steam stop and control valves shall be designed to be tripped by the operation of the emergency governor and emergency trip push buttons, one near steam turbine floor and one in the control room. Sufficient Trip Push Buttons for Steam Turbine Trip to be provided in the field. e. The valve chests shall be designated to allow removal of the stop valve internals, for blowing out and acid cleaning of the Steam pipes. Suitable temporary devices for blow-out shall be supplied. f. The stop and control valves shall be leak tight when being used to isolate the steam lines at zero to 100% rated steam pressure and at all temperatures up to the rated steam temperature. g. The steam stop valves casings shall be capable of withstanding the boiler hydrostatic test pressure. Suitable internal blanking equipment shall be provided for these valves to enable these tests to be carried out. The valves shall be shop tested to the test pressure, to demonstrate acceptable leak tightness. h. Stop and Control valves structure and materials shall be allow main steam and reheater steam lines water filling at ambient temperature. these valves must be tight closed or plugged to allow boiler, superheaters and reheater hydrostatic test without closing any additional boiler valves or other steam lines main valves in order to withstand under test pressure. i. The Contractor shall provide spare gaskets for the stop valves for use after blowing out the steam lines. j. The stop and control valves shall be designed to be resistant to sticking and to minimize build up of deposits. k. Provisions shall be incorporated in the turbine design to permit remote testing of the proper operation of the stop and intercept valve. l. The Contractor shall provide all the necessary auxiliary switches on the valves, for safety interlocking. The turbine valves have to be intrinsically quiet (with special internal devices - trims) or with silencers mounted in the adjoined pipes, so that the noise radiated by the valves inlet and outlet pipes, at any operating load of the unit, will be according to project noise specification.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

m. Steam chest and interconnecting lines to the turbine casing shall be provided with separate drain lines to a flash tank. Each drain line shall be equipped with a pneumatic operated drain valves, automatically controlled. If required by the plant design, facilities shall be provided by the Contractor to warn the plant operator of water in a line after the valve has been closed. n. Characteristic curves of the control valves shall be provided. o. Materials of the Stop and Control valves shall be suitable for all the operating conditions. 10.9.13 Auxiliaries and Accessories The turbine shall be provided complete with the following auxiliaries and accessories: a. All the necessary intercepting, dump, release, stop and check valves required for all the operating conditions, not including positive closing non- return valves but including relay dump valves for operating the extraction valves (if applicable). b. Turbine exhaust emergency vacuum breaker as required to protect the Unit. c. All steam, water, oil, gland seal, drain and other piping and valves, integral with or connecting the equipment and auxiliaries furnished under this Specification, including all the necessary supports and hangers required to properly support such piping. d. All the tubrine, sole plates (inlcuding subsole plates if required), stainless steel shims and wedges required to set and align the Unit. Hot dip galvanized anchor bolts shall be included. e. Necessary rotor lifting equipment, saddels and tools. f. Tube expanders for air and oil coolers and tools. g. Maintenance accessories for S.T, base plates, embedded plated/supports will be provided. h. Spare gaskets, blind flanges, blankets for chmical cleaning and blow out for S.T valves. 10.9.14 Miscellaneous Requirements 10.9.14.1 Drain outlets shall be provided in sufficient number to completely drain and warm the equipment furnished by the Contractor. All drain outlets shall be equipped with two drain valves.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

The Contractor shall provide appropriate instruments to measure at least the following temperatures: o Those required in exhaust hood for test points, supervisory and protection. o Oil to and from oil coolers for supervisory, protection and control (if any). 10.9.14.2 Quantity and capacity of air dehumidifiers shall be stated by the Turbine manufacturer, Air dehumidifiers (if required) shall be provided to avoid standstill corrosion.

10.9.15 Steam By-Pass System The Contractor shall supply a by-pass system. The by-pass system shall consist at least the following: One (1) 100% flow H.P. Steam by-pass, which links the HP steam line to the CR line. One (1) 100% flow I.P. Steam by-pass, which links the HR line to the condenser. One (1) 100% flow L.P. Steam by-pass, which links the LP steam line to the condenser. Hydraulic actuators will be used for each stop and control valve. The actuator shall be of the self supported type, the hydraulic actuator shall be power driven electro-mechanical type with PLC, technical specification will be submitted to the Purchaser for approval. The HP bypass system shall be suitable for working with saturated steam. The pipes and valves shall be designed, fabricated, inspected and tested according to ASME-ANSI-B31.1 and ASME B16.34 Standards or European equivalent as approved by the Purchaser. The bypass shall be able to pass the maximum HRSG flow at any operating condition and the minimum flow during start up. The by-pass valves shall be able to operate properly during plant start-up (when the steam and water spray flows are low and water control valves pressure drop are high) and during steam turbine trips/stops, with the gas turbine at full load (when the steam and spray water flows are high and water control valves pressure drop are low). As a result, the following rangeability have to be ensured: o Steam control valves: at least 30:1 (Cv rangeability).

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

o Spray nozzles (Cv rangeability): Of H.P by-pass: at least 140:1 Of I.P by-pass: at least 75:1 Of L.P by-pass: at least 75:1

o Spray control valves (Cv rangeability) Of H.P by-pass: at least 200:1 Of I.P by-pass: at least 100:1 Of L.P by-pass: at least 100:1

valves Leakage class shall be V (according to ANSI/FCI 70-2-2006) (repeatable and dependable shutt off for long period of time). Selected Cv shall be at least 1.2 times the maximum operating Cv. The characteristic of the steam control valves shall be linear or modified linear. The characteristic of the spray control valves shall be equal pecentage or equivalent. 10.9.15.1.1 The HP by-pass inlcudes: o HP steam pressure reduction control valve with attemperator. o HP feed-water spray stop and control valves. o Feed water spray flow measuring element.

10.9.15.1.2 The IP by-pass includes: o IP steam stop and pressure reduction control valves (can be single stem pressure reducing and stop valves). . o IP steam attemperator and dumping device which will be erected i into the condenser neck. o Condensate spray control valve. o Condensate spray flow measuring element.

10.9.15.1.3 The LP by-pass includes: o LP steam stop and pressure reduction control valves (can be single stem pressure reducing and stop valves).

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

o LP steam attemperator and dumping device, which will be erected into the condenser neck. o Condensate spray control valve. o Condensate spray flow measuring element.

10.9.15.1.4 Hydraulic skid(s) for the by-pass system. The design Parameters of the valves shall be at least equal to the design Parameters of the steam piping system. The valves will be supplied pre assembled for hydrostatic tests. Provisions and inserts for chemical cleaning and steam blow-out must be provided.

10.9.15.2 Operating Functions Requirements

o HRSG and Steam Turbine Start-up. o Steam turbine trip without gas turbine load reduction. o GT and HRSG operation without steam turbine operation. o Plant shut-down. 10.9.15.2.1 Design for IP, LP the by-passes connections to the surface condenser will be by the Contractor. 10.9.15.2.2 Control fluid for the steam by-pass control vavles servometers operation shall be the same type as the Turbine Control Fluid. 10.9.15.2.3 Operating diagrams and technical data sheets shall be provided by the Contractor for all steam by-pass. 10.9.15.2.4 The HP by pass control system shall provide constant by –pass outlet steam temperatura. 10.9.15.2.5 The I.P and L.P by passs control system shall provide constant by pass steam outlet enthlapy.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.9.16 Steam Turbines Control The STC System manufacturer shall be the same as PCMS manufacturer. STG Control System will be fully integrated into the PCMS.

10.9.16.1 Steam Turbine Control The turbine control system shall control all the turbo-generator equipment and systems in the Scope of Supply and shall have, but not be limited to, the following components: o Electrohydraulic Control System o Stress Monitor System o Automatic Start-up and Shut-down o Auxiliary Control Loops o Turbine Supervisory System o Turbine Safety and Protection o Turbine Test System o Turbine By-Pass Control o Automatic Synchronization System

10.9.16.1.1 Control System Functions

A. Electrohydraulic Governor Control (EHC) and Trip System The EHC sub-system shall provide the following basic turbine control functions (but not limited to):

o Control of turbine speed and acceleration through the entire speed range. o Control of loading from no load to full load and unloading with frequency influence. o Inlet steam pressure control. o Stand-by manual control of speed and load in case it becomes necessary to take the primary automatic control out of service. o Limiting of load in response to pre-set limits on operating Parameters, or in response to Purchaser specified limits.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

o Detection of dangerous or undesirable operating conditions, annunciation of the detected condition and initiation of proper control response to the condition (Trip System). The steam turbine will be equipped with three lines of defense against overspeed: o The first line is acted by the control valves according to control function input (speed control with accelerometric protection); o The second line is acted by the electronic device set at 110% of rated speed (it is operated inside the turbine protection system); the 110% overspeed protection is realized with three dedicated speed sensors inside the protection system. o The third line is acted by the electronic device set at 112% of rated speed: the 112% overspeed protection is realized making a threshold directly on each speed input card of the speed sensors used by the control system and transferring each hardwired digital output to the protection system. o Testing of the emergency stop valves and control valves. a.1 The turbine automatic control system shall be a part of the overall plant control system and shall be able to be controlled through a "unit coordinated control", for turbine follow mode. The Contractor shall coordinate this task with other control system manufacturers, whenever required. a.2 The Contractor shall make the necessary provisions for remote operation of the turbine from Purchaser's automatic dispatch control system (Load Frequency Control - LFC). The LFC system should be capable to switch from main Gas fuel to secondary fuel and vice versa. The Contractor shall perform, during the Commissioning, testing of LFC system including working with main Gas fuel and switching to secondary fuel and vice versa.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Turbine Stress Monitor. A stress monitor (controller) shall check the transient thermal loads on the turbine during operations, to permit monitoring operation even with different permissible loads during all operating phases. In addition, the turbine stress monitor shall perform other tasks, e.g. accumulated fatigue analysis for the assembly components to be monitored, formation of the start-up criteria, monitoring of the main steam line and determination of the optimum start-up temperatures, etc.

B Automatic Start-up and Shutdown Subsystem b1. Automatic Start-up and Shutdown Subsystem, as a component of the Turbine Control system, shall be a part of the overall plant control system (see p. 16.2.1) and shall be able to be controlled through a "unit coordinated control", depending on the Gas Turbine mode as a heat source and on the status of all other components of the system. The Contractor shall coordinate this task with the Gas Turbine and other control system manufacturers, whenever required. Contractor shall provide the capability of automatic start- up, synchronization, loading and unloading of the turbine generator unit.

The subsystem shall perform the following functions, but not limited to, as required for the turbine control: o Perform pre-start check. o Prewarming of the turbine. o Select the optimum run-up rate. o Accelerate the turbine from turning gear speed to synchronous speed. o Select the optimum loading rate. o Apply the excitation and increase voltage. o Call generator synchronization system. o Start-up of the turbine generator unit shall be in accordance with data provided by the rotor stress calculations. o Load the turbine generator unit to a pre-selected load in accordance with data provided by the rotor stress calculations. o Unload the turbine generator unit if requested by the operator or automatics.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

o Monitor continuously during operation, all critical unit Parameters and protect the unit from over-stressing or damage. o Accept instructions from the operator. o Visually display on the operation station C.R.T. prestart checks performed, optimum run-up, load and loading rate, abnormal conditions and status of the unit during all operating modes. o Inhibit its own action if the system frequency is out of a given range.

b2. Contractor shall provide automatic start-up and shutdown systems for the lube oil, EHC fluid, gland seal systems, turning gear, drains, check valves, generator cooling and other subsystems (wherever applicable).

C Turbine Auxiliaries Controls c1. All the necessary auxiliary control loops shall be provided as required for turbine operation for the following tasks (but not limited to): o Turbine gland steam pressure. o Turbine gland steam temperature. o Otlet bearing oil temperature control. o Oil temperature control before and after oil cooler. o Steam pressure and temperature control for by-pass system. o Turbine casing heating control (if applicable). o Turbine exhaust cooling spray (if applicable).

c2. The turbine auxiliary controls shuld be part of the main control system

D Turbine Supervisory System The turbine supervisory system shall be a reliable monitoring system that continuously measure and display the mechanical operating Parameters of the turbine generator shaft and case. The system shall provide outputs for the PCMS-HMI, shall initiate alarms and shall activate automatic turbine shutdown operation. d1. The Contractor shall provide for the above purposes the instrumentation to enable the monitoring of the following Parameters (but not limited to):

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00] o Shaft/bearing vibration. o Shaft position. o Control valve position. o Speed. o Differential expansion/absolute expansion. o Thrust bearing wear. o Bearing metal temperature (including thrust bearing). o Thermocouples will be provided as per P&ID o Rotor Thrust. o First stage steam pressure. o Steam pressure after control valves. d2. Vibration measurements will be performed (according to ISO 10816-2 and ISO 7919-2): o On the shaft - relative or absolute vibrations in two radial planes adjacent to the two bearings of each of the turbine generator rotors. For each bearing, measurements shall be performed with two transducers mounted in the same transverse plane perpendicular to the shaft axis mounted 90 apart, on the same bearing half for each bearing. o On the machined surfaces, bearing caps or pedestals. d3. The vibration measurement and monitoring system shall be according to supplement 8.9.1.16 o The proposed vibration measurement system and appropriate measurements standards and methods. o Alarm and trip values for its conventional vibration measurement system (bearing and shaft vibration). o Additional relevant Parameters and process variables to be incorporated in the vibration measuring and monitoring system. o A system for protective and predictive monitoring to assure machine protection and early recognition of faults. d4. The turbine supervisory system shall include the sensors on the turbine, the cabinets and the electronic equipment, as required.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

The Turbine supervisory system shall provide the trip signals for the turbine trip system when the corresponding measurements exceed the present safety limits in accordance with turbine protection requirements. The turbine supervisory instrument system shall provide alarm signals from the vibration and differential expansion channels, in the event of their exceeding preset limits to the Plant Control and Monitoring System (PCMS).

e. Turbine Safety and Protective System The system shall be designed to monitor criteria which are liable to damage the turbine. Whenever any such criteria will exceed a permissible limit, the protective system will shut down the turbine. e1. The Contractor shall state the turbine protection criteria and the redundancy degree for each Parameter, according to the turbine protection specific requirements and standards. e2. For overspeed turbine protection, an electronic overspeed protection shall be provided for fast response, high safety and reliability. The Turbine Protective System shall support two-of-three redundancy (2 out of 3 logic) from 3 sensors, designated for protection, through the I/O processing channels to the controllers (see p. 10.28.3.4.2 ). f. Turbine Test System The electronic safety equipment shall be provided with test devices and programs, to ensure the following functions (but not limited to): o Management and execution of routing self-testing operation of trip channels; o alarm and display upon detection of a malfunction.

G. Turbine Bypass Control System (HP, IP, LP). g1. The Bypass Control System shall provide all the necessary functions such as protection, opening, closing and control for the Bypass valves according to the plant operation requirements.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00] g2. The by-pass set point should be generated according to the main steam throttle pressure set point, which will be received from the Unit coordinated control of the PCMS. g3. The by-pass control valve and the spray water temperature control valve shall be provided with electro-hydraulic actuator and feedback position transmitters. g4. The triple redundant analog instruments should be used for hydraulic fluid pressure, hydraulic fluid tank temperature and level measurements. The following signals should be transferred into PCMS by hardwire connection: - Hydraulic fluid pressure, level, temperature and filters pressure drop; - Critical alarms, failures and malfunctions of the system; - Commands and signals used for interlocks and protection. HSU should be fully controlled and monitored from PCMS HMI. The HSU controller should be, at least, dual redundant (hot stand by).

H. An automatic synchronization system shall be provided with the following

functions (but not limited to): o Perform the presynchronization check. o Bring the turbine generator unit to synchronization conditions. o Connect the generator to the network. o Accept instructions from the operator. o Visually display on a panel, to the operator, the status of the generator. o Alarm abnormal conditions. o Inhibit its own actions if the system frequency is out of a given range. o Control of load from no load to full load.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.10 ST & GT COMMON SYSTEMS TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 10.10.1 The major components of the unit shall consist of but not limited to the following: A gas turbine prime mover, including but not limited to: 10.10.1.1 Weatherproof enclosure, including inlet and exhaust with sound attenuation devices to meet the required sound levels as specified. 10.10.1.2 Lubrication systems. 10.10.1.3 Fuel control system. 10.10.1.4 Ignition system. 10.10.1.5 Starting system. 10.10.1.6 Fire protection system. 10.10.1.7 Ventilation and AC and DC lighting system. 10.10.1.8 A compressor water wash system. 10.10.1.9 Sealing air. 10.10.1.10 Fuel oil system. 10.10.1.11 Fuel gas system. 10.10.1.12 Purging system. 10.10.1.13 Vibration sensors and vibration monitoring system. 10.10.1.14 Fin fan coolers. 10.10.1.15 Water Injection system. 10.10.1.16 Compressed air system.

10.10.1.17 The gas turbine will use the Contractor's design standards of power plant equipment, with special attention being paid to maintenance facilities. The Contractor shall indicate how maintenance access is achieved. 10.10.1.18 Space heaters shall be provided in the gas turbine enclosure. 10.10.1.19 Lubrication and hydraulic system (common) 10.10.1.19.1 Complete Lubrication System common for Gas & Steam turbines and Generator including tanks, pumps, coolers, filters, oil purification plant, stainless steel piping, inlet and outlet supplied as spool pieces ready for installation, valves, control and protection devices for lubrication and absorption of heat rejected during normal and emergency conditions.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.10.1.20 Hydraulic Power Unit, including hydraulic fluid tank, stainless steel piping, pumps, coolers, filters, valves etc. The first fill of the lube oil and hydraulic fluid will be supplied by the Contractor. 10.10.1.20.1 A closed loop water/oil cooling system shall be supplied for the gas & steam turbines and generator. The system shall be designed for maximum ambient air temperature that shall be taken as high as 47°C. Location of all pumps and motors shall enable easy access for maintenance by providing necessary space and lifting devices and withdrawal. 10.10.1.20.2 The Contractor shall provide a complete lubrication system, including the design of the oil room and oil channels (if any). 10.10.1.20.3 The system shall be skid mounted; Equipment shall include, but is not necessarily limited to, the following: One (1) large oil reservoir with the following oil level indicator, with high and low level  Alarm contacts accessible for periodic testing and a suitable, removable oil strainers will be located on return lines.  The reservoir capacity shall be such that its content is circulated during normal operation not more than 10 (ten) times per hour.  The tank shall store the complete oil content of the system during shutdown.  Retention time shall be 8 minutes.  The oil reservoir shall be provided with feed connection and drain connections including isolating valves.  The oil reservoir shall be fitted with a sampling pipe and valves at its lowest point and also at a point half-way up the tank.  The inside of the oil reservoir shall be treated with a protective coating, to prevent corrosion problems.  The reservoir shall be provided with connection for oil purifier. 10.10.1.20.3.1 Two (2) redundant main oil pumps driven by AC motor. 10.10.1.20.3.2 First fill of the system. 10.10.1.20.3.3 Lube oil for turning gear operation shall be provided by the jacking oil pump.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.10.1.20.3.4 One (1) totally enclosed DC motor-driven emergency bearing oil pump complete with motor starters and with automatic starting pressure switches, of sufficient capacity for the safe shutting down of the unit. 10.10.1.20.3.5 Jacking oil (if needed) is provided by the lube oil system. 10.10.1.20.3.6 Two (2) full size AC motor-driven vapor extractors for the main oil reservoir. 10.10.1.20.3.7 Two (2x100%) capacity oil coolers. 10.10.1.20.3.8 The oil coolers shall be able to operate with relatively high water temperatures during hot ambient conditions. 10.10.1.20.3.9 The oil coolers shall include manually operated drain and vent valves. 10.10.1.20.3.10 Lube oil electrical heaters that will be installed at the lube oil tank. These electrical heaters will be used to heat the lube oil stored in the lube oil tank. 10.10.1.20.3.11 Two (2) full flow filtration systems of 100% lube oil capacity each, including automatic protection and transfer between the filters and special cleaning accessories, if required. 10.10.1.20.3.12 Low pressure bearing oil switch with alarm contacts and low-pressure bearing oil trip system. 10.10.1.20.3.13 Complete piping, connections, valves, strainers, instruments, special appurtenances, piping supports and hangers, etc., for the lubrication system. Piping shall be stainless steel pipes.(supplied as spool pieces ready for installation). 10.10.1.20.3.14 Hangers (if required) and supports are included in the contractor scope of supply. The system shall be arranged to enable addition of jumpers or bypasses around the bearings to facilitate oil flushing of the piping system. 10.10.1.20.3.15 Oil purification equipment shall be supplied as a vacuum dehydration oil conditioning unit type. 10.10.1.20.3.16 Capacity of the oil purification equipment shall be at least 25% of the full flow. 10.10.1.20.3.17 All temporary piping and strainers required for field oil flushing. 10.10.1.20.3.18 Oil coolers shall have ample capacity to cool to the desired temperature of the required oil. Attention will be given to location of pumps and motors to enable easy maintenance by providing sufficient space for lifting devices.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.10.1.20.3.19 Internal oil inlets and outlets shall be flanged according to DIN or ANSI standards. Terminal points shall be supplied according to ANSI or DIN standard with counter flanges. 10.10.1.20.3.20 Pipes bevel ends shall be according to ANSI. 10.10.1.20.3.21 All lube oil piping and tank shall be picked and cleaned at the factory and shall be protected from rust and dirt during shipment and erection. 10.10.1.20.3.22 All lube oil stainless steel piping shall be thoroughly cleaned and flushed prior to initial operation by Purchaser under Contractor’s technical assistance. The Purchaser will inspect and approve the systems after completion of the work. 10.10.1.20.3.23 The instrumentation and control of the oil unit will consist of, but will not be limited to the following: a. Pressure indicators and pressure switches downstream of the oil pumps and at oil bearing piping inlet. Pressure indicators shall be provided at the oil pump discharges and on the main bearing header before it exits the accessory module. b. Differential pressure switches and differential indicators on the oil filters provided on oil filters, which are full-flow. c. Temperature measurements at the bearing metal and in lube oil tank., at the bearing inlet and outlet headers, at each bearing outlet pipe. d. Control glasses on the outlet pipes of all bearings. e. Level measurement on the lube oil tank. 10.10.1.20.3.24 All pressure vessels shall be Israeli Standard SI 4295 stamped. Within scope of supplied, auxiliaries and interconnecting piping, pressure vessels are tested and certified according to the ASME standard.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.11 HEAT RECOVERY STEAM GENERATOR (HRSG)

10.11.1 General The unfired heat recovery steam generator configuration shall be Horizontal type with natural circulation and shall have three (3) pressure levels and reheat. 10.11.1.1 The Scope of Work includes all items necessary for safe, efficient, continuous and convenient operation of the equipment within the scope of this specification whether or not such items are specifically referred to in the Specification. 10.11.1.2 The HRSG must be able to work under all operational regime of the G.T and steam turbines.

10.11.2 Design and Construction 10.11.2.1 The steam generator shall be supplied by the Contractor as a complete package, for outdoor installation. 10.11.2.2 The steam generator shall be designed, stamped, fabricated, inspected and tested in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section I at the latest revision and ANSI-ASME B31.1 for all power piping, AWS D1.1 for all structures including supports and casing. The steam generator pressure parts shall be made of seamless tubes and fully penetration welding. No partial penetration welds are allowed. 10.11.2.3 The seismic design of the HRSG shall be according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and ASCE 7 CH.15 Design code. The Seismic design of the piping shall be according to ASME B31.E or IS 413 Part 2.4 10.11.2.4 The pressure parts shall be of full penetration and full strength, all welded construction (The Contractor must state any and all deviations from this request). 10.11.2.5 Pressure parts shall be “S” stamped. The HRSG start-up and shut down shall be fully automatic. The HRSG sections shall be designed for working with sliding pressure, the range will be selected by the manufacturer and all mode of operation as described in Paragraph 10.5

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.11.2.6 Adequate fouling factors will be used in the heat transfer calculation of each section (as per Paragraph 10.11.2.21); taking into consideration that fuel oil #2 will be used only for 300 hours per year of continuous operation. The boiler manufacturer shall justify the heat exchange coefficients used for the design. The tube sizes and arrangements and the fin dimensions and spacing will be selected and justified by the manufacturer. 10.11.2.7 Either bare tubes or finned tubes may be used. The fins shall be attached to the tubes by high frequency welding, minimum of 90% welding between fins and tubes, and may be either solid or serrated. Tubes and fins shall be of compatible materials and shall withstand the maximum expected pressures and temperatures. 10.11.2.8 The design of the heat transfer sections shall allow for thermal expansion of the tubes, headers and attached piping without causing high loading and overstressed conditions during start-up, load swings and shutdowns of the gas turbine. The tube supports shall allow for free expansion of the tubes and avoid damage to the tube wall. 10.11.2.9 Intermediate tube supports shall be included, to eliminate damage from tube vibration and longitudinal baffles shall be used, to eliminate pure tone acoustic resonance where necessary. 10.11.2.10 All heat transfer surfaces, headers, and piping shall be fully drainable. 10.11.2.11 All headers and main steam piping shall be seamless. No longitudinal seam welds on headers will be performed during any stage of the manufacturing. Tube to header welds shall be of the full penetration type. The Downcomers will be supplied as spool reedy for erection. The pre-fabricated of the middle connection will be in shop. The Down comers shall be aligned and welded on site only to the drum & headers. 10.11.2.12 All piping 2" (included) and above will be supplied prefabricated in a maximum transportable size of spool pieces (approx. 6-7m long and 2.5-3m width). All spools will be shop prefabricated, cleaned and primer & final painted. Small bore pipes below 2" will supplied loose with primer painted. Insulated piping will be provided with primer coat only. 10.11.2.13 Contractor shall provide isometric drawings for all pipes, for all diameters. The contractor will submit table with scheme for each SH (HP,IP,LP),RH ,SCREEN and ECONOMIZERS (HP,IP,LP).

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Each tube of HRSG shall include: tube number, outside diameter, tube spacing (horizontal and vertical), tube material specification, tube thickness and MWT, design pressure, surface metal, temperature and working fluid (steam or water) temperature. 10.11.2.14 Manhole shall be provided in each drum head, to allow easy access to the heat transfer surfaces, for inspection and maintenance. 10.11.2.15 HRSG manways shall allow access to each section. 10.11.2.16 All interconnecting piping between the modules shall be supplied by the HRSG contractor. 10.11.2.17 All pressure parts (except tubes) such as Headers, interconnection pipes and drums thicknesses shall include 1.6mm corrosion allowance. 10.11.2.18 At least two (2) thermocouples, placed between each section of the HRSG shall be supplied. One thermocouple connection shall be placed on each side of the HRSG throughout the gas path. In addition, analysis (probe sample) points shall be located in each section of the HRSG (on one side). Thermocouple and probes will be supplied and installed by the Contractor. Means for detecting abnormal exhaust gas pressure shall be provided on HRSG inlet. At HRSG outlet temporary nozzle will be provided. 10.11.2.19 Auxiliary equipment shall be skid mounted (HDG). 10.11.2.20 The HRSG shall be provided with provisions for performance testing according to PTC-4.4. 10.11.2.21 Maintenance volume hatch shall be designed in a size of 2m×2m, with a monorail of 3 ton capacity. The monorail or jib crane shall be located and provided at the top platform. 10.11.2.22 Jib crane or mono rail will be provided above each drum and the deaerator. 10.11.2.23 HRSG Delivery Modules of Equipment. The HRSG shall be designed for modularized erection and the modules shall be provided with all the necessary lifting lugs (for lifting, rotating and appending 2 frames of each type). The Contractor shall supply an Erection Order & Erection Procedure & methods for lifting, Rotating (from Horizontal Position to Vertical Position) and install the Pressure Part Module. The Contractor shall supply a shipping frame for each Module. The Contractor shall supply a Lifting Jig for module transportation. For Pressure part Module lifting, rotating and Installation.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

The Contractor shall supply 2 set of Stand-Up Jig including: 4 Module Lifting Beam, Wire Rope, Shackle & etc.. The Contractor shall check the possibility to provide the modules integrated in the casing and the heater sections as a module box. The modules shall be shop tested as described in Para.. 10.11.16 and delivered, shop, dried and preserved. o Stack size of modules: the stack will be supplied in complete cylindrical module in 5 pieces, the largest size of 19m length and full diameter, including insulation, lagging, silencer, with lifting lugs, needed internal stiffeners and internal coating. The repairs of the coating after welding shall be done by purchaser. o Outlet gas duct shall be supplied in four (4 pieces). o HRSG modules: maximum 21 modules, modules transportation size: 27m L × 6.5m W X 5m H, o Max. Lifting capacity 175 ton for 60m. o The modules will be supplied with the upper roof with the pipe penetrations. o The upper roof will be supplied with insulation built-in and liner plate. Casing: the casing (excluded the inlet and outlet ducts) shall be delivered in one piece. The casing panels will be supplied with two columns and without column per section. The casing panels will be supplied with insulation and liner plate. The top girder will be supplied separate without column but with built-in insulation and liner plate o Structure steel main columns will be provided in one piece; the HDG will be done for 12m and will be welded in shop to a one piece (Repairs can be done by cold galvanized). All steel structure will be hot dip galvanized and painted according to spec. Stairs tread, handrails, ladders, grating and HS bolts for platform connection will be hot dip galvanized only. o Inlet gas duct: will be supplied with minimum number of pieces (but not more than 18 pieces). Contractor will propose a division of panels. Inlet air duct will include complete insulation, internal lining, stiffeners, access doors, etc. o Welding of pipes above 10” will be done with GTAW. o 4" RT plugs shall be supplied near each weld or in each header. 10.11.2.24 Fins spacing shall be less than 6 fins /inch.

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.11.2.25 Fouling factor for HRSG design shall be 0.344 m2k/kw (as per N.G case). The performances shall be provided for oil and gas. 10.11.2.26 Contractor will provide cleaning procedures to allow performing performance test in clean conditions. Tube metal and heated headers temperature shall be calculated based on max flue gas temperature (NG firing, GT Unbalanced flue gas temp=45 ̊C, GT load 100%) and margin of at least 10 ̊C on steam side. SH and RH spray flows should be calculated based on above defined maximum flue gas temperature. The results of calculations shall be submitted as shown in "Tube Calculation" supplement 8.9.1.24 The unheated header design temperature is defined as maximum steam temperature obtained from different modes of Boiler operation with additional 15°C for uncontrolled temperature headers and 5°C for controlled temperature headers. The Header calculation requirements table is included in Annexure C2 of this specification. Header maximum steam temperature shall be maximum temperature from all operation cases.

10.11.2.27 Single-row harp design should be provided 10.11.2.28 Maximum flue gas pressure drop in heating surface area will be not higher than 27 mbar at 26ºC ambient temperature. 10.11.2.29 Drums materials: HP drum – SA299 IP, LP drums – SA516 Gr 70

10.11.2.30 The drums’ welds shall be tested by Linatron or comPara.ble method, subjected to purchaser approval.

10.11.2.31 HRSG general arrangement: The HRSG general arrangement shall be suited for site general arrangement drawing (supplement 8.1.9.21), especially the following equipment: o Major piping connection from the HRSG shall be as per each site drawing. o Blow down tank and pumps shall be located at the opposite site of the bridge. o Main pumps (FW) will be located on the same side of the pipe bridge.

100

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.11.3 Materials 10.11.3.1 Materials shall be suitable for the maximum operating pressures and maximum temperature existing in each specific part. The tube metal temperature should be calculated to the worst condition corresponding to NG firing fouling. The bundles subjected to corrosive conditions, shall be made of materials especially suited to withstand such conditions. The Contractor will justify his selection of materials. Material selection shall be subject to the Purchaser's approval and backed by proven experience in similar applications. 10.11.3.2 Tube material selection should be based on the approved seamless materials listed below (only seamless, cold or hot rolled tubes shall be used). Skin temperature oxidation limit shall not exceed the value stated and corrosion loading expected during service.

Material Oxidation Limit ASME SA – 210 C 420 C ASME SA – 213 T11/12 550 C ASME SA – 213 T22 570 C ASME SA – 213 T91 630 C ASME SA – 213 TP304, TP347H 700 C

Note: All tubing, high temperature headers and outlet leads shall be seamless. Temperature curves along tubes of all boiler sections, presenting: steam midwall and skin, fin skin temperatures and thermal stress shall be provided. All tube materials and margins (steam unbalance, gas unbalance, corrosion/erosion etc.) shall be indicated. 10.11.3.3 In addition to the above material requirements headers of final RH and final SH's shall be made of P91. 10.11.3.4 All small piping that has connections to large P91 and non P91 piping (for example small drain piping that has connections to main steam piping) must be supplied with minimum 300mm length STUBS.

101

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Where possible, all small diameter tubes / valves / accessories grade P/T/F91 connected to large diameter pipe (according to plan), shall be supplied as one piece / system shop welded & heat treated. 10.11.3.5 The use of asbestos fibers in any portion of the equipment furnished is not acceptable. 10.11.3.6 Tubes, headers and piping specification 10.11.3.6.1 Tubes used in any pressure part of the HRSG shall be seamless only. The following Specification or approved equivalent standard shall be used for tubes: ASME – SA-210 C seamless medium carbon steel. ASME - SA-213: T12, T22, T91, TP347H, TP347HFG, TP310HCbN seamless ferritic and austenitic alloy steel. Code case 2328 super 304H. 10.11.3.6.2 HRSG tubing shall be limited to twenty (20) configurations maximum (Diameter, material & thickness). 10.11.3.7 P91 raw material hardness shall be 210-265 HV. After heat treatment and shop prefabrication and welding material hardness shall be 200-265 HV. (Weld metal 200-317 HV) Flame heating is prohibited for grade 91 materials. 10.11.3.7.1 Hardness testing by Equotip, Dynapocket, ,MIC 10 and Krautkramer TIV devices are the only portable instruments permitted. 10.11.3.7.2 Tube material diameters and wall thickness changes in the same panel shall be kept to a minimum. Welding of dissimilar materials within tube bends, are prohibited. Welding of dissimilar materials shall be performed in the Contractor's shop only. 10.11.3.7.3 Tubes in water-steam systems shall be designed in consideration with flexibility and freedom of expansion under all modes of operation. 10.11.3.7.4 All types of raw material shall be 100% ultrasonic tested. Each harp will be hydro tested. 10.11.3.7.5 The economizer's elbows and reducers will be constructed from at least T11. 10.11.3.7.6 All elbows and reducers at the outlet of the feed water control valves, if control valve is located downstream the economizer, will be constructed from P11 at least instead of A106. 10.11.3.7.7 Major piping supports will be only by "Lisega".

102

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

For other systems accessories of the supports such as shoe, clamp, U bolts auxiliary steel etc. shall be from approved sub-supplier. If in other systems variable & constant spring will be applied it will be from Lisega. 10.11.3.8 Headers and piping 10.11.3.8.1 The following Specification or approved equivalent standard (and oxidation limitation) shall be used for Headers and piping: ASME SA-335 P12/P11 550º C ASME SA-335 P22 570º C ASME SA-335 P91 630º C Seamless ferrite alloy steel pipe. ASME SA106 GR C 420º C ASME - SA-182: F12, F22, F91 Forged or rolled ferrites alloy steel pipe.

10.11.3.8.2 HP main steam and hot reheat headers shall be made of F91, P91. 10.11.3.8.3 Fabricated fittings shall be from seamless pipes only. 10.11.3.9 Heat transfer surface design The arrangement of heat transfer surfaces within the boiler shall ensure a stable and uniform flow distribution over all tubes, in all operating loads. 10.11.3.10 Minimum Wall Thickness The wall thickness shall be designed for strength creep and fatigue conditions, verified to withstand oxidation. Allowance for erosion and corrosion shall be taken into consideration by the Contractor. HRSG design data should be fully field in design and construction table in Annexure C2 of this specification. 10.11.3.11 Heat treatment Any heat treatment (including for bending) of P91, T91 materials shall guarantee a fully martensitic tempered structure with a hardness between 200-265HV. 10.11.3.12 Welding 10.11.3.12.1 Welding procedures shall be established and tested in accordance with the rules of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX. 10.11.3.12.2 All WPQR and WPS shall be submitted to purchaser for revision and approval. Special welding configuration such as end caps of headers

103

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

and stubs to header connection shall be reviewed and approved by purchaser. - All pressure welds shall be full penetration welds as specifically indicated in ASME Section I and ASME Section VIII div I standards. - All headers will be provided with full penetration welded stubs, no direct tube to header welds permitted. - Field welds of pipes/tubes and accessories to headers shall be done with stubs only in accordance to specific details appearing in ASME section I. Stubs length will be minimum 150mm. 10.11.3.12.3 Longitudinal welds on pipes, tubes and headers are prohibited. 10.11.3.12.4 All P91, T91 butt welds on headers, pipes and tubes, etc., shall be designed and prepared for GTAW root pass welds. 10.11.3.12.5 The use of backing rings will be permitted only on super-heater or reheater headers. 10.11.3.12.6 P91, T91 electrodes shall be Metrode or Boehler or Thyssen only. 10.11.3.12.7 To avoid field welding of dissimilar metals, transition piece shop welded shall be supplied for all P91, T91 and piping/tubing to be connected to non P91/T91 material. 10.11.3.12.8 P91 raw and after heat treatment will have a min. harness of 200-265 HB.

10.11.3.13 Test & Inspection 10.11.3.13.1 ND testing shall be included but not limited to the following in addition to ASME section I, IIIV and manufacturer standards:

UT RT MT/PT HT* Circumferential Butt Welds: Tubes - 10% 10% 5% (T91) Headers & pipes 100% 100% 100% 5% Bends: Tubes 5% - 100% 5% (T91) pipes 100% - 100% 100% (T91)

UT= Ultrasonic Test RT= Radiographic Test MT= Magnetic particles Test HT= Hardness Test

104

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

PT= Liquid penetrant Test *Note: Welds for headers and pipes 3" and larger shall be 100% Hardness tested including weld connections 3" and larger. Other welds shall be 5% hardness tested. Each weld will be tested in one area 3 measurements (2 base metals and the weld). 10.11.3.13.2 NDT procedures shall be in accordance with the rules of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section V unless otherwise specified. 10.11.3.13.3 For RT Ir 192 is mandatory (Cobalt is not permitted) and D4 films sensitivity is required. According to ASME it is allowed to use Ir up to 4.25". For higher thicknesses in high pressure drum the ultrasonic examination "time of flight diffraction" will be used. 10.11.3.13.4 All NDT procedures shall be sent to purchaser for revision and approval. 10.11.3.13.5 Radiographic films will be reviewed by purchaser or purchaser’s representative according to ITP before the equipment is shipped. RT films will be submitted upon request. 10.11.3.13.6 Piping Bends shall include at least three (3) replica tests on the outer diameter of each bend. 10.11.3.13.7 Validation Test: All materials (P/T 91, P/T 22, drums and deaerator) certificates to be used for the equipment shall be submitted prior to manufacturing to purchaser Mat Lab for approval. - For P4, P5, P8 materials group, tubes samples shall be supplied for test one (1) for each batch heat number, diameter and thickness - For P1 to P3 materials group, 10% random samples shall be supplied for test of batch heat number, diameter and thickness as required by PURCHASER Materials Laboratory and Q.C departments in accordance to the materials certificates. - For Austenitic material tubes, samples shall be supplied for test one (1) for each batch heat number, diameter and thickness for inter-granular corrosion test as required by PURCHASER Mat. Lab. and QC. Departments in accordance to the material certificates.

105

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.11.3.14 Base Line Measurements and Life Assessment Program. 10.11.3.14.1 I.E.C. requests that a plan be provided for conducting boiler base line measurements and life assessment over the boiler designed life. 10.11.3.14.2 The program should be comprised of the following: 10.11.3.14.2.1 Boiler Pre-Commissioning Base Line Measurements. The Contractor is requested to provide a detailed inspection ”map” that identifies which areas and/or locations should be inspected and the associated inspection type to be performed. 10.11.3.14.3 Boiler Life Assessment Plan. The plan will include: A. A prioritizing listing of components, taking into consideration the boiler design Parameters and the Contractor experience with life assessment. B. Produce a listing of types of inspections, key data to track and archive and recommended analysis. C. Provide a plan for life assessment which incorporates a time line for implementation based upon the expected components degradation during the boiler life, including: - Specific scopes of inspection in detail. - Recommended frequency of each type of inspection based on the component, its location and environment, typical failure mode and typical life cycle. - A summary by component, of types of degradation typically encountered, i.e., an engineering guideline of root causes and factors that contribute to component degradation.

10.11.4 Access Facilities 10.11.4.1 Special attention shall be given to the clearances and arrangement of the tubes/pipes to provide doors, handholes, manhole access to headers including gas tight spaces and other facilities for inspection and maintenance purposes. 10.11.4.2 The Contractor shall provide access and inspection doors for all the parts of the steam generating unit, ductwork, flues, and other equipment. Doors shall be designed for tightness and easy operation and shall have

106

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

machined sealing surfaces. Where necessary, doors shall be provided with latches, to hold doors open for inspection, access, or cleaning. Inlet duct shall have access doors on both sides. Doors shall be provided with linings, where necessary, of suitable material, subject to review by the Purchaser. Doors shall be designed to hold the linings in place. 10.11.4.3 Between each module or section or cavity at both sides of the HRSG will be located access doors (access door size shall be 18”X24”), at the bottom of the HRSG and at the top. A platform shall be design to reach each manway (access door). The platform of the doors will be connected to the main stair case and a separate stairs. 10.11.4.4 The inlet duct shall have two manways (access doors 18”x24”) at both sides. 10.11.4.5 The stack shall include access doors at the following levels: 1 at the bottom of the stack, 1 above the damper, and 1 above the silencer, (all doors 18”x24”).

10.11.5 HP, IP and LP Steam Drum 10.11.5.1 The steam drums shall be properly sized for pressure, capacity, and fluctuating water levels during start-ups and upset conditions. Drum retention time shall be at least three (3) minutes, based on max. flow conditions from the nominal level to the low cut-off level. 10.11.5.2 The drum internals shall be designed to avoid moisture and solids carry over to the super heater. 10.11.5.3 Drums shall be fusion welded, stress relived, and 100% radiographed. All nozzles shall be full penetration welded to the drums. 10.11.5.4 Steam drums shall have a circular hinged manhole at each head (two 24" manholes per each drum). 10.11.5.5 All down comers shall be provided with vortex breakers. 10.11.5.6 All root valves shall have the possibility to allow open or close from a distance of at least 3m (by a chain or any other solution).

107

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.11.5.7 Drum Measurements 10.11.5.7.1 The Contractor shall provide water gauge assembly(ies) with illuminators, direct or indirect vision hoods,. One water gauge shall be provided for operation/trip range and one for alarm flooding. The level gauges arrangement shall be according to ASME Code.

10.11.5.7.2 The following, but not limited to, independent nozzles shall be provided on the drum, by the Contractor, for drum level, temperature and pressure measurements: o At least seven (7) pairs of connections for level instruments, as follows: o Two (2) water columns with H/L level contacts and glass level gauges. o Two (2) remote level electrode type indicating assemblies. o Three (3) DP transmitters for control and protection. o One (1) connection for temperature indicator. o One (1) connection for pressure indicator. o Three (3) connections for pressure transmitters. All connections shall be according to ASME Code.

10.11.5.7.3 The Contractor shall design the number and the place of the drum level measurements and shall recommend appropriate drum level measurement selection for control and tripping purpose, taking into account the level disturbances generated by the Boiler Water Circulating Pumps' (if any) unbalanced operation.

10.11.6 H.P. I.P. and L.P. Economizers 10.11.6.1 The economizers shall be designed fully drainable of seamless construction, of full strength, all welded construction and shall be of the non-steaming design throughout the entire operating range and conditions of the gas turbine. 10.11.6.2 The feed water stop and check valves shall be supplied, including the piping according to the ASME Section I limit. 10.11.6.3 The economizer (or condensate pre-heater) shall include all the necessary headers, elements, clamps, supports, vents, pressure gauge connections and drain openings, vent and drain valves, and thermocouple test wells

108

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

(test wells will be provided at the inlet and outlet of economizer or CPH). All vents and drains shall be supplied with two valves in series. Motor operated valves shall be provided to allow full automatic start-up.

10.11.7 H.P. I.P. and L.P. Super-heaters and Reheater 10.11.7.1 The super-heaters and reheater steam outlets/inlet connection shall have a weld end and shall be located exterior to the boiler casing to suit Contractor valves group and Purchaser's steam piping arrangement. Safety valve(s), as required by ASME Section I, shall be mounted on the HP main steam line downstream of super-heater's outlet header. 10.11.7.2 Temperature control of the H.P. steam and I.P. or reheater steam shall be achieved by means of spray type, interstage desuper-heater. 10.11.7.3 The Contractor shall provide all the required instruments and their connections at the piping or equipment supplied by the Contractor. 10.11.7.4 The super-heaters and reheaters shall be designed to allow full drainage of the sections, SH and RH should withstand the Hydrostatic test pressure of the HRSG. 10.11.7.5 Super-heaters and reheaters tubes shall be capable of working under dry conditions during the start-up.

10.11.8 Steal Structure 10.11.8.1 Auxiliary steel will be provided for all piping, hangers and supports (constant and variable loads). 10.11.8.2 The auxiliary steel will be hot dip galvanized and painted as per main steel structure. 10.11.8.3 the structure design shall take into consideration the additional loads (according to acceptable safety margin) for personnel, weight lifting hoists, tools, maintenance accessories etc. 10.11.8.4 The pressure part sections shall be top supported by a properly designed steel frame. The structure shall also support the casing, valves, the associated piping (purchaser piping included), deaerator and the necessary walkways, ladders, stairs and platforms. It shall take into consideration all the HRSG's operational requirements and seismic load.

109

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Structure steel shall be designed, fabricated, inspected to acceptable steel structure codes. Main and auxiliary Steel structure shall be hot dip galvanized and painted. Stairs tread, handrails, ladders, grating and HS bolts for platform connection will be hot dip galvanized only. The structure design shall be in accordance with the specified Israeli Standards in Para. 6.

10.11.9 Casing and Insulation (Ducts included) 10.11.9.1 The boiler casing shall be a gas tight, welded construction, properly stiffened and reinforced. It shall be designed for positive static pressure of at least the turbine exhaust static pressure with an adequate margin. 10.11.9.2 The casing shall be provided with the following: o Internal insulation covered by a stainless steel liner. o External insulation protected by a corrosion resistant liner such as aluminum sheets, properly fixed by studs. 10.11.9.3 The insulation shall ensure a maximum 60C skin temperature at 25C ambient temperature and wind speed of 1m/sec. (All insulation materials shall be certified and marked according to ASTM). Not including hot spots. Insulation design shall take into consideration a HRSG hot gas inlet temperature of max. 594°C +15K. 10.11.9.4 Casing and insulation design shall consider thermal expansion and contraction. Expansion joints shall be provided where required. 10.11.9.5 Access doors inspection doors shall be provided to permit access to each HRSG section. Doors shall be insulated and pressure tight. 10.11.9.6 Contractor shall provide instrument connections for gas Parameters' measuring upstream and downstream of each section. 10.11.9.7 Casing low points' drains shall be provided where necessary. 10.11.9.8 The finished structure shall be gastight and all seals, packings and caulking required to obtain this result shall be furnished by the Contractor. All packing and seals shall be designed so that they can be maintained in a gastight condition with minimum upkeep expense. 10.11.9.9 The casing shall include all the necessary backstays, reinforcements, access doors, inspection ports, etc. and shall be designed to withstand a

110

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

pressure equal to the maximum turbine exhaust static pressure with adequate margin. 10.11.9.10 Supports and Expansion: All parts of the steam generating unit shall be supported and properly braced and tied, where required, to prevent misalignment, sagging, and vibration. All parts, including the structure, ductwork, etc. shall be arranged to properly provide for expansion movements and to minimize stresses due to this cause.

10.11.9.11 The casing will be supplied in full length, complete with insulation, liner, stiffeners, access doors and connected to two main columns.

10.11.10 Circulation Pumps 10.11.10.1 Condensate Preheater Recirculation Pumps (if applicable): Two different (2) 100% condensate preheater recirculation centrifugal pumps have to be provided. - High capacity pump will be used for D.O firing when condensate temperature of the boiler inlet has to be 120ᵒc. - Low capacity pump will be used for NG firing when condensate temperature of the boiler inlet has to be 55ᵒc. - In case of low capacity pump trip, the high capacity pump shall be operated automatically. - The pump capacity and head will be selected by the Contractor. - The inlet design pressure will be at least the design pressure of the condensate system. - The design temperature will be the maximum expected condensate preheater outlet temperature plus an adequate margin. Each pump shall be performance tested with its own motor at the factory. This test will be included in the test and inspection plan as a witness point.

111

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.11.11 Stack and stack damper 10.11.11.1 A self-supporting steel stack 80m height above the grade shall be provided. The stack shall withstand the specified wind and seismic loads and shall. The stack shall be designed in accordance with the requirements in the following documents or equal approved by Purchaser:

AISC: "Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings". ASCE: "Design and Construction of Steel Chimney Liners". ASME: "Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. CKIND: Design code for boiler stacks. ASME STS-1: for boiler stack. A corrosion allowance of 1/16" shall be incorporated in the stack design. A minimum plate thickness of 1/4" shall be used.

The Stack shall include proper openings for sampling flue gas per EPA specifications and the Israeli Ministry of Environmental protection requirements (Clean air law), access door, drain connections, and ports for

continuous emission monitoring of CO and NOx (see supplement 8.9.1.17 for stack emission opening) Purchaser will advise of port size and type after proposal submittal. Platforms and access stairs shall be provided for the EPA test connections. The stack shall include external insulation up to the damper to prevent heat losses during night shut down, protection insulation from the damper level up to the instrumentation level shall be included. External insulation will be provided by the Contractor with detailed list of materials. An appropriate internal protection against corrosion, approved by purchaser, shall be provided.

10.11.11.2 Stack damper:

112

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

A multi-flap damper in the boiler outlet stack shall be provided. The damper shall be equipped with electric motor actuator and manual operating with all necessary devices to prevent the damper being closed during operation and also with a rainwater disposal system. The stack damper should be normally closed during HRSG in reserve ("Bottle Up" the HRSG to keep it in warm conditions for fast start up), but opened during shut-off of the HRSG for ventilation during maintenance.

10.11.11.3 The following connections shall be provided for instrumentation, but not be limited to: o Four connections 4” flanged, for EPA analysis. o Five connections 6” flanged, for future 02, CO, NOx and opacity analyzers. o Eight thermo wells for stock gas medium temperature tests. The location and sizes of the above connections will be finalized during detail design.

10.11.11.4 A Monorail (150Kg) on the Instrumentation Platform will be designed. 10.11.11.5 Stack platforms shall be designed at the following elevations: one bellow the instrumentation, one above the silencer and one at the top of the stack. Stairs shall be designed and supplied to reach each platform. The Instrumentation Platform on the stack shall be 2m width. Spiral stairs (1m width) will be provided up to CEM level. From this platform to the top will be by ladders.

10.11.12 Boiler Trim Valves and Piping 10.11.12.1 The following boiler trim, valves and other appurtenances shall be in accordance with ASME B&PV Code Section I and ASME/ANSI B31.1 and furnished with the boiler. o I.P super-heater outlet back pressure control valve. o HP and LP steam piping; One (1) motorized isolation valve is applied, IP steam piping; One (1) motorized isolation valve, One (1) back pressure control valve and One (1) check valve is applied.. o H.P., I.P. and L.P. main Feed water control and bypass valves.

113

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

- High rangeability (at least 100:1) and 1.2 of maximum operating Cv control valves must be used. Trim shall be cage with labyrinth discs (like Raven, Drag or equivalent). Leakage class shall be V (ANSI FCI70-2-Last edition). The shut off pressure of the valves shall be at least the design pressure of the relevant feed water systems. o IP and LP feed water control valves shall be suitable for filling, start up, blow out and normal operation. The HP main feed water control valves shall be suitable for steam blow out and normal operation at any G.T load. o H.P. feed water start-up and filling control valve with isolating and by-pass valves. The Shut off pressure of the valves shall be at least the design pressures of the relevant feed water system. Leakage class shall be V (ANSI FCI70-2- 2006). High rangeability (80:1) shall be ensured. Trim shall be cage with labyrinth discs (like Raven, Drag or equivalent). o H.P., I.P. and L.P. feed water stop and check valves. o H.P., I.P. and L.P. boiler blow off valves (if applicable). o H.P., I.P. and L.P. continuous and intermittent (if applicable) boiler blow down valves. o All control valves and check valves will be supplied with covers allowing performing of chemical cleaning process. o Blow down flash vessel level control valves with isolating and by pass valves (erected on the blow sown pump discharge line). o Steam sample valves with stainless steel trim including internal ASTM sample nozzles. o Chemical feed valves. o Water column drain valves. o Water gauge drain valve(s). o H.P., HR, I.P. and L.P. Boiler vent and drain valves. o Other valves to complete the HRSG system. o Steam H.P., reheat, I.P. and L.P. safety valves complete with silencers, drain pans, piping and discharge piping terminating 15'0" above the highest platform. o Water part H.P., I.P. and L.P. relief valves (if applicable).

114

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

o All the connecting piping including fittings, flanges, etc., as required to complete piping to the terminal connections. o Temperature and Pressure indicators, thermowells and test wells wherever it is necessary. The measurements used for boiler or plant trip shall be triple redundant.

10.11.12.2 All drain vent and blow-off valves shall be double. 10.11.12.3 All valve bodies shall be carbon steel or alloy steel as required by the Code, with welding ends (as described in Supplement 8.9.1.23). 10.11.12.4 A water column shall be provided on each end of the HRSG steam drum, including gauge glass with 10 in. minimum vision and a high-low water level alarm, in addition to the taps for level transmitters. The gauge glass shall be of the flat glass safety type. The column shall be equipped with quick closing water gauge valves and with gauge cocks, together with the necessary chains, for operating from boiler room floor. 10.11.12.5 Desuper-heater (Attemperator) The Contractor shall furnish high rangeability (min. 100:1), mechanical atomizing-type HP and reheater inter-stage and final desuper-heaters, along with spray-water control valves and block valves, with actuators. The max. capability of the spray flow shall be at least 13% of the max. steam flow (Details will be finalized during execution stage). Beside the normal steam temperature, the HP and IP attemperators shall ensure during cold and warm start-up low steam temperature as required by the steam turbine start-up conditions. The attemperators shall also control during the pre-operational steam blow-out and during start-up HP and RH temperature of not more than 400º C when the gas turbine operation is at about 20%...45% load. The shut off pressure of the spray control and block valves shall be at least the design pressure of the relevant feed water systems. The leakage class of the above valves shall be V according to standard FCI70-2-2006. The Desuper-heater sprayer shall withstand any steam velocity in the range of 20-320 m/sec without vibrations. The attemperators will be supplied with special pieces to replace the water spray nozzles during the chemical cleaning process.

115

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.11.12.6 H.P., I.P. and L.P. superheated steam and feed-water, HP and RH attemperator water spray flow elements. The above flow element shall be of nozzle type, shall have inlet and outlet spool pieces and shall fit the interconnecting piping sizes. Attemperator design shall be with Valve Trim and all moving parts (control) located outside the Steam Flow (Mast type, Ring style type etc.).

10.11.13 Flash Tanks, Atmospheric Tanks and Blow-Down Pumps 10.11.13.1 Blow-down Tank - One, continuous and intermittent blow-down tank shall be provided. - The blow-down flash tank(s) shall be designed to receive the maximum expected blow-down flow. They may operate either under pressure, or at atmospheric pressure, as required by the adopted process. - If the flash tank operates at atmospheric pressure, the vent steam line will be provided with a noise-silencer. - Design and construction shall be according to ASME Code, Section VIII - Pressure Vessels and the Israel Standard Ins., STD. 4295. - The blow-down flash tanks and atmospheric tanks shall be supplied with all the required closing, control and safety valves. - The tank shall be "U" stamped. - The blow-down flash tank will receive all HRSG heating drains during plant start-up. Ten (10) inlet spare nozzles will be provided. 10.11.13.2 Flash Tank Level Control Valve. A blow-down tank level control valve will be provided down-stream the blow - down cooler. The control valve will be equipped with isolating end by-ass valves.

10.11.13.3 Blow-down Pumps. Two blow-down pumps (2x100%) will be provided to transfer the water from the blow-down flash tank to an industrial water tank. Pump TDH will be 250 m (final distance TBD). Each pump will be equipped with section isolating valves, discharge check and isolating valves.

116

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.11.13.4 A plate type blow-down cooler cooled with closed cooling water will cool the water at a temperature of not over the inlet cooling water temperature, plus a t of 5º C. The blow-down cooler will be equipped with isolating and by-pass valves. 10.11.13.5 Vent line with silencer up to the roof.

10.11.14 Valves 10.11.14.1 General 10.11.14.1.1 The Contractor shall provide all the valves, as required in this Specification and the required valves to complete a full HRSG system. 10.11.14.1.2 The valves shall have welded ends. 10.11.14.1.3 All piping, supports, valves, fittings, accessories of the blow-down system will be supplied from HRSG to the pump outlet.

10.11.14.2 Material Requirements: 10.11.14.2.1 Carbon and alloy steel valves shall be in conformance with the requirements listed in ANSI B16.5 or ANSI B16.34, as being suitable for use at the specified service conditions. 10.11.14.2.2 Bolting and nuts shall be of materials most suitable for the specified service conditions. Bolting and nuts for steel valves shall be in conformance with ASTM A193 and A194, respectively. 10.11.14.2.3 All materials shall be certified to EN-10204/ASME or equal. Materials not definitely specified herein shall be of a type most suitable for the specified service conditions in each case and shall conform to the applicable code requirements. Material shall be free from all defects and imperfection that might affect the service ability and appearance of the finished product.

10.11.14.3 Mechanical Requirements: 10.11.14.3.1 Tight shutoff is required on all the valves for the differential pressure conditions. Valves shall be furnished with replaceable seats for major control valves. 10.11.14.3.2 All valves shall function smoothly without sticking, rubbing, vibrating or scoring on opening and closing.

117

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.11.14.3.3 Valve design in each case shall permit the valve to be installed and to function properly in any position in the pipe run (horizontal, vertical, inclined, stem up, down, side, etc.). 10.11.14.3.4 The valve shall visually indicate the direction of flow and open and closed positions. 10.11.14.3.5 For globe valves, all flow shall be below the valve seat. 10.11.14.3.6 Valves shall be designed for a 3-15 psig signal range. 10.11.14.3.7 Valves sized 8” and above shall be provided with electric motor operators. In addition, for emergency case, hand wheel shall be provided. 10.11.14.3.8 All control valves installed on lines to be involved in chemical cleaning shall be equipped with inserts. 10.11.14.3.9 All valves and accessories grade F/P -91 lshall be provided with 300 mm welded & heat treated stubs.

10.11.14.4 Tests 10.11.14.4.1 The valves shall be designed and shop tested for operation of the drive and control unit with full pressure on one side of disc and with atmospheric pressure on the other side. 10.11.14.4.2 All valves shall be hydrostatically tested at the manufacturer’s plant. 10.11.14.4.3 Pressure testing of the shell and seat (closure) of each steel valve shall be performed in accordance with the requirements set forth in ANSI B16.34.

10.11.14.5 Expansion Joints 10.11.14.5.1 Expansion joints shall be provided by the Contractor as required from the design of the ductwork, HRSG, and stack will be according to Supplement 8.9.1.18 Expansion joint technical requirements. 10.11.14.5.2 The non-metallic expansion joint material shall be UV resistant. 10.11.14.5.3 Expansion joints shall be designed with vapor and gas barriers to prevent leakage of air or gas across the joint. No glass, glass-based, or asbestos materials shall be used in the expansion joints. o All components (both metallic and non-metallic) of the expansion joints shall be suitably corrosion resistant and capable of withstanding the expected thermal and mechanical movements inherent to the type of ductwork.

118

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.11.14.5.4 Expansion Joint Design Construction: o Expansion joint belts shall be designed and supplied according to supplement 8.9.1.18 o Expansion joints shall be capable of being changed from outside the ductwork. o Expansion joints shall be designed in a manner that flange bolt heads enter from the expansion joint side of the flange. o Expansion joint flanges shall be provided with a sufficient number of suitable mounting holes for supporting and sealing the belts. o Expansion joint Bolts / stud bolts, nuts, washers and gaskets shall be included within contractor scope of supply. o The Contractor is responsible for coordinating the expansion joint bolting pattern with the duct bolting pattern.

10.11.15 Stairs and Platforms 10.11.15.1 The cavities between the top of the modules and the top casing and at the bottom between the casing and the lower part of the modules (headers) shall have at least 1.8 m. height, to allow access for repair and maintenance. 10.11.15.2 Stairs, platforms and ladders shall be supplied to allow easy and safe access into all work areas of the HRSG, in compliance of OSHA Standards. The main operating platform must totally encompass the HRSG. The minimum width for passage ways is three 1.5m. 10.11.15.3 Anchoring points (cable holes) between the sections of the HRSG shall be added in order to allow spiders assemble. 10.11.15.4 The following items shall be included as a minimum:

10.11.15.4.1 Platforms: o Drums platform (common for all drums) o Main Operating Platform o Stack Sampling Port Platforms o Deaerator manways, safety valves, vents and sprayers. o Intermediate Instrumentation and supports Platforms that will extend from the main stair case (on all sides of the HRSG)

119

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

o Access, doors and inspection doors Platforms o manholes or hatches o Station valves Platforms.

At least 3 connections between platforms from one side to the other of the HRSG will be taken into consideration (main deck, upper manholes and Middle platform, where the piping supports are located). In general access of each platform will be provided by stairs. In case of restricted space, PURCHASER will consider that a ladder can be installed.

10.11.15.4.2 Stairs: o One main stairs from the grade level to the top of HRSG. (The elevator should be supported on one main staircase) o The stack shall include spiral stairs up to the instrumentation platform (emission instruments). The Instrumentation Platform on the stack shall be 2m width. Spiral stairs will be provided up to CEM level. From this platform to the top will be by ladders. o Stairs to the Instrumentation and Sampling Port Platforms. o Stairs to the Sampling Port Platforms. o Stairs to the Intermediate Platforms. o Stairs for each drum and deaerator platforms. o Stairs to reach each platform, such as platforms manways, instrumentation etc’. o Stairs to each platform of the stack and ladders from there to the top. o Emergency ladders on the opposite side of the main stairs.

Each man-way, valve and support shall have access with a platform and stairs to reach them.

10.11.15.5 All stairs and ladders shall have safety cages or rails as detailed in supplement 8.9.5.5 - SDS-D 27.3. 10.11.15.6 All platforms and Stairs shall be shipped in maximum shippable sizes. 10.11.15.7 Platforms, railings, posts, grating and stair treads shall be made of steel and shall be hot dip galvanized. All platforms must have kick plates.

120

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Sufficient quantities of railings, posts and fittings shall be supplied to complete the railing requirements of the stairs and platforms. The stairs, railing and grating shall be designed, fabricated and inspected according to ANSI-202.1, OSHA-CFR 1910.34, RAL-GZ 638, DIN 24531 & 24537 and the Israeli standards indicated in Paragraph 6. The handrails, posts, kick plates, etc., shall be supplied with rails and post furnished ready for field installation. All materials shall be carbon steel and shall be hot dip galvanized. 10.11.15.8 Walkovers shall be provided over any obstacle (piping, valve, etc.) which prohibits safe and easy passage on any platform. 10.11.15.9 Platform elevations shall be such that every valve is easily accessible and can be operated from the platform without the use of ladders or special operating devices. 10.11.15.10 Platforms width shall be at least 1.2 m. 10.11.15.11 Each manway, valve, support shall have access with a platform and stairs to reach them. 10.11.15.12 Platform for the drum shall be included, to reach the safety valves and other instrumentation located at the upper part of the drum, ladders shall be designed to reach the platform. 10.11.15.13 Monorail or jib cranes shall be designed and provided for each drum valves, deaeretor vents, sprayers and s. valves. 10.11.15.14 Deaerator shall be located at the top of the HRSG, platform and stairs for maintenance to get to the upper part of the deaerator shall be designed and supplied.

10.11.15.15 Platforms shall be straight with minimum needs for stairs. 10.11.15.16 Traction type elevator with steel ropes in closed configuration shall be supplied by contractor; the elevator shall be located near the staircase. Steel structure design shall take into consideration the imposed loads from the elevator (elevator size shall be 1.5mX2m with a capacity of 1 ton with interconnecting landing platform – according to supplement 8.9.1.20). The flexible cable of the elevator will include also suitable telephone wires. The elevator will reach the deaerator platform elevation. The elevator will have two doors (opposite to one another).

121

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.11.15.17 HRSG and feed water pumps acoustic insulation panels In case the equipment will not comply with the noise restrictions as specified in Paragraph 10.1.1, and the contractor will decide to provide an acoustic insulation for the HRSG and the boiler feed pumps, the insulation shall be designed to meet the noise requirement in Para. 10.1.1 of this specification. The acoustic enclosure will have to allow easy operation access.

10.11.16 Cleaning and Painting 10.11.16.1 Pre-operational Cleaning. The HRSG, together with all steam system shall pass a pre-operational cleaning procedure which includes chemical cleaning and steam blow-out. provisons for chemical cleaning and steam blow shall be supplied. 10.11.16.2 Chemical Cleaning. All HRSG sections, including main steam and feed-water lines shall pass a complete chemical cleaning process, prior to commissioning. The cleaning process will include the following stages: - Pre-cleaning flushing - De-greasing stage - Acid Stage - Rust flushing and Passivation Stage. At the bottom of each evaporator a connection of 8” size with flange and blind flange shall be provided for the connection to the temporary chemical cleaning system. The drum internals will be installed before shipping to reduce site erection error and then a dryer will be removed from drum before hydrostatic test and be installed again after chemical cleaning at a site.

10.11.16.3 Steam Blow-out. After chemical cleaning all HRSG super-heaters (HP, IP, TH and LP), together with the main-stream lines, will pass a steam blow-out procedure. Blanking plates for valves internals (under scope of supply), gaskets, per the spec, Including procedures.

122

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.11.16.4 Internal Cleaning: Special attention shall be given to the proper cleaning of all internals of the pressure parts of the HRSG unit. Cleaning shall be done by pickling, neutralizing, and rinsing and blowing out with compressed air, or by other suitable methods that will remove all scale, welding beads, and other foreign material from all inside surfaces of the pressure parts.

10.11.16.5 Shop Painting: After thorough cleaning, the equipment shall be painted in the shop in accordance with the following: o All exterior ferrous surfaces of the steel casings of the steam generating unit and all other exposed steel surfaces that will form an integral part of the unit and that will not be covered with insulation, shall be painted with high- quality heat-resistant paint including final painting approved by Purchaser. o Exterior surfaces of hot steel areas, to be covered with insulation, including hot ducts and breaching to be insulated shall be given a shop coat of heat- resistant priming paint, suitable for corrosion protection under insulation as per the NACE guidelines, subjected to purchaser approval. o All ducts, breaching, hoppers, casing plates, etc., shall be shop-painted on all inside and outside surfaces by a paint system approved by the Purchaser. o Piping supports, spring hangers, clamps and U-bolts shall be hot-dip galvanized, as per ASTM-123. 10.11.16.6 The "shop coat" of paint shall be omitted where field welds are to be made or where surfaces will be in contact after being bolted. 10.11.16.7 All HRSG parts shall be supplied with shop final painting, touch-ups will be done by purchaser on site, and contractor will provide touch-up paint for site repairs. 10.11.16.8 Shipping coating - each module shall be coated with preservation paint and exterior casing / cover & oil film coating for the shipping delivery and for on shore storage

123

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.11.17 Inspection and Tests 10.11.17.1 Compliance: The Contractor of the steam generating unit shall be responsible for complying with all the requirements regarding Code stamping and Code certification, as specified in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and IS 4295.

10.11.17.2 Shop Tests: o The Contractor shall give a four (4) week notice to the Purchaser of his intentions to perform the tests. o The Contractor shall provide with the proposal a detailed shop tests and inspection plan. o Boiler modules shall be hydrostatically shop-tested in accordance with the applicable sections of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. The boiler modules should be dry preserved with nitrogen, including pressure gauges installed on the modules for tracing nitrogen pressure inside the modules during shipment to erection sight and prior to HRSG installation. o The tubes shall be 100% NDT tested. o Tests shall be done according to the purchaser's I&TP attached in supplement 8.9.1.9. o Width of weld between the fin and the tube shall be 90% of fin thickness as a minimum (refer to HRSG I&TP AT SUPPLEMENT 8.9.1.9). see also Para.10.10.3.12 herein.

10.11.17.3 Hydrostatic Tests and preservation:

o Valves and fittings shall be shell hydrostatic tested per ASME Power Boiler Code requirements. Valves shall also be seat-tightness tested in accordance with the valve manufacturer’s standard practice. o The super-heaters, reheaters,evaporators, and economizers shall be completely shop hydrostatically tested, including all boiler drums, tubes and heaters.

124

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

o The components must be shipped as assemblies, as complete as possible. Headers interconnecting the super-heater and the boiler, and the boiler and economizer, shall be shipped prefabricated. o After completion of the erection, the steam generating unit shall be hydrostatically tested by the boiler erector in accordance with the ASME Power Boiler Code. o The modules and drums will be shipped tightly welded under slight nitrogen over-pressure and equipped with Pressure indicator and nitrogen vessels for 6 months’ preservation. 10.11.18 Control and instrumentation shall be according to Para.. 10.28.

10.12 DEAERATOR One (1) direct contact external dearating feed water heater stork type complete with all the required accessories, instruments and associated piping included.

10.12.1 General 10.12.1.1 The deaerator has to remove the dissolved gases, primarily oxygen and carbon dioxide, from the Boiler Feed water. The deaerator has also to store and adequate amount of feed water to ensure safe plant operation. 10.12.1.2 The deaerator will be installed outdoor on the roof of the HRSG, at a high enough level above the grade to ensure the required N.P.S.H. of the Boiler Feed Water Pumps at any operating condition. 10.12.1.3 The deaerator has to provide unit operation with 100% GT load when oil firing for any ambient temperature.

125

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.12.2 Performances 10.12.2.1 Capacity The outlet feed water rated capacity [T/H] shall be at least equal to the sum of the maximum H.P., I.P. and L.P. steam productions of the HRSG, according to the design of the main Contractor. The storage capacity [m3] shall ensure at least 10 minutes plant operation at maximum load. The 10 minutes capacity shall be between normal water level and water level which will cause the condensate pumps to trip. 10.12.2.2 Operating Pressures and Modes The operating pressure will be determined by the main contractor according to the kinds of fuel. The deaerator shall be able to operate under all modes of operation of the unit as described in Paragraph 10.5. 10.12.2.3 Condensate Inlet Temperature The Deaerator has to operate properly with cold condensate, pumped directly from the condenser when oil no. 2 and NG will be fired. 10.12.2.4 Deaerator Heating Steam from the L.P, CR Steam systems and/or FW (if applicable) should be used for deaerator heating during normal operation. Auxiliary steam should be used during start-up periods. 10.12.2.5 Guarantees The oxygen content in the outlet feed water shall not exceed 7 PPB (0.007 ml/liter), for loads between 10% to 100% of the rated capacity, when tested by the ASTM D888 method A. 10.12.2.6 The deaerator shall remove all carbon dioxide from loads of 10% to 100%, when tested by the APHA method. The steam losses through the vent shall be minimal and shall be guaranteed.

126

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.12.3 Construction 10.12.3.1 Deaerator Type The deaerator shall be external deaerator of spray type (stork type). Integral deaerator in the L.P. drum is not acceptable.

10.12.3.2 Standards The deaerator shall be designed and manufactured according to: o HEI Standards for deaerator. o ASME Code - Section VIII - Division I and U stamp. o SI 4295 certificate will be provided by contractor. o Deaerator design shall incorporate the "NACE" recommendations. o Equivalent European codes subjected to purchaser’s approval. 10.12.3.3 Design Conditions o During NG firing the deaerator may be bypassed if the condensate oxygen content (at condenser outlet) is acceptable. o The design pressure shall be based on the maximum operating pressure and will include an adequate margin: the deaerator shall be designed also for full vacuum. o The design temperature of the heater section shall be based on the maximum heating steam temperature and will include an adequate margin. o All weld seams shall be smooth ground on the inside. 10.12.3.4 Materials o Shell and heads material shall be carbon steel (ASTM 516 GR70 or similar) o Sprayer material shall be stainless steel. 10.12.3.5 Corrosion allowance and minimum of 1.6mm thickness shall be according to "HEI Standards for Deaerators". 10.12.4 Connections 10.12.4.1 Piping Connections Welding type nozzles shall be provided for all piping connections (condensate inlet, feed water outlet, steam inlet, venting, overflow, drain, feed water recirculation, safety valves, sparger inlet, sampling etc.) Two (2) spare nozzles should be also provided. 10.12.4.2 Manholes

127

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

At least two (2) 22" manholes shall be installed on the tank. at least one manhole shall be installed on the deaerator. 10.12.4.3 Instrumentation nozzles as per Para.. 10.28.8.2.2.2. (if required) 10.12.5 Accessories The deaerator shall be provided with all the necessary accessories like: supports, lifting lugs, safety valves, venting orifices, base plates, rollers, anchor bolts, insulation etc.). 10.12.6 Heat Treatment 10.12.6.1 Heat treatment shall be done to the complete deaerator after all welding work has been completed including welding of studs for platforms and insulation cleats. 10.12.6.2 The heat treatment will be made according to a procedure based on ASME VIII Div. I, Part UCS SE and as approved by the Purchaser. 10.12.6.3 Location of thermocouples shall be given in a sketch attached to the above procedure. 10.12.6.4 Heat treatment chart shall be provided along with all quality records, as objective evidence to demonstrate conformance with the relevant procedures. 10.12.7 Testing 10.12.7.1 The equipment shall be given witnessed shop hydrostatic pressure tests as required by the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1, and shall be acceptable for insurance as a pressure vessel. The Contractor shall notify the Purchaser at least thirty (30) days prior to the performance of the hydrostatic tests. 10.12.7.2 Wet fluorescent magnetic particle testing shall be performed for nozzles and supports. Full penetration welds on nozzles shall be 100% UT tested. The procedure utilized for this testing shall comply with the requirements of ASME Section V. Any indications of cracks or linear indications will be cause for rejection. Any rounded indications greater than 3/16 in. in diameter, or four or more indications grouped or in line and separated by less than 1/16 in edge-to-edge are unacceptable. 10.12.7.3 All the vessel shells and head seams, longitudinal and circumferential, shall be 100% X-rayed. This testing shall comply with the requirements of ASME Section VIII, Division 1.

128

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.12.7.4 NDE procedure and NDE operators shall be qualified according to ASME Section VIII requirements and subject to Purchaser's approval. 10.12.7.5 Measurement tests of thermal and hydraulic performance shall be according to ASME PTC 12.3. Zero tolerances shall be applied. 10.12.7.6 I&TP shall be according to supplement 8.9.1.9.

10.12.8 Preservation 10.12.8.1 After hydrostatic tests, the interior of deaerator shall be thoroughly dried by dryers or by blowing out with clean heated compressed air or by other acceptable methods approved by the Purchaser. 10.12.8.2 The interior surfaces shall be sprayed with water-based preservation liquid to guard the surfaces and shall be removed easily with the first deaerator washing. The Contractor shall specify the preservation compound and obtain the Purchaser’s approval. 10.12.8.3 The deaerator shall be preserved for shipping and long term storage (about one (1) year) by nitrogen, as per the modules. 10.12.8.4 The Contractor shall supply such preservation material also for preservation of the deaerator after erecting and connecting the pipes for an additional period of two (2) years. 10.12.8.5 All nozzles shall be blocked off sealed with a special sealing cover welded to the nozzles for shipping and storage.

10.12.9 Painting The deaerator shall be cleaned and painted according to the following: 10.12.9.1 Inorganic zinc based system 75 microns thickness for protection during storage and during operation. 10.12.9.2 Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP-10. 10.12.9.3 Materials for Painting * During fabrication the manufacturer will prime with weldable zinc silicate 25 microns.

129

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.13 SURFACE CONDENSER PACKAGE 10.13.1 Design Data and Performance Requirements 10.13.1.1 Condenser shall be designed for Maximum Continuous Rate conditions according to unit modes of operation, main Contractor’s data and per the following data: o Water velocity in tubes: 2.4m/s o Max cooling water flow to the Condenser: 38000 ton/h Cleanliness factor: Design 95% Cleanliness factor: Guaranteed 90% o Oxygen : 7ppb o Cond. temp. Depression: 0.2 C. o Sea Water inlet temp. range will be 15-36 C o Sea Water design temp. 24 C o TTD @ design point 3.0C o Maximum water level in seawater cooling system 8.5m from turbine hall grade floor elevation*. o Condenser design pressure: Full Vacuum to 6 barg (Optional 9 barg – TBD, See Para. 10.5.2.2.4) * The water level in the seawater cooling system influence main cooling water system stability and Power station net efficiency

10.13.1.2 Cooling Water Cooling water will be salty water from the Mediterranean Sea having the following composition: Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 45,444 Chlorides mg/l as Cl- 22,470 -2 Sulphates mg/l as SO4 1,220

Bicarbonate mg/l as HCO3 167 Sodium mg/l as Na+ 11,600 Calcium mg/l as Ca+2 1,071 Magnesium mg/as Mg 1,409

Organic Matter ppm as O2 1,344

130

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

SG@ 20C gr/cm3 1,024 PH value 8.1

The condenser will be cleaned from debris and other foulings by means of debris filters located up-stream of inlet waterboxes, and condenser tube cleaning system (circulated sponge balls). 10.13.1.3 Construction data: o Shell materials: A-516Gr.70 o Water boxes: A-516Gr.70 o Coating: Epoxy (refer to 14.4.7). o Tubes material: Titanium B-338 Gr.2 welded or DIN 17580, 3.7035 grade 2 (0.5mm wall thickness and 0.7mm wall thickness in the 3 rows of the peripherical sides. o Tube sheet material: C.S cladded with Titanium (minimum 5mm) o Tube supports material: A-516 Gr.70 o Hot well material: A-516 Gr. 70 o Hot well capacity: the minimum hotwell capacity is the volume to contain all the condensate produced in a period of five (5) minutes of operation under design conditions.

10.13.1.4 In addition to operating successfully under Maximum Continuous Rate operating conditions specified above, each condenser shall be capable of operating under the conditions outlined below: 10.13.1.4.1 During startup, low load, or turbine trip, when steam will be directed to the condenser through L.P. and I.P. bypass system. 10.13.1.4.2 Steam conditions at dumping device outlet will be coordinated with the main Contractor. 10.13.1.4.3 Air removal sections shall be designed according to HEI last edition. 10.13.1.5 The condenser shipping part consists of 4 parts:  Upper shell including upper tube bundle  Lower shell including lower tube bundle & hotwell

131

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

 Neck  Four (4) Waterboxes

10.13.2 General Arrangement 10.13.2.1 The condenser configuration and location shall be coordinated and dictated by the steam turbine Contractor. The condenser can be located along to turbine axis or on the side of to turbine axis in the same elevation. The condenser arrangement will be: one pressure, two passes. 10.13.2.2 Condenser supports: Springs supported or fixed and sliding supports for axis/side arrangement. 10.13.2.3 Type of connection to turbine exhaust: Flexible with expansion joints for axis/side arrangement. 10.13.2.4 Location of circulating water: Outlets shall be located at the upper part of the water boxes. 10.13.2.5 Steam by-pass system shall be introduced to the condenser shell. The size, type and quantity of connection shall be coordinated between purchaser and the Contractor. 10.13.2.6 Tube bubdle design should prevent tube rubbing on supports.

10.13.3 Technical Requirements for Equipment Design and Construction 10.13.3.1 Condensers shall be designed according to HEI last edition and construction design according to ASME Section VIII, Div. I or approved by purchaser with the following conditions: 10.13.3.2 Contractor shall be responsible for coordination between manufacturer of the, condenser, vacuum pumps, and debris filters, concerning technical data, general arrangement and terminal connections. 10.13.3.3 All parts of the condenser shall be designed to withstand the most severe conditions to which they will be subjected, with a factor of safety commensurate with the function, service, and material of each part. All parts and components of the equipment shall be capable of expanding and contracting through complete cycles of operating pressures and temperatures, including start-up, shut-down, pre-startup cleaning, without damage or distress.

132

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.13.3.4 The condenser shall be of all welded construction, insofar as practicable and unless otherwise specified herein. 10.13.3.5 Welding for pressure boundary joints and structure joints or attachments shall be either full penetration fusion welded or double fillet welded using welds designed to and conforming with the requirements of the ASME Code, including joint efficiencies. Fields welds in pressure boundary joints shall be designed for full penetration butt welding on one side only from inside the condenser shell. Contractor shall furnish properly fitting backing strips of a compatible material for all field welds. 10.13.3.6 The contractor shall provide procedures to check and test the condenser tightness. 10.13.3.7 All piping 2" (included) and above will be supplied prefabricated in a maximum transportable size of spool pieces (approx 6-7m long and 2.5-3m width). All spools will be shop prefabricated, cleaned and primer & final painted. Small bore pipes below 2" will supplied loose with primer painted. 10.13.3.8 Contractor shall provide isometric drawings for all pipes, for all diameters.

10.13.4 Tube Bundles 10.13.4.1 Tube sheets. o Tube sheets material shall be Titanium ASTM B-265 gr. 2 or titanium claded with a minimum of 5mm cladding, suitable for rolling and welding of titanium tubes. o Tube sheets shall be designed to withstand the concurrent loads imposed by the steam space, water box pressure, water box nozzle reactions, water box deadweight, and transient water surge pressure. o The design of the tube sheets shall be based on applying a stress analysis with stress levels not to exceed those determined using the procedures of the ASME Code, Section VIII, Division 2, subject to that Tube to tube sheet connections shall be rolled and welded 10.13.4.2 The bundle configuration shall assure self-drainage of the tubes. 10.13.4.3 The bundle shall include carbon steel rods, each located directly above upper titanium tube as means of impingement protection, and for maintenance purposes.

133

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.13.4.4 Vent ducts and offtake piping shall be made of stainless steel 304. Uncondensable offtake configuration shall be according to Contractor’s standard. 10.13.4.5 Each condenser shell shall be provided with an internal tube sheet pressure surge protection system. The surge protection system shall be designed not to engage or interfere tube sheet to shell movement at normal operating pressure. When experiencing surge conditions the system shall engage and take excess tube sheet loading. Surge protection shall be designed to allow dismantling by bolting not welding. 10.13.4.6 Tube Support Plates: o Tube support plates shall be provided as required to maintain proper alignment and support of tubes, minimize tube vibration and act as shell bracing and zoning. o Tube support plates shall be provided with a total corrosion allowance of 1/16 inch. Total tube support plate thickness, including corrosion allowance, shall not be less than 3/4 inch. o Tube support plates shall be made of A516 GR70 material. o Divided support plates (with cutline) are unacceptable. o Holes for tubes shall be accurately drilled and deburred to allow a free sliding fit. The limits on hole size and finish shall be in accordance with HEI Standards. Drilling of holes shall be performed in such manner as to ensure that the surfaces throughout the entire depth of the holes are smooth and free from any score marks. Holes shall be deburred on both sides of plates to prevent scoring of tubes. o Tube support plate spacing shall comply with the method outlined in HEI Standards, but shall not exceed 500 mm. o tube bubdle design should prevent tube rubbing on supports 10.13.4.7 Tube Layout: o The arrangement shall also meet the condensate temperature depression and oxygen removal requirements. o The maximum ratio of the cross sectional area of the tubes based on outside diameter, to the cross sectional area of the main condensate shell between the top and bottom row of tubes shall not exceed 0.26.

134

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.13.5 Shell and Hotwell 10.13.5.1 Shell and hotwell shall be designed for pressure and full vacuum. Shell and hotwell shall also be designed to withstand full vacuum conditions so that no cribbing is required during the field tightness testing. The shell and hotwell shall be properly braced and reinforced to withstand these pressures. 10.13.5.2 Joints between shell, tube sheets, and water boxes shall be flanges with external bolting and made up with heavy suitable gaskets to assure tight steam and water seals. 10.13.5.3 The shell and hotwell shall be made of 516Gr70 material plates, and welds, shall be provided with a corrosion allowance of 1/16 inch. 10.13.5.4 Provisions shall be made in the condenser design to absorb differential expansion between tubes and shell without permitting leakage of circulating water into the steam spaces. 10.13.5.5 Hotwell shall have a capacity of five (5) minutes between normal and low low level under conditions of maximum full load condensate flow. The hotwell shall be provided with adequate space between the water surface and the bottom of the tube bundle to permit steam flow under the tubes for condensate reheating and deaeration. Stilling chambers shall be provided in the hotwell to provide a stable and accurate water level measurement for control and indications. The Contractor shall provide magnetic level gauge w/shut off valves on the hot well, the connection shall be coordinated with the main contractor. 10.13.5.6 The condenser design shall minimize entrance loses of condensate into the pump suction piping under conditions of minimum hotwell level and maximum full load condensate flow. The hotwell water levels and condensate pump suction piping arrangement shall be compatible with the condensate pump hydraulic requirements. 10.13.5.7 The hotwell shall have a suitable outlet sump with connection(s) for pump suction piping. A dam or dirt collar shall be provided at the inlet to each outlet sump to prevent rust and foreign matter that has settled on the hotwell bottom from being carried into the condensate pump inlets. Anti-vortex vanes shall be provided at the outlet of each hotwell sump.

135

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Drain connections shall be provided to permit complete hotwell compartment and sump drainage in less than one hour. 10.13.5.8 Hotwell shall be compartmented for leak detection purposes as per Paragraph10.13.10 10.13.5.9 Manholes shall be equipped with grab bars from the inside and outside of the hotwell (20” manholes). 10.13.5.10 Shell plates shall be welded on both sides (inside and outside). 10.13.5.11 A sleeve and closure plate shall be furnished for each high temp. pipe over 120C (design temperature) during and operating mode. These spools shall be welded to the inlet neck wall and shall project 12 in. inside and 12 in outside of the wall. 10.13.5.12 Contractor shall furnish condenser connections list. Additional connections to the scope, if needed, shall be provided at no extra charge to the Purchaser. 10.13.5.13 Forces and Moments: Allowable forces and moment on condenser connections shall be provided by the Contractor. Turbine manufacturer’s forces, moments and expansions requirements shall be coordinated between contractor and turbine manufacturer. 10.13.6 Water boxes 10.13.6.1 Water boxes shall be made of A516 GR70 material with internal epoxy coating (duramar or equivalent approved by purchaser). 10.13.6.2 Water boxes shall be provided with necessary circulating water inlets and outlet nozzles of such a size as to give a water velocity through the nozzles not exceeding 7fps. Water boxes shall provide ready access to the full face of the tube sheets. 10.13.6.3 Water boxes shall be of the bonnet (semi-cylindrical or modified cylindrical) type, configured and shaped so as to provide proper water distribution to all tubes and to minimize turbulence in the water box itself and at the tube inlet ends. 10.13.6.4 Water boxes shall be welded steel plate construction, properly ribbed, braced, and reinforced to withstand all stresses including hydrotest. Stiffeners shall be located on the outside. 10.13.6.5 Water boxes shall be designed for sea water pressures. 10.13.6.6 Water box drains shall permit complete waterside draining in 15 minutes.

136

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.13.6.7 Water boxes and joints between the shell and tube sheets shall be designed to withstand the hydraulic reactions from the water box nozzles. 10.13.6.8 Water boxes and all nozzles (above 3" included) as per Paragraph 14.4.7 shall be epoxy coated. 10.13.6.9 Waterboxes shall be equipped with provisions for mounting maintenance platforms inside (for maintenance purposes) and ladders on both sidewalls. 10.13.6.10 Waterboxes connected with the outer cross connection pipe shall be equipped with a stainless steel 316L grating. 10.13.6.11 Waterbox connections smaller than 3" shall be made of SS 316L. 10.13.6.12 Waterbox vents shall be made of SS316L. 10.13.6.13 Waterbox flanges shall be made of A-105 or A-181 class ANSI 150# L.W. 10.13.6.14 Squareness of waterbox flanges shall be  2mm and 2mm across diameter of flanges, to avoid alignment problems. 10.13.6.15 Contractor shall perform a finite element stress analysis. Stiffeners shall be applied accordingly. 10.13.6.16 Waterbox manways shall be of the hinged, self-supported type. 10.13.6.17 Two (2) 20" manways shall be provided for each waterbox. Grab bars shall be provided form the inside and outside of the waterbox. 10.13.6.18 Waterbox inlet/outlet connections shall be located at waterbox upper region. The centerline shall be elevated for venting purposes. 10.13.6.19 Waterboxes shall be designed to operate efficiently with a condenser tube cleaning system by means of: o Good hydraulic design, to eliminate stagnation points and cleaning ball accumulations. o SS screens applied on all waterbox connections (except for sea water inlet/outlet) to prevent loss of cleaning balls. 10.13.6.20 Waterbox design shall be verified by condenser tube cleaning system manufacturer. 10.13.6.21 Magnetic level gauges with shut off valves shall be provided on the water boxes upper side.

137

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.13.7 Epoxy coating (Cross-connection piping and water boxes). 10.13.7.1 Water boxes and cross connection piping shall be internally lined by means of abrasion resistant epoxy having the following characteristics: o Paint manufacturer shall be Duromar 2510 or approved equal. o Lining with 100% Solids Epoxy Resin. o Surface Preparation shall be SSPC-5, Grit. A minimum profile of 75 microns is required and shall be checked according to ASTM D 4417 or ISO 8503 or ASTM D 4417- B. o Welds and edges shall be finished to NACE standard PRO178 to “ground smooth” Level C as minimum required. o Major imperfections in steel continuity shall be treated with SAR (by DUROMAR or approved equal), (voids in excess of 1500 microns), according to the recommendations of the paint manufacturer. o The paint system shall be with three layers of Duromar HPL 2510 each having a different color and airless sprayed to 500-750 microns DFT per coat with a total of 1500-2000 micron DFT and no single measurement under 1500 total dft. o Of 1500-2000 micron dft and no single measurement under 1500 total dft. o Welds and corners shall be brush stripped to a width of 2-3 cm with HPL 2510, even if no major imperfection exists. 10.13.7.1.1 Contractor shall provide epoxy material for repairs and touch-ups on site. 10.13.7.2 Cross-Connection Piping (if applicable) 10.13.7.2.1 Cross-connection piping general shall include flanges and expansion joints. 10.13.7.2.2 Pipe supports saddle shall be provided by Contractor and shipped to site. 10.13.7.2.3 Flanges shall be provided per condenser cross connection side. 10.13.7.2.4 Outer cross-connection shall include a drain connection. 10.13.7.2.5 Outer cross-connection piping shall be provided with welded flanges and a cutline for final erection alignment (150 mm spare length shall be provided). 10.13.8 Titanium Condenser Tubes 10.13.8.1 Technical requirements: 10.13.8.1.1 Condenser tubes shall be welded titanium tubes and shall conform to the ASTM B-338-91(last edition) Standard Specification or to DIN 17850, 3.7035

138

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Grade 2, complete with ordering information and additions as specified hereinafter. 10.13.8.1.2 Condenser tubes shall be supplied from clean fully (recrystalized) vacuum annealed strip and stress relieved after welding. 10.13.8.1.3 Condenser tubes shall conform to the requirements of ASTM B338 "Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Titanium Alloy Tubes for Condenser and Heat Exchangers", Grade 2. 10.13.8.1.4 Tubes shall be suitable for expanding or rolling and welding into Titanium (ASTM B-265 gr. 2) tube sheets or titanium claded with minimum of 5mm cladding at both ends of the condensers. 10.13.8.1.5 Tubes shall be automatically deburred by a Pines deburrer (rotating knives). 10.13.8.1.6 Each tube shall be continuous with no intermediate circumferential welds. 10.13.8.1.7 The Contractor shall submit to the Purchaser certification that the tubes comply with ASTM B338-91 (last edition) Standard Specification. 10.13.8.2 Tube tests Each tube shall be subjected to all the following tests by the Contractor: (Test procedures shall be provided for approval before conducting tests). 10.13.8.2.1 Tubing shall be tested using both a non-destructive electromagnetic test and an ultrasonic test as described in Para.. 11 in ASTM B338-91 (last edition). 10.13.8.2.2 Tubing shall be tested with a hydrostatic or pneumatic test as described in Para.. 11 in ASTM B338-91 (last edition). 10.13.8.2.3 Tube Cleanliness: o Tubes shall be supplied from clean grease-free skelp. o Finished tubes shall meet the requirements of Section 4 of ASTM B600. o Care shall be exercised to protect tubes during in-plant processing and storage to prevent accumulation of contaminants. 10.13.8.2.4 Packing for Shipment o Tubes shall be placed in dust-tight wooden shipping containers containing no more than 300 tubes. All containers shall be of the same size and shape. Boxes shall be lined on all surfaces with moisture barrier material. Boxes shall be of such strength and rigidity as to ensure against injury under normal transit conditions and to permit handling and stacking of the boxes prior to tubing the condenser.

139

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

o The use of nails or screws to attach container covers is prohibited; steel banding shall be used to attach container covers. o The exterior of each box shall be provided with spacers which will permit a sling to be passed between stacked boxes. o Lift points and weights shall be yellow marked on the boxes to facilitate handling. o Boxing takes place immediately after differential pressure testing. o Tube containers shall be shipped in open top trailer. Shipping containers shall be clearly marked for identification. o The Contractor shall submit written procedures for the handling, storage and preservation of condenser tubes.

10.13.9 Steam Dumping Device Condenser shall operate safely without experiencing any flow induced vibrations during steam dump operation. Additional sag plates at the upper tube rows shall be provided. Dumping device shall include drag resistor or equivalent appurtenance to meet the noise requirements as specified in Paragraph 10.1.1 above. Access to the steam dumping device shall be included.

10.13.10 Leak Detection System 10.13.10.1 Contractor shall provide leak detection system connections up-to terminal points (pumps, conductivity cells, and interconnecting piping out of condenser terminals will be provided). 10.13.10.2 Leak detection concept shall be based on the Contractor's experience and shall enable to detect leakage from tubes and from tube to each tubesheet connections. 10.13.10.3 Each leak detection point shall include sampling connections for inlet line and return line. 10.13.10.4 The following leak detection points shall be provided for each unit: o One (1) sampling point under each tubesheet end, including detection trays. o Two (2) sampling points on the false bottom deck (if applicable) (false bottom deck shall be compartmented by means of a splitter plate).

140

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

o Two (2) sampling points at the hotwell (hotwell shall be compartmented by means of splitter plates). o One (1) sampling point at the each condensate outlet connection.

10.13.11 Turbine-Condenser Joint 10.13.11.1 Contractor shall furnish a belt type expansion joint for the condenser neck if the condenser will be located along the turbine axis (or side). 10.13.11.2 Forces and moments transmitted to the turbine exhaust by the expansion joint or by the condenser (in a rigid joint) shall satisfy the turbine Contractor’s requirements. 10.13.11.3 The connection between the condenser and turbine shall be coordinated by the turbine Contractor and condenser contractor. 10.13.11.4 The connection between the Turbine and the Condenser shall be analyzed, and approved by the purchaser.

10.13.12 Gaskets, Stud Bolts, Nuts and Washers 10.13.12.1 Gaskets The following requirements shall apply for all gaskets provided under this Contract: 10.13.12.1.1 The flange sizes shall be according to AWWA C-207 FULL FACE standard. 10.13.12.1.2 Gaskets material shall be EPDM conforming to ASTM D-2000-1AA715 standard having the following characteristics: Hardness: 70 shore Tensile strength: 15 (MPA) Test temperature: 70 (C) 10.13.12.1.3 Gasket dimensions shall be four segments and 6 mm. width.

10.13.12.2 Stud Bolts 10.13.12.2.1 Contractor shall provide Stud bolts, nuts and washers of the water box. 10.13.12.2.2 Supplier shall provide 5% spare quantity of stud bolts, nuts and washers over the required quantities.

141

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.13.12.2.3 The stud bolts and nuts shall conform to all applicable requirements of the following standards: ANSI B 1.1 "Unified screwed threads" latest edition. ANSI B 18.2.2 "Square and hext nuts" latest edition. ANSI B 18.2.1 "Square and hext bolts and screws". 10.13.12.2.4 Stud bolts shall be threaded in accordance with ANSI B1.1 - UNC coarse thread series. 10.13.12.3 Materials Stud bolts and nut shall be made of carbon steel according to SAE 1040 Standard. Washer shall be also carbon steel. All stud bolts, nuts and washers shall be supplied without any surface coating. The above requirements shall apply for all nuts, stud bolts and washers provided under this Contract. 10.13.13 Painting 10.13.13.1 Painting of all external surfaces of equipment supplied (plates, piping, shell, water boxes, etc.) shall conform to the following: o Sand blasting per SSPC-6. o 40µ thick Primer coat; epoxy HB AROCOAT (or equivalent, approved by purchaser). o 200 µ thick Top coat; epoxy EA-9. o A "HOLIDAY-DETECTOR TEST" (10,000 volt) shall be performed on all lined surfaces. 10.13.13.2 All metal surfaces inside the condenser shall not be painted but shall be protected with water soluble temporary coating which can be removed by washing prior to installation.

10.13.14 Welding 10.13.14.1 Condenser Shell 10.13.14.1.1 Condenser shell, water boxes, piping and piping connections, all butt and corner welds shall be full penetration welds. All tube to tube welds or nozzles to shell welds shall be designed and performed as full penetration welds. (Only the attachments Hal not be welded with full penetration welds)

142

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.13.14.1.2 Welding Processes: The following welding processes will be permitted: o SMAW - Shielded metal Arc Welding o SAW - Submerged Arc Welding o FCAW - Flux Cored Arc Welding - Gas Shielded o GTAW - Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (for piping root pass only)

For piping and piping connections SMAW and GTAW shall be used. All welding procedures (WPS) shall be certified by the correspondent WPQR, in accordance to ASME IX. All WPS shall be submitted, prior to use, to I.E.C.'s Material Laboratory for approval. 10.13.14.1.3 Welding Consumables: All welding consumables prior to use shall be approved by the I.E.C.'s Material Laboratory Welding Group. Welding operators and welders shall be qualified in accordance to ASME Sec. IX Welding and Brazing Qualifications. 10.13.14.1.4 Welding Inspections: 4% Radiographic examinations will be performed on all full penetration welds (one film 40 cm for each 10 m of welds). U.T. examination shall be performed on the water boxes flanges butt welds. P.T. examination shall be performed on the full length of the shell and water boxes welds. Acceptance standard shall be in accordance to ASME Sec. VIII.

10.13.14.2 Tube Bundles Titanium Tube sheets and Tubes shall be welded by automatic GTAW process. A complete welding specification for welding shall be submitted to I.E.C.'s Material Laboratory for approval. This welding specification shall include all the steps that will be taken before, during and after welding.

143

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

WPS and WPQR shall be included in the welding specification, also weld preparation, welding technique, weld sequence, gas protection, cleaning and weld repair. A full description of the welding process and equipment to be utilized shall be a part of the welding specification. The GTAW manual process will only be used when it is impractical to use automatic welding. All welders and welding operators shall be qualified in accordance to ASME Sec. IX.

10.13.15 Condenser Erection 10.13.15.1 Erection will be performed by the Purchaser. 10.13.15.2 The condenser shall be supplied to the site in the largest pieces possible, to minimize erection time. The following component sizes are required as a minimum. o Tube bundles shall be supplied in vertical position o Condenser neck part shall be supplied in one (1) piece. (Condenser neck connection shall be provided with a landing bar for adjustment purposes). 10.13.15.3 Condenser shall be completely fabricated before shipping for sections matching purposes, Sections shall be match marked. 10.13.15.4 The condenser shall be designed to allow erection in two methods: o Complete assembly of the condenser outside the station. hotwell, bundles, shell, transition, neck, water boxes and will be lifted complete in steps for placement. o Partial assembly of the condenser outside the station. hotwell, bundles, shell, excluding: neck, transition and water boxes, such that it will be rolled or lifted into the station for placement. 10.13.15.5 Lifting lugs location and configuration will be mutually agreed between parties. 10.13.15.6 Lifting lugs/trunions, cables and lifting beams will be design and supplied by Contractor. 10.13.15.7 Contractor shall furnish all welding rods required for complete field erection of the condensing equipment.

144

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.13.15.8 Contractor shall furnish all required anchor bolts and sliding support for condenser including embedded parts. 10.13.15.9 All interior ferrous surfaces of condenser shall be cleaned of scale and foreign material and coated with an easily removable, water soluble rust preventative. The material shall be applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The support plates shall be protected against rust during transport. 10.13.15.10 To avoid the tube bundle from any damage, the Contractor shall provide protected woods to be installed on the Titanium tubes and a fire proof sheet which will cover the complete working area. 10.13.15.11 The Contractor shall provide obligatory procedures for lifting, conveying and transporting of tube bundle and tube bundle parts during assembling and for final erection.

10.13.16 Condenser Testing 10.13.16.1 Shop Tests 10.13.16.1.1 Water boxes shall be shop hydrostatically tested to 1.3 times the design pressure. If Contractor desires to test water boxes face-to-face, a tube sheet shall be placed between the water boxes. Testing shall be conducted prior to the application of the coating. 10.13.16.1.2 Tube to tube sheet welds shall be 100% PT inspected in the shop. Testing of tubes furnished by Contractor shall be as specified in Para.. 10.13.8.2 and applicable ASTM Specification. Results of these tests and chemical analysis shall be submitted to the Consulting Engineers for review. 10.13.16.1.3 Tube bundle leak testing: complete tube bundle shall be leak tested to provide tightness of the tube - tubesheet welds. The Contractor shall submit a test procedure for Purchaser’s approval. 10.13.16.1.4 After erection, the condensing equipment will be field tested for tightness according to manufacturer’s procedure and performance test will be according to ASMT PTC 12.2. The Contractor shall provide all the equipment and accessories to perform the test (such as pressure basket tips, etc.).

145

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.13.17 Air Removal Equipment (Vacuum Pumps) 10.13.17.1 General The pumps will be located indoors, horizontally mounted. The pumps shall handle both “hogging” with “holding” operation. The operation conditions and design data shall be coordinated by the main Contractor with Condenser Contractor and shall be designed according to HEI last edition. The pumps shall be fully automatic type with all the necessary controls for remote from the main control room. o Hogging Vacuum Equipment: Two (2) vacuum pumps (2x100%) should be furnished to attain the required vacuum. o Holding Vacuum Equipment: Capacity shall be sufficient to maintain the required pressure at the turbine exhaust at all operating conditions. One of the hogging pumps shall be used for holding. The operating pumps shall include silencing equipment if required. In the case of vacuum pumps, their cooling requirements shall be compatible to the adopted cooling system (coolers tube shall be made of titanium (as the main condenser tubes).

10.13.17.2 Design and Constructionn 10.13.17.2.1 The vacuum pumps shall be of the liquid ring type, connected through a flexible couple and gear box as approved, designed especially for steam condenser service for removal of air and non-condensables effectively from the system under vacuum (according to AEI 5TH edition) 10.13.17.2.2 Each vacuum pump unit shall be skid mounted with all its components including the driving motor, on an integral base or on a separate substantial bed-plate, if not of the type flanged to a unit frame, complete with all integral piping and essential control (as a skid mounted). 10.13.17.2.3 Each heat exchanger shall be of ample size and capacity to cool the water required for its respective vacuum pump. Cooling water for each heat exchanger will be supplied from the main

146

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

cooling water line. Hydraulic Parameters should be determined taking this into account. 10.13.17.2.4 Each heat exchanger shall be furnished complete with all necessary controls and appurtenances required.

Fouling resistance factors for heat exchanger design: 1. Cooled medium...... 0.0005 (ft2 f.h/btu) 2. Cooling medium...... 0.0005 (ft2 f.h/btu) As per Standards of Tubular Exchanger Manufacturer's Association.

10.13.17.2.5 The heat exchangers shall have ASME "U" stamp or have an equivalent certification, approved by the Purchaser. 10.13.17.2.6 Contractor shall be responsible for determining that each pump and its motor drive operate as a unit in dynamic balance without vibration. 10.13.17.2.7 Means of back-flow prevention shall be included, both at the inlet and discharge of the exhauster. This is to prevent the loss of vacuum by flow of atmospheric pressure into the condenser, upon shut down of the pump due to motor or power failure. 10.13.17.2.8 Vacuum pumps shall be furnished with pump seal water facilities, including seal water circulating pump, make-up control and heat exchanger as required. 10.13.17.2.9 Seal water circulating pumps shall be complete with motor drives (if not driven from main pump shaft), control and auxiliary equipment including all temperature and pressure sensing devices required to complete interlocking and control circuitry. 10.13.17.2.10 Each unit shall be of the packaged type complete to terminal connection for condenser Suction line, make-up water line, cooling water line, instrument air and power source. The terminals for Purchaser's pipe connections shall (except for tubing) be flanged according to ANSI B16.5.

10.13.17.3 Accessories: 10.13.17.3.1 Manufacturer's standard accessories shall be provided suitable for the service including the following: silencer, relief valves, leakage air metering device, manometer, thermometers, discharge oil and water trap, automatic

147

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

valves for sePara.tor water supply, spray water control and system shut-off balanced check valve for sePara.tor discharge, control solenoid valves for instrument air supply to the control valves with instrument air filter set and complete set of pipes and fittings for seal and injection water system. Contractor shall provide the leakage air rotameter scale for various operating conditions. 10.13.17.3.2 Contractor shall provide two 1” NPT connections on the sealing water inlet/outlet lines to/from sealing water cooler, for thermo wells / thermocouples which will be provided by Contractor. 10.13.17.3.3 The sePara.tor tank interior shall be lined for rust prevention. 10.13.17.4 Air Removal pumps (Water Side) Contractor shall provide a complete air removal pumps system (2x100%) for water side (water boxes) as per 10.12.17.1-3 requirements. 10.13.17.5 All vacuum pumps and accessories shall be factory skid mounted and piped on a steel skid (galvanized and painted). 10.13.17.6 Cathodic Protection Cathodic protection shall be supplied by contractor in order to protect the internal surfaces of the condenser water boxes against corrosion and without causing any damage (hydrogen embrittllment) to the tubes and to tube sheets. The Cathodic protection shall be impress current design and supplies as a complete system ready for installation, the main contractor will coordinate with the condenser manufacture and cathodic system according to contractor common practice. The contractor shall guarantee the efficiency of the cathodic protection system (meaning corrosion free condenser) for a time period of at least 3 years from unit commissioning at continuous sea water flow, as indicated in annexure "D". The cathodic protection system shall be design in accordance with the requirements and recommendations of the followings: o BS 7361: PART 1: last edition "Cathodic Protection - Code of practice for land and marine applications". o BS EN 12473: last edition "General Principles of Cathodic Protection in Sea Water".

148

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.13.17.7 Debris Filter and Tube Cleaning System 10.13.17.7.1 General data Contractor shall coordinate with the main Contractor and Condenser Contractor regarding condenser type, configuration, material, tube size and diameter (BWG), number of tubes, flows, speed and all necessary data to design the debris filter and tube cleaning system. Cooling water is salt water from Mediterranean sea with the analysis as described in Para.. 10.12.1.2 10.13.17.7.2 Operation conditions Design Data for the Debris filter and for the tube cleaning system pipes shall be the same as sea water main cooling system. 10.13.17.7.3 Debris Filter Assembly a. General: In order to avoid debris - carried from the main cooling water flow clogging the condenser tube sheets and the condenser tubes and thereby causing frequent shutdowns or deratings of the power plant. The Debris filter mesh is fixed to 6 mm in order to avoid debris accumulation that already passed the band screen (4 mm mesh). b. Scope of Supply (for each pipe line): b1. Each filter assembly shall include, but not limited to, the following items (supplied by Contractor): o Debris Filter housing to be installed directly upstream vertically to each condenser cooling water inlets. o Debris Filter element covering the entire cross section of the filter housing and thereby preventing any debris to pass by. o Differential pressure measuring system with automatic control of electrical and mechanical performance. o Electrical control cubicle fully equipped, wired and ready to operate with an illuminated flow diagram on the front side for the automatic operation of the Debris Filter. For electrical requirements see Para.. 10.13.17.8.5 Common panel for the debris filter and the CTCS. o Debris discharge piping external to the Debris Filter.

149

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

o Wiring to the control panel and between control panel and electrical consumers such as actuators, delta-p-system, etc. - as per Para.. 10.13.17.8.5 c. Debris Filter Technical Requirements. o The maximum operating pressure shall be the C.W. pumps shut off head and temp. According to the cooling system. o The Debris Filter pipe section length shall coordinate between the Contractor and the Purchaser. o No debris larger than 6mm in diameter shall pass through the Debris Filter element perforation. The perforation (or holes) size in the screen shall be 6.00 mm. o Components shall be designed and built to withstand repetitive flushing during severe debris influx. o Flushing time per single flush cycle for the debris filter shall not exceed 45 seconds or utilize more than 9% of the main cooling water flow. o Pressure drop of the debris filter shall be less than:  0.3mwg clean basket  0.5mwg back washing starts  1.5mwg alarm o The motor and transmission shall be capable of operating continuously under maximum differential pressure of 10 m. H2O. o For the purpose of easy maintenance the screen shall be fixed to the supporting structure by bolts and not by means of welding. o Each Debris Filter shall be suitable for installation in the circulating water inlet piping as close as possible to the condenser inlet waterbox and shall require a minimum of cooling water flow redirection and piping modification. o Hinged manhole, 20" in size, shall be provided. o Two (2) sight glasses shall be installed above the screen level. o The Debris Filter pipe section shall include ball-Injectors (of the tube cleaning system). o The Debris Filter shall be designed to be installed as close as possible to the condenser inlet to remove all debris originating in the inlet piping. Filter

150

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

components should not restrict or limit access to inlet water box or tube sheet. o The drilling of the inlet and outlet flanges and of all other flanges shall be according to AWWA C207 (Class "D") standard.

10.13.17.7.4 Materials a. Casing A285 Grade C or equivalent with Neoprene or EPDM lining 5 mm thick. b. Internal components S.S. 316L

10.13.17.8 Tube Cleaning Systems 10.13.17.8.1 The tube cleaning systems shall be used to maintain the needed cleanliness factor level, and to protect the inside of the tubes from corrosion and fouling.

10.13.17.8.2 CTCS - Scope of Supply The condenser tube cleaning system for the condenser shall include but not limited to, the following (supplied by the Contractor): o Strainer (ball catcher) section located at each condenser outlet. Each strainer shall include a screen differential pressure measuring system, in the required diameter pipe and equal to condenser inlet/outlet flange diameter (according to Condenser Contractor data). o Ball recirculating unit must be installed at each condenser inlet/outlet. Each unit shall consist of ball recirculating pump with electrical motor, ball collector for catching and replacing or adding of balls, ball monitor and all valves and interconnecting piping. The ball collector lids shall be fitted with inspection glasses. o Ball injectors at each inlet of the condenser. o Electrical control cubicle, fully equipped and wired, of the control system for manual and automatic operation. For electrical detailed requirements see Para.. 10.13.17.8.5. o All equipment, piping, valves, interconnecting pipes and accessories between the ball recirculating unit and the strainer section and to the Ball Injector section etc., peculiar to the mechanical condenser tube cleaning system, shall be provided by the Contractor.

151

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

o A sufficient number of balls for initial operation and a sufficient number of balls (in a different color) for general operation for one year, shall be provided (total number of balls for one year as recommended by Contractor). o In case of working with one main cooling pump, the main cooling flow will be 65% up to 70% of the nominal flow. The contractor must supply a solution (for example replacing the set of balls by a suitable set that works with the new water velocity in the condenser tubes).

10.13.17.8.3 Tube Cleaning System Technical Requirements The system shall be designed to operate and function automatically under all conditions to produce clean interior surface of each tube. d. Cleaning Balls o The mechanical tube cleaning system for each condenser and each cooler employing rubber balls suitable for titanium tubes as proposed by Condenser Contractor, according to Supplier's experience. o The Contractor shall select the total quantity of balls so that each condenser tube shall receive a ball on an average of one every 5 minutes. Contractor shall have capability of computer determination of ball frequency and ball charge Parameters to optimize specific project requirements. o The balls shall be oversized in comparison to the condenser tube inside diameter, to ensure maximum cleaning of the tubes. The balls shall be sized to provide optimum ball circulation and wear. o Any measurable enlargement of the tube inside diameters, when using rubber balls, will be prohibited.

e. Ball Strainer Section (Ball catcher) o The strainer section shall be suitable for vertical installation in the condenser outlet pipe. The strainer section size shall be according to the cooling water pipes and condenser inlets/outlets diameter. The length of the strainer section will be coordinated between Contractor and Purchaser. o The drilling of the strainer section inlet and outlet flanges and of all other flanges connected to Purchaser equipment shall be according to AWWA C207 Class "D" standard.

152

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

o The strainer section shall be selected under consideration of cooling water velocity, upstream flow pattern, cleaning ball type, diameter and hardness. o The strainer section shall be furnished with two (2) main screens oriented in "vee" configuration. Screen angle shall be determined to prevent ball penetration between screen bars. o The strainer shall be of the vortex-type ball extraction design. o The screen bars spacing shall be approximately 10 mm. o The ball catcher pressure drop shall be less that:  Clean 0.2mwg  Dirty 0.5 mwg  Max alarm 0.8 mwg

o The strainer shall be supplied with a flanged inlet downstream from the screen to receive debris from the debris filter. o Hinged manways, 20" in size, shall be provided. o Screen drive mechanism(s), with motor actuators, if required, shall be provided. The screen drive mechanism shall be installed to rotate the screen(s) for backwash purposes, i.e., to wash off any debris passing through the condenser and retained on the screens. Should motor actuators be required, each shall be in accordance with the Specification. Local position indicators shall be provided to indicate the position of all strainer shafts. o Two (2) sight glasses shall be installed downstream from the screens. f. Recirculation Pumps o The recirculation pumps shall be of the non-clogging centrifugal type with wide clearance between impeller and housing to prevent damage to the balls. o The pump and motor shall be directly connected. o Pump shall be supplied with mechanical shaft sealing (dry type). o Electric motor driver shall be rated so that the motor is not overloaded over the entire pump performance range.

153

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

o A common base plate (skid mounted) shall be provided for each pump and motor set. The Contractor shall supply the pump and motor assembled on the base plate. o All pumps shall be performance tested in supplier’s shop, in accordance with an approved procedure. g. Ball Collector o The collector shall have a removable sight glass cover for recharging and checking the balls. o The ball collector shall be designed to automatically prevent backflow of balls during possible ball recirculation pump failure. o The ball collector shall require minimum number of associated pneumatic operators. o The ball collector design shall minimize ball removal and recharging time. o Connections for venting and draining the collector shall be provided. o Distributors shall be provided to equalize ball flow through individual lines. o An integral sight glass shall be provided to observe ball flow through the distributor. o Ball valves shall be provided at all ball extraction and injection points as well as at the ball collector inlet and outlet connections. h. Strainer section and ball collector Materials : Casing: A 285 Grade C or equivalent with EPDM lining 5mm thickness or epoxy (Plastocor or VK2000 subjected to purchaser approval) Screen: Stainless Steel 316L. i. Pump Materials: Casing: A351 Gr. CF8M 316 type or equivalent. Impeller: Stainless Steel, ASTM A296 Type CF8M, or equivalent. Shaft: Stainless Steel, ASTM A479, type 316L, or equivalent.

154

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.13.17.8.4 Painting and Lining o After all shop tests have been completed, all inside and outside parts of the equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned of all mill scale, rust, grease and other foreign matter by sand blasting to S.A. 2.5 according to SIS-55900 Standard. o Exterior steel surfaces shall be shop painted with Epoxy based paint (Airless spraying) as follows: o Two layers, 40 micron each, of Epoxy base-paint. o Final layer - dark-green. o Motors, limit switches housings, control cubicles and all other electrical equipment shall be painted conform to The Israel Electric Corp. Ltd. o Contractor shall supply 10 liters (2 gallons) of finish paint to Purchaser for field touch-up or repair. o Pipe interior and flanges of Debris Filter and Strainer section shall be lined by means of NEOPRENE or EPDM as follows: o Maximum temperature for use: 95C o Thickness: 5 mm o Hardness (Shore A): 605 o Elongation (Approx.): 550%

10.13.17.8.5 Electrical Requirements a. Electrical Control Requirements Debris Filter and Condenser Tube Cleaning Systems (C.T.C.S.) Control System Architecture shall be provided. The Debris Filter and C.T.C.S. Control Systems will be based on the hot backup (hot redundant) PLC and local operator terminal and will comprise (but not limited to) the following:

b. The “A” and “B” (if applicable) Debris Filter systems: o The Control Panel with one (1) hot redundant PLC per unit. o Remote I/O Drop for each (“A” and “B”) Debris Filter; o The Operator Terminal (common for the two “A” and “B” Debris Filter) with Local HMI which will integrate with the proposed PLC System.

155

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

o Redundant communication system between the Customer’s Plant Process Control and Management System (PCMS) HMI and debris filter PLC’s and other elements (I/O).

c. The “A” and “B” Condenser Tube Cleaning Systems (C.T.C.S.): o Control Panel with the one (1) hot redundant PLC per unit. o Remote I/O Drop for each (“A” and “B”) C.T.C.S.; o The Operator Terminal (common for the two “A” and “B” C.T.C.S.) with Local HMI which will integrate with the proposed PLC System. o Redundant communication system between the Customer’s Plant Process Control and Management System (PCMS) HMI and debris filter PLC’s and other elements (I/O).

d. Modes of operation The control system shall allow the following two modes of operation: o Remote operation: o Debris Filters and Condenser Tube Cleaning Systems control and supervise from the Customer Plant Process Control and Management System (PCMS) main HMI. o Local operation: o Debris Filters and Condenser Tube Cleaning Systems control and supervise from the Contractor’s Operation Terminal HMI;

e. Remote operation o From the customer main HMI the following remote operations will be accomplished for the Debris Filters and Condenser Tube Cleaning Systems: o “Main HMI - Operator Terminal HMI” mode selection. o Debris Filters and Condenser Tube Cleaning Systems automatic Start/Stop and operation. o Graphic display of the process status. o System alarms. o System data. This remote operation is possible with permission from Debris Filters or , and C.T.C.S. Operator Terminal HMI (the “Remote-Auto-Manual” Selector

156

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Switches in “Remote” position) and verification on Main HMI (the “Main HMI - Operator Terminal HMI” Selector Switches in “Main HMI” position).

f. Local operation o From the Contractor’s Operator Terminal HMI the following local operations will be accomplished for the Debris Filters and Condenser Tube Cleaning Systems: o This local operation is possible with permission from Debris Filters or , and C.T.C.S. Main HMI (the “Main HMI - Operator Terminal HMI” Selector Switches in “Operator Terminal HMI” position) and verification on Debris Filters or, and C.T.C.S. Operator Terminal HMI (the “Remote-Auto-Manual” Selector Switches in “Auto” or “Manual” position). o The Local operation is include two modes (it depends of “Remote-Auto- Manual” Selector Switch position) : o The “Auto” mode - the “Remote-Auto-Manual” selector switch at “Auto” position; o The “Manual” mode - the “Remote-Auto-Manual” selector switch at “Manual” position. o The “Auto” mode is similarly as Remote mode, but the all control and supervision functions are available from the Contractor’s HMI. o The “Manual” mode is available for maintenance purposes only. o In order to enable the manual operations from the control panels , the Contractor shall provide at least the following: o From the Operator Terminal individual operation for each motor and valve (motor operated or solenoid) will be accomplished (Selector switch “Remote- Auto-Manual” on the Operator Terminal HMI will be in “Manual” position). o The local control shall be accomplished through the PLC in order to implement the minimum safety interlocks. o The Local mode has the priority for remote mode. o For typical I/O signals to control of the electrical equipment through PLC see Supplement 5.2.14 of this Specification.

157

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

g. Alarms o The Debris Filters and C.T.C.S. alarms will be displayed on the customer Main HMI and contractor Operator Terminal HMI. o Some critical alarms (like system failure, PLC failure, communication failure etc.) shall be hardwired to the Customer Plant Control and Management System (PCMS). 10.13.17.8.6 Instrumentation and control shall be according to Para. 10.28.

10.14 CLOSED COOLING WATER SYSTEM 10.14.1 The common closed cooling water system has to provide demineralized

cooling water to all the auxiliary cooling plant consumers The Main Contractor shall supply and implement the closed cooling system controls into the plant control main system supplied by him. All the relevant Parameters of the closed cooling water system shall be displayed on the plant HMI 10.14.2 The system shall have a 15% cooling load reserve for other consumers not included within the Scope of Supply. 10.14.3 The system shall be designed for outdoor installation and shall not interfere with the proper operation of the unit. 10.14.4 Close Cooling System The demineralized water will be cooled by auxiliary cooling water system (sea water as described in Para. 10.13). The design temperature of sea water shall be 24C. The closed cooling water will be extracted from the MCW line. Hydraulic Parameters of the auxiliary systems should be determined taking this into account. The close cooling water system shall include the following equipment: o Sea water coolers, Aux. cooling/close cooling water coolers (2x100%) o Supporting Steel Structure o Head Tanks – including all the necessary connection nozzles. o Circulating Pumps (2x100%) o Chemical inhibitors tanks o Dozing pumps (2x100%)

158

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

o Debris filter for each inlet connection according to Paragraph 10.13.17.7 Closed cooling water (Demin.) will flow through the Coolers. Screened aux. sea water cooling will flow through coolers plates, and will be used as a cooling medium. Coolers will be located outdoors, under marine type environment conditions. The structure shall be designed, constructed and inspected to AISC Standards and shall be hot dip galvanized to ASTM A-123 or I.S. 918. Allowable forces and moments on nozzles of the tanks, pumps and coolers shall be according to API 610. 10.14.5 Exterior Painting o After the hydrostatic tests have been completed and before shipment, all exterior parts of heat exchangers shall be thoroughly cleaned of mill scale, rust, grease and other foreign matter according to S.I.S 559,000 grade S.A. 2.5, and the exterior surfaces shall be painted with two layers of basic synthetic red-oxide paint of 40 microns each. Outside surfaces shall be green No. 86 according to Ascar Tambour color table. o Accessories shall be painted with a "shop coat" of Manufacturer's standard paint suitable for the service. 10.14.6 Head Tank A pressurized diaphragm type head tank shall be provided, to compensate for cooling water expansion/contraction and to receive the make-up water of the system. The tank construction data (volume, material, etc.) will be selected by the Main Contractor. The head tank shall be installed at an adequate level above any cooling water consumer and above the CCWS. The location of the head tank will be determined by purchaser. The structure shall be designed, constructed and inspected to AISC Standards and shall be hot dip galvanized to ASTM A-123 or I.S.918. The head tank shall be provided with all necessary connection nozzles. The tank shall strictly certified and correspond to the requirements of Israeli Std. 4295. In addition the vessels shall be designed constructed, tested and U stamped in accordance with ASME VIII div 1.

159

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.15 CHEMICAL DOSING AND SAMPLING SYSTEMS 10.15.1 One (1) chemical Conditioning System. 10.15.2 One (1) Sampling System.

10.15.3 General To avoid equipment corrosion and other negative phenomena, proper cycle chemistry has to be ensured. A suitable chemical conditioning system and a suitable sampling system shall be supplied to control the cycle chemistry. Chemical conditioning system shall consist of one (1) hydrazine dosing, one (1) ammonia dosing system and three (3) sodium phosphate (or caustic soda according to Contractor's decision) dosing systems for H.P., I.P. and L.P. drums.

10.15.4 Chemical Conditioning System The system shall automatically control the cycle chemistry by metering of special chemicals at special points of the condensate, feed water and boiler water circuits. The injection points will be selected by the main Contractor.

10.15.4.1 The system shall be skid mounted package and shall include at least the following: a. Day Tanks The tanks shall be designed according to ASME Section VIII part UW-2 Service restrictions. The day tanks have to dilute and to store the chemicals. One day tank shall be provided for each chemical. Each day tank shall be sized for a minimum three- day storage period, with a minimum tank size of 1m³. Each tank will include a condensate or demin. water inlet connection, a mixer, a level gauge, drain and vent points, a level switches and a dilution basket (if applicable). All tanks shall be made of stainless steel according to ASTM A-240 GR 304L with minimum wall thickness of 6 mm. All tanks shall be placed in a 110% stainless steel dyke, supplied by contractor.

160

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00] b. Agitators A top mounted vertical motor-driven agitator shall be furnished for use with each of the sodium phosphate mixing tank, hydrazine mixing tanks and for the ammonia mixing tanks. Agitator shall have stainless steel shaft and propeller. The propeller diameter shall be at least 1/3 of the vessel diameter. The Agitator shall be so mounted that it will not cause vibrations to be transferred to tank, etc. Agitator motors shall be furnished with a min. six feet length of suitable flexible connecting cable with grounding conductor and with grounding appliance plug. Grounding conductor shall be securely connected to the motor frame and to the ground terminal of the plug. The Agitator motor driven for the Ammonia mixing tanks and the Hydrazine mixing tanks shall be controlled with a timer for selecting the mixing duration between 0-60 minutes with accuracy of one minute. The timer for selecting the mixing duration in the sodium phosphate mixing tanks shall be between 0-6 hours with accuracy of 15 minutes. c. Metering Pumps o Two (2) 100% capacity metering pumps (one spare) for ammonia and two (2) 100% capacity metering pumps (one spare) for hydrazine shall be provided. o Two (2) 100% capacity high pressure pumps (one pump for H.P. drum and one spare), two (2) 100% capacity intermediate pressure pumps (one pump for I.P. drum and one spare) and two 100% capacity low pressure pumps (one pump for L.P. drum and one spare) for sodium phosphate or caustic soda shall be provided. o The design capacity of each pump shall be the design chemical feed rate plus a 20% margin. The design pressure of each pump shall take into consideration the maximum operating and design pressure at the injection point. All chemical feed pumps shall be of the positive displacement diaphragm (or plunger if necessary) metering type; construction materials shall be compatible with the pumped chemical. o Each metering pump will be provided with: o Driving motor

161

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

o Delivery capacity control device o Safety valve o Discharge check valve o Suction and discharge closing valve o Pressure gauge o Diaphragm type accumulator, for pulsation attenuation (if necessary). o Each dozing system (i.e. Ammonia, Hydrazine, and Sodium Phosphate) shall have its own local control for pumps, vessels and agitators. Each pump start- stop and the supervisory of each equipment of the dozing systems shall be done from the local control cabinets and Central Control room CCR (PCMS). The Ammonia only dozing pumps' flow (speed) shall be controlled automatically, as a function of the feed water conductivity, through a PID control loop from CCR (PCMS). The other dozing pumps' flow shall be mechanically adjustable, manually, locally. The following (estimated) I/O's for PCMS are required per Unit: - Ammonia - 2DO, 15DI, 2AO - Hydrazine - 2DO, 15DI - Sodium Phosphate - 6DO, 25DI

The remote control shall be implemented in the PCMS. Dosing system Contractor shall provide functional diagrams, logic interlocks, displays, guidelines and requirements for PCMS control required configuration

10.15.4.2 In addition to the previous equipment, each system shall contains: o A concentrated solution (hydrazine and ammonia) transfer system including electrical pump from the client's 200-liter barrels. o Piping, fittings and valves made of stainless steel 304L. o Service platforms, railings and stairs. o 110% stainless steel dyke The complete system will be supplied as skid mounted (day tank, dyke, pumps, piping and accessories platform, electrical and control 10.15.4.3 Sampling System The sampling system is intended to take off line samples from special points of the condensate, feed water, boiler water, steam, make-up and cooling water

162

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

circuits, for continuous measurements, chemical conditioning system control and for laboratory analysis. The measured Parameters at each sampling point will be selected by the main Contractor, according to the cycle chemistry requirements in the table below. The sampling points and sampling piping sizes will be selected / proposed by the main Contractor and approved by Purchaser. The analyzing equipment will be centralized per each Unit, in containers supplied by the Contractor. The sample's flow velocity in the pipes shall be 2m/sec. The pipes shall be as short and straight as possible. The system shall be designed so that when taking a grab sample there is no change in the flow to the measuring instruments.

Chemistry Requirements for sampling Analyses Specific Cation(2) Dissolved Legen Item Sampling Point pH Sodium d Conductivity Conductivity Oxygen Condensate X : 1 X X(8) X (6)W#4 (after pumps) X(LOCAL)(7) Condensate X 2, 3 (before & after DA) = Feed water 4 X X X X (6) X (after DA,IP,HP) A Boiler Water n 5, 6, 7 XXX XXX XXX (HP,IP,LP) a SHT. Steam l 8, 9, 10 XXX (1) X (HP, IP, LP) y SAT. Steam z11, 12, 13 XXX (5)W/#14 (HP, IP, LP) i 14 RHT Steam X (5)X n 15 Make-up water (DW) X g Instrument Required W=Analyzing together with # Notes: Other analysis like phosphate and silica will be done in laboratory.

(1) Sodium for items 8,9,10 will be analyzed by one analyzer, through AUTOMATIC VALVES AND SEQUENSER provided by Contractor. (2) Calculated PH as a function of cation conductivity for ammonia cycle will be provided.

163

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

(3) Not used (4) Not used (5) Sodium for items 11, 12, 13 will be analyzed by one analyzer, through AUTOMATIC VALVES AND SEQUENSER provided by Contractor. (6) Sodium for item 1 and item 4 will be analyzed by one analyzer, through manual valves, provided by Contractor. (7) Cation conductivity measuring local cabinet, connected to condensate pump outlet. (8 Additional PH loop.

10.15.4.4 Sample Conditioning Each sample circuit shall include at least: o Sample withdrawn device with two, in series root valves. o Special control valve for pressure reducing and sample flow control. o Primary sample coolers. o Secondary sample coolers with temperature control. o Manual sample valve (Grab sampling valve) o Flow switches and flow indicators for each analyzer stream. o Various closing, drain and safety valves, two filters in series, temperature protection valves, flow, temperature and pressure indicators, low flow switches. o Suitable analyzer. o Grab sampling valves shall be provided alongside the sampling circuits, to be used for sample purity and equipment operation checking in the Analyzer Panel. o ON/OFF valves shall be provided for sampling lines' purging, as close as possible to the Analyzer Panel. o Flushing capability of the sampling lines including ON/OFF and pressure reducing valves to be connected to Demin Water supply line which will be provided by Purchaser. The cooling of the primary sample coolers will be done by water, from the closed cooling system. The cooling of the secondary sample coolers will be done with chilled water, from a special chiller unit. The chiller unit shall be supplied by the contractor. The temperature of the samples shall be 251 Celsius. An error of 5 Celsius may be acceptable, proving that the analyzers may compensate it.

164

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

The sampling equipment material shall be stainless steel. The sampling equipment of the entire plant shall be centralized in common panels. The conditioning equipment (cooling and pressure reducing valves) and the analyzers' equipment shall be erected in separate panels. The conditioning panel will be outdoor mounted. The analyzers' panel will be in a new air conditioned container, supplied by Contractor. The container shall include a sink with current water and a worktable. The clean samples should be recovered and re-used in the main cycle.

10.15.4.5 Analyzers o All analyzers shall have integral local indicators. o The operational sequence of the analyzing process shall be fully automatic, after the initial setup. Sample apPara.tus shall be designed so as to eliminate all manual prePara.tory operations, such as measuring and weighing, except for calibration. o Reference electrodes to be of the re-usable type, provided properly maintained. o Conductivity cells shall be of the flow type, with temperature compensation up to 90 C, with a micropressor operated (mounted on the Instrument panel) transmitter. o For cation conductivity measurement, a cation exchange dual column with changeover valves shall be provided, with self indicated resin and shall allow observation of resin color change. The volume of the column shall allow a long working life. The samples which require both specific and cation conductivity measurements shall have conductivity cells before and after the cation columns. o PH cells shall be of the flow type, with temperature compensation (measuring & reference or combined electrodes included), with a micropressor based (mounted on the instrument panel) transmitter. o Dissolved Oxygen Analyzer: The analyzer shall be of the oxygen measuring cell, with membrane covered insulated silver electrode, with temperature compensation, and integral calibrating unit. The wet part is to be mounted on the probe rack and the electronic unit on Instrument panel. Special valves for the oxygen analyzer cross-checking should be provided. o The sodium analyzer shall be a completely closed system, with reference electrode, with glass sodium electrodes mounted in the flow chamber, with

165

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

manual cartridge calibration (microprocessor operated). The wet part should be mounted on the probe rack and the electronic unit should be mounted in the Instrument Panel. o Reagents: All reagents shall be generically identified and readily available from local suppliers. Receipts should be supplied by the Contractor. o All the analyzers shall supply 4-20 ma DC, or as agreed upon, signals to the Plant Control & Monitoring System (PCMS). The Contractor shall give recommendations for the displays to be implemented in the PCMS MMI by the Main Contractor and for the alarms, records, history. The signals will be transferred from PCMS to Purchaser information system (PI). Some selected signals will be transmitted from PCMS to the dispatcher center . o Malfunction of the Sampling equipment (high temperature, low flow), the automatic selected sample and excessive values of measured Parameters shall be alarmed and displayed on PCMS. Each sample Parameter and malfunction (i.e. measured value, measurement fault, and flow low) shall have its own supervisory from the local cabinet and from PCMS (DCS). The supervisory of the recovery system equipment shall be done from the local control cabinet and from PCMS.

10.15.4.6 Condenser Leak Detection Systems It shall be provided according to the condenser Contractor, and include, at least the following: o Leak Tray Detection Systems, based on specific conductivity (SC) measurements. o Condenser Leak Detection Systems, based on pumping samples through systems for cation conductivity (CC) measurements and returning them to the Condenser. The systems shall include all the necessary valves, filters, flow switches, indicators, etc. for sample conditioning. o Sample pumps systems for vacuum condensate samples. o The measurements will be "on line", in order to prevent any delay in the leak detection.

166

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.15.4.7 Samples' Return System Contractor shall design and supply an analyzed sample collecting and return system to include at least a collecting vessel and two (2) 100% pumps, valves, instrumentation and controls. The samples which may be re-used shall be returned to the water cycle, as designed by Main Contractor and approved by Purchaser. The samples which cannot be re-used shall be drained to separate sink in the analyzer panel for discharge to waste. The waste water quantity shall be as low as possible. The sampling system is intended to take off line samples from special points of the condensate, feed water, boiler water, steam, make-up and cooling water circuits, for continuous measurements, chemical conditioning system control and for laboratory analysis. The sampling points and sampling piping sizes will be selected / proposed by the main Contractor.

10.15.4.7.1 Each sample circuit shall include at least: o Sample withdrawn device with root valves. o Special control valve for pressure reducing and sample flow control. o Primary sample coolers. o Secondary sample coolers with temperature control. o Various closing, drain and safety valves, temperature protection valves. o Suitable analyzers.

The measured Parameters at each sampling point will be selected by the main Contractor, according to the cycle chemistry requirements. The cooling of the primary sample coolers will be done by water, from the closed cooling system. The cooling of the secondary sample coolers will be done with chilled water, from a special chiller unit. The chiller unit shall be within the scope of supply of the sampling system.

167

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

The clean samples should be recovered and reused in the main cycle.

10.15.5 Instrumentation shall be according to Para.. 10.28.8

10.15.5.1 General The Control panels shall be arranged to accommodate the analyzer transmitter and the electronic units, the local annunciator and all the control and instrument devices required for the operation of all the equipment furnished by the Contractor, as specified in this Specification. Such equipment shall include control and selector switches, relays, signal lights, push-buttons, timing devices, other electronic equipment etc. The Contractor shall furnish (if needed) combination motor starters of all phase motors. All starters will be supplied with an individual control power transformer and thermal overload relays. All enclosures and appurtenances of power distribution and protection of all electrical devices and instruments in scope will be supplied by the Contractor. Special prefabricated cables shall be provided from pH, conductivity cells and analyzer units to the appropriate instruments. Special cables that connect two parts of the same measuring loop (such as, sensor and transmitter which are supplied as an insePara.ble device) will be provided by the Contractor. The above mentioned cable lengths will be specified by the Purchaser. Installation shall be undertaken by others.

AC motors shall be according to Para. 10.25.20 Control and auxiliary electrical equipment, shall be according to Para.'S.10.25+10.27+10.28

10.16-10.22 N/A

168

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.23 PUMPS 10.23.1 Pumps Scope of Supply o Main condensate pumps (2 x 100%). o Condensate pre-heater recirculation pumps (2x100%). o H.P./IP Boiler Feed water pumps (2x100% each pressure). o Deaerator feed water pumps (2x100%). o Other pumps for the main cycle (if required by the selected steam plant configuration, 2x100%). o Closed Cooling water pumps (2x100%). o Drain pumps (2x100%) as required according to the cycle. (drains, drain pot, drain pit, internal drains, external drains, blow down etc.). The vacuum drain pumps, the clean drain pumps, the boiler blow down pumps shall be in Contractor's scope of supply. Sump pump if required will be provided by IEC). o Demineralized water transfer pumps (2x100%) will be provided by IEC. 10.23.1.1 The efficiency of each pumping system, including pump and electrical motor shall not be less than 72% at the actual working point at 100% load. 10.23.1.2 All pumps with a power greater than 50 kw shall be supplied with a power meter and flow meter. 10.23.1.3 All main pumps (feed water, condensate, closed cooling etc.) shall be supplied with vibration monitoring system, subjected to IEC approval. 10.23.1.4 All pumps shall be supplied with electric driving motors, couplings and baseplate, the pumps, motors and all other accessories shall be supplied complete as a skid mounted units. Vibration analysis and diagnostic system is not included in Vibration monitoring system for Pumps. 10.23.1.5 All rotating equipment shall be designed according to ISO 10816 or ISO 7919 standards requirements. 10.23.1.6 Allowable forces and moments shall be according to API 610 with all appendixes. 10.23.1.7 Pumps I&TP shall be according to supplement 8.9.1.9 (according to the suitable type).

10.23.2 Main Condensate extraction Pumps

169

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.23.2.1 Hydraulic requirements shall be according to H.I. (Hydraulic Institute). 10.23.2.2 Operating Requirements Two (2) 100% condensate pumps (one in operation and one in stand-by) shall be provided. Each condensate pump should be designed to ensure at least the following: o Supply 1.10 times the maximum condensate flow to the deaerator or CHP and to the LP & IP steam bypass desuper-heaters when the gas turbine operates at 100% load with the steam by-pass system. o Deaerator maximum operating pressure and steam by-pass desuper-heaters operating pressure, spray nozzles and control valves’ pressure drops will be taken into consideration in the required discharge pressure calculation. 10.23.2.3 Construction 10.23.2.3.1 Surface water condenser pumps: The pump shall be vertical multistage stable, centrifugal type. Pump shall be furnished complete with enclosing can. Pumps shall be supplied with mechanical shaft seals suitable for the specified service conditions. For continuous operation at min and max flow NPSHr should be 90% of NPSHa at hot well L.L.L level with suction strainer dirty (ΔP at alarm value)

10.23.2.3.2 Pump support Base Plate: (a) A heavy cast iron or welded steel base shall be furnished for mounting the motor drive and for supporting the pump column and bowl assembly. Base mounting flange shall have machined surface on the underside and shall have provisions for mounting on the curb ring or frame specified below. (b) The support base shall incorporate the pump discharge elbow. The pump is required to discharge above the support floor. The base shall be provided with large openings in the sides for easy access to shaft coupling, upper bearing, seal system, etc. (c) The motor support base shall be drilled by the Contractor to suit the drilling in the driving motor base to assure correct matching of holes. A minimum of four alignment positioning screws shall be provided on the motor support base for radial alignment of pump and motor. If a rabbet fit is used between the driving motor base and the motor support, the fit shall be machined to

170

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

provide sufficient radial clearance for alignment of the pump and motor with the alignment positioning screws. (d) The motor support base shall be provided with large openings in the sides for easy access to the shaft coupling and seal or stuffing box. (e) The motor support base shall be designed to avoid vibrations, according to the International Standard Limits ISO 10816. (f) A separate heavy steel or cast iron curb ring or frame shall be furnished with each pump for mounting in the concrete floor, complete with all bolts, etc. Curb ring or frame shall be provided with leveling screws. The clear distance between the edge of the bolts anchoring the curb ring or frame to the floor and the concrete floor opening shall be a six-inch minimum. (g) Casing bowl assembly shall be of flanged construction. (h) Pump suction and discharge connections shall be flanges. Flanged connections shall conform to applicable ANSI Standards. The suction and discharge connections will be located above the pump mounting flange. (i) A vent connection shall be supplied at the high point of the pump casing on the suction side to operate as a vent for the casing. This connection will be piped by the Purchaser to the condenser from which the pump takes its suction. (j) A spacer type coupling shall be provided to allow a removal of the seal without removing the driving motor. (k) Mechanical shaft seals shall be furnished on pumps, to prevent loss of the liquid. The seals shall be of the pressure-balanced type and of design and materials that have been tested and proven most suitable for the specified service conditions. (l) The pumps shall be lubricated by the liquid being pumped. No external lubrication shall be required. 10.23.2.3.3 Shaft Seals o Mechanical shaft seals shall be furnished on pumps, to prevent loss of the liquid. The seals shall be of the pressure-balanced type and of design and materials that have been tested and proven most suitable for the specified service conditions. The seals shall be equipped with all necessary accessories to flush and cool the seal faces to provide maximum service life of the seal parts.

171

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

o Mechanical seals and water injection-type seals shall be protected from excess discharge pressure, where necessary, by means of suitable pressure breakdown chambers or other approved pressure-reducing devices. o Suction strainer shall be included in contractor's scope of supply. o Contractor shall supply noise insulation cover in order to comply with the noise requirement of Paragraph 10.1 (if applicable).

10.23.2.3.4 Recommended Pump Materials: CONDENSATE PUPMS – MATERIAL CEP ASTM DIN Equiv. Properties Discharge A53 Gr. B 1 or H 2 Boiler sheet metal Sheet metal head A285 Gr. C A53 Gr. B 2 Shell or H 2 Boiler sheet metal Sheet metal A285 Gr. C A536 Gr. 60-40-18, Nodular 3 Bowls 0.6025 GGG40 Ferritizing Anneal cast iron 4 Casing ring A743 Gr.CA 40 1.4008 G-X12Cr14 >12%Cr 5 Impeller A743 Gr.CA 40 1.4008 G-X12Cr14 >12%Cr A276 type 410 6 Shaft 1.4006.05 X10Cr13V >13%Cr condition A or T Shaft A276 type 410 7 1.4006.05 X10Cr13V >13%Cr sleeves condition A or T B584 alloy C 90500 Journal 8 bronze 88 Cu-10SN- bearings Zn Suction A536 Gr. 60-40-18, Nodular cast 9 0.6025 GGG40 Head (bell) Ferritizing Anneal iron

10.23.3 H.P. / I.P Boiler Feed water Pumps (2x100%) 10.23.3.1 The design and construction of the feed water pump (water velocitiy, diameters, thickness etc) and its outlet nozzle must prevent erosion, cavitaion, FAC-flow accelerated corosion at the nozlle. 10.23.3.2 High pressure feed water pumps with extractions for I.P. Feed water supply may be proposed instead of separate H.P., I.P. and L.P. feed water pumps. 10.23.3.3 The pumps shall conform with the following requirements:

172

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.23.3.4 The H.P/I.P boiler feed water pumps have to supply feed water directly from condensate line (if deaerator is bypassed) or (via deaerator pumps), or from DA if condensate is loaded to DA by CD pumps 10.23.3.5 Each H.P/IP. Feed water Pump should be designed to ensure: Supply of 1.10 times the maximum boiler capacity during steam by-pass operating at the maximum G.T load condition and the rated flow will be discharged against the maximum operating drum pressure of the HRSG. However the boiler feed water pumps will be selected to ensure at least 50% of maximum boiler capacity at a boiler pressure of 3% higher than the highest setting of any safety valve on the boiler according to ASME I Para.. PG 61.1. for this last condition the pressure drop on the feed water control valve shall be about 4%-5% of the maximum drum pressure. 10.23.3.6 The operating speed shall be about 2900 - 3000 rpm. 10.23.3.7 The required NPSH at 3% shall be suitable for the selected deaerator height in any operating case and shall be no more than 80% of the available NPSH at deaerator L.L.L level with dirty suction filter (ΔP at alarm value). 10.23.3.8 The H.P. boiler feed water pumps shall be of multistage ring section horizontal centrifugal type. The lubrication system shall be supplied with all required instrumentation, protection and control devices for reliable operation. A non return and minimum flow recirculation valve installed on the discharge nozzle shall be supplied together with the pump. Suction strainer shall be included in the contractor's scope of supply. 10.23.3.9 Feed water flow element shall be supplied by contractor according to ASME PTC 46.

10.23.3.10 Rotating Elements All rotating parts shall be balanced statically and dynamically as an assembly. Disassembly of the rotor after balancing is not allowed. The pump shall have an adequate axial and radial balance at all recommended flow rates.

173

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.23.3.11 Bearings and Bearings Pedestals: o Radial bearings shall be of the split-sleeve type (self aligning if required), with wearing surfaces of Babbitt or other suitable anti-friction alloy, as agreed upon with the Purchaser. o The pump shall be provided with one thrust bearing and two journal bearings. Thrust bearings shall be of the double-acting pivot shoe. o All bearings shall be suitable for ring lubrication, and all shall be replaceable. Journal bearings shall be of a proven anti-oil-whip design, such as tilting pad of multi lob type, capable of accepting reverse rotation to 140% of the maximum design speed without damage. o Bearings shall have seals, to prevent oil leakage. The housings shall be of steel and shall provide for easy bearing inspection. o The pump manufacturer shall supply at the proper location proximity probes in the X-Y direction to monitor rotor vibration. An additional probe shall be furnished to measure axial shaft vibration. A complete protection and alarm vibration system should be supplied. o Probes shall be required at each sleeve bearing and at the axial thrust bearing. o Vibration switches and detectors should be made by Bentley/Nevada or equal, approved by the Purchaser. Due to bad experience with these switches, in order to improve the reliability of the system, continuous vibration monitoring should be taken into consideration. o The surface to be observed shall not be metalized, coated or plated and shall be concentric with the bearings. o Total run-out shall not exceed 12 micron, peak to peak (according to ISO 10816). o The pump manufacturer shall provide appropriate thermocouples or resistance temperature detectors (RTD) for each bearing, including cabling to local terminal blocks. The thermocouples or the RTD's sense the temperature of the metal in the radial bearings. For the tilting-pad type of bearings, the thermocouples or RTD's shall be in the bottom pad. For the thrust bearing thermocouples or RTD shall be in the two shoes (active and passive sides). The bearing shall be designed so that the mean oil temperature leaving any bearing shall not exceed 70C.

174

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.23.3.12 Shaft Seals o Mechanical shaft seals shall be furnished on pumps, to prevent loss of the liquid. The seals shall be of the pressure-balanced type and of design and materials that have been tested and proven most suitable for the specified service conditions. The seals shall be equipped with all necessary accessories to flush and cool the seal faces to provide maximum service life of the seal parts. o Mechanical seals and water injection-type seals shall be protected from excess discharge pressure, where necessary, by means of suitable pressure breakdown chambers or other approved pressure-reducing devices.

10.23.3.13 Coupling and guard o Contractor shall furnish complete heavy duty spacer type shaft coupling between pump and motor. Pump coupling shall be the spacer type with tapered bore fit to the pump shaft. o All coupling shall be finish bored, dynamically balanced and shall be installed on the shaft prior to delivery of the equipment. o Coupling guard shall be furnished and shall be constructed of heavy gauge sheet steel, supported on an angle iron frame, anchored, properly braced in both directions and with closed ends. No keys shall be extend beyond coupling guards. Guard shall be of type conforming to OSHA requirements and as reviewed by the purchaser. 10.23.3.14 Pump skid: Pump, motor and all other accessories shall be supplied skid mounted. The skids shall be hot dip galvanized and painted. 10.23.3.15 Noise: Contractor shall supply noise insulation cover in order to comply with the noise requirement of Paragraph 10.1.1 (if applicable). 10.23.3.16 Pumps cooling shall be done by closed cooling water system. The following table defines the accepted materials for the cooling system:

BFP ASTM DIN Equiv Properties

A Suction head A216Gr WCB or A105 GS C25 or C22/ 15Mo3 carbon content <0,25%

B Discharge head A216Gr WCB or A105 GS C25 or C22/ 15Mo3 carbon content <0,25%

C Stage casing A216Gr WCB or A105 GS C25 or C22/ 15Mo3 carbon content <0,25%

D Inner casing A743 CA-6NM 1 .4027 G-X20Cr14G >12%Cr

175

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

E Diffusors A743 CA-6NM 1 .4313 G-X5CrNi13 4V >13%Cr; 4%Ni

F Impellers A743 CA-6NM 1 .4313 G-X5CrNi13 4V >13%Cr; 4%Ni

G Casing rings A743 CA-40 1 .4008 G-X12Cr14V >14%Cr

H Shaft A479 Type 410 Cl.2 >12%Cr

I Shaft sleeves A479 Type 410 Cl.2 or 3 >12%Cr

J Bearing housing C Steel casting GS45 cast steel

K Pressure retaining bolts A 193 Gr B7 42CrMo4 forged

L Pressure boundary nuts A 194 Gr 2H C45 forged

M Sole plates and pedeatals Fabr. C Steel Fabr. C Steel steel plate

10.23.3.17 Shop Testing Agreement shall be reached prior to the testing, on the test set up, test speed, temperature, instrumentation, and the procedures to be used, location of the test. Tests measurements shall include: o Suction and discharge pressure. o Bearing temperature. o Pressure pulsation in the suction and discharge nozzle. o Flow. o Pump speed. o Power input. o NPSHR. (NPSH tests shall be performed at the same test points as the hydraulic performance tests. o Vibrations. Depending on the flow range, 5 (five) to seven (7) test points shall be taken, with test points at the minimum flow, expected operating flow (or head) and maximum run out flow.

176

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.23.3.18 Control & Instrumentation a. The Contractor shall supply all the elements for sensing, conditioning and transmitting signals from the equipment within the Scope of Supply, as required, to assure safe, reliable and economic and automatic operation. b. The Contractor shall provide a start-stop-alarm and interlock logic to indicate all automatic and manual (by operator) actions recommended for the Boiler Feed water Pump automatic start-up, supervision and protection, including the oil system. c. The Contractor shall supply the logic diagrams for complete automatic start- up, shut-down and supervision, including auxiliaries. The diagrams shall include all the Parameters and equipment status to be checked. The logic shall include all the actions and monitoring of the equipment supplied by the Contractor, as well as of all the other relevant equipment supplied by the Purchaser and has to be monitored or controlled in relation to the pump start-up, shut-down and normal supervision. d. The following will consist of the Instrumentation of the bearing, but not be limited to: o Level glasses on the oil bath. e. The following, but not limited to, instrumentation will be mounted on the oil lines to/from each feed water pump bearings: o Temperature indicators and temperature switch (alarm and trip) on the bearing, as necessary. o Thermocouples or temperature switches on the bearing outlet lines for oil high temperature (pre-trip) alarm and oil high-high temperature trip.

10.23.4 Deaerator pumps and condensate recirculation pumps – (if applicable) (2x100%) 10.23.4.1 Deaerator and condensate recirculation pumps shall be suitable for the provided cycle Parameters. 10.23.4.2 Pumps material as per table in Para.. 10.23.2.3.4. (condensate pumps materials). 10.23.4.3 Feed water flow element shall be supplied by contractor according to ASME PTC 46.

177

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.23.5 External & internal drains pumps, blow down pumps, closed cooling circulating pumps. All drain pumps and the closed cooling circulating pumps shall comply with the following requirements: 10.23.5.1 The external drain pumps shall deliver the collected drains from the atmospheric drain tank to the condenser hot well and/or to the demineralized water tank. 10.23.5.2 The closed cooling water pumps shall provide cooling water to all the cooling consumers during any operation conditions. 10.23.5.3 General Requirements: a. Pumps shall be horizontally skid mounted, centrifugal type. Each pump shall be connected to its motor drive through a flexible coupling and mounted on a common bed plate. b. Each pump shall be connected to its motor drive through a flexible coupling and mounted on a common bedplate. c. Pumps shall be of the heavy-duty type suitable for continuous service over the life of the power plant under all operating conditions. d. Each pump characteristics shall include a net positive suction head required

(NPSHR) curve that represents 3% head deviation at the “break-away” points. e. Each pump shall have the following: f. Lifting lugs or eyes shall be provided as required. g. Casing vent and drain openings shall be provided and shall be plugged. h. Pumps operating at temperature over 250F shall be centerline supported. i. Pump suction and discharge connections shall match ANSI Standard pipe flanges. j. Coupling guards and all other guards necessary for protection against external moving parts. k. Hot dip galvanized and painted skid.

10.23.5.4 Tests (for all pumps) Pump tests shall comply with hydraulic institute. Test procedure shall be approved by the Purchaser. For A.C. motors requirements, see Para.10.25.20

178

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.23.5.5 Forces and moments: Allowable forces and moments on pumps, tanks and nozzles connections shall be at least according to API 610 standard.

10.24 MECHANICAL AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT 10.24.1 The scope of supply shall include the following equipment: o Drain System Equipment. o One (1) Demineralized water make up tank (at least 500 m3) including instrumentation and 4" stand pipe. o Two (2) Service and Instrument Air Compressors (2x100%), Package type, oil free, rotary air compressors. o Two (2x100%) Heatless Dual Chamber Desiccant Type Air Dryers 800-1000 scfm. o One (1) Air Receiver for Instrument-Air System 3m³. o One (1) Air Receiver for Service-Air System 10m³.

10.24.2 External Drain System Equipment 10.24.2.1 The atmospheric drain system has to collect the clean drains of the boiler, steam piping, and sample system during start-up and normal operation. This system is different from the turbine internal drain system, which operates under vacuum and pressure and which is included in the turbine Scope of Supply. 10.24.2.2 Equipment Description The system should include: o A Flash tank. o A Drain collecting tank. o Drain pumps (2x100%) The construction data of the flash tank and collecting tank will be selected by the Main Contractor. The Main Contractor shall supply and implement the drain system control into the plant control supplied by him. The Contractor shall provide the flash and drain collecting tanks level control. The Contractor shall provide 4" nozzles on the tanks for the stand pipes.

179

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.24.2.3 Demineralized Water Tank o The demineralized water tank has to store the demineralized water produced by the demineralized water plant. The demineralized water tank will provide make-up water to the main cycle and to the closed cooling water system during all operation conditions. It will receive also the overflow from the deaerator, condenser, and drain from the clean drain system (if necessary). The storage capacity (at least 500 m3) shall be big enough to ensure the large make-up water demands during plant commissioning (for chemical cleaning and steam blow-out). The construction material is carbon steel, with special coating; minimum requirements shall be API-650. o The Main Contractor will select the tank construction required connections, instrumentation, control and auxiliary equipment. o The Main Contractor shall supply and implement the demineralized water system make up, into the plant control system. o The tank shall be shop fabricated and supplied to the site fully assembled. o The demin. Water shall include instrumentation and 4" stand pipe.

10.24.2.4 Instrument and service air compressors (2x100%) 10.24.2.4.1 General Description The air compressors will be used for instrument and service air. Air will be supplied at 125 psig of oil free air. The compressors will be operated as (2) x 100% with capacity of 800-1000 SCFM each. Compressor cooling and final water cooling will be performed by means of direct closed cooling system. Each compressor will be able to operate separately. The instrument air system will have priority for air supply. Air cooled compressors will be also accepted.

10.24.2.5 Type, Design and Construction of Compressors o Compressors shall be of most improved design and construction for the specified service and shall be of the packaged or skid mounted type air compressor.

180

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

o The dry-type, two stage intake filter furnished by the contractor shall be designed with minimum 50% margin. Intake filter shall be suitable for intake air capacity including dust and salt content. o Intercooler and aftercooler tubes (if necessary) shall be provided with inhibited admiralty tubes and shall be constructed and stamped per ASME Code. o Gearing shall be designed to meet or exceed AGMA Quality (last edition). Gears shall be single helical type. o Vibration levels shall meet the intensity of API-672. o The rotary compression elements shall be of advanced design allowing long- life service cycle of 40,000 working hours. o Oil free air will be guaranteed with sealing system of the “fail safe” design, ensuring that no oil reaches the compressed air. o Enclosure openings shall enable easy access for maintenance. o Intercoolers, aftercoolers and oil coolers will be suitable for maintenance while installed and will be water cooled. o All compressors shall be skid mounted. The skids shall be hot dip galvanized and painted. o Compressors shall meet the noise requirement indicated in Paragraph 9.2.

10.24.2.6 Air Dryers a. General Description Air dryers will be used for supplying moisture free compressed air to power station instrument air consumers. The desiccant air dryers together with the instrument air compressors packages will be located outside the Power Station Building, exposed to marine type atmosphere. Dew point temperature at operating pressure – (-40) F b. Design, Construction and Requirements for Air Dryer The air dryers shall be of the heatless dual chamber desiccant type suitable for continuous service, and shall conform to the following requirements. o All equipment shall be assembled and supported on a common base including the pre and after filters with bypass valves. o The air dryer and its pre and after filters shall be furnished with a bypass around each. (automatic for the dryer and manual for the filter)

181

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

o In addition to the standard timer cycle a dewpoint cycle controller shall be furnished with each dryer (purge saving system) o Instruments shall be locally mounted and conveniently located for ease of reading. The instruments shall not be panel mounted. 10.24.2.7 Air Filters Air Filters (coalescing type, including microfibre bed) shall be provided for the compressor suction and 2x100% filters after the dryers. Intake filter shall be for 150% of the compressor capacity. 10.24.2.8 Interconnecting Piping o Interconnecting piping shall be sized so that air velocities are within the range of 2750 to 3500 rpm. o All interconnecting piping, valves and fittings shall conform to the applicable requirements of ANSI/ASME B 31.1 code for power piping. o All piping shall be hot dip galvanized carbon steel conforming to ASTM A 106 Grade B. Piping shall be schedule 40 for 2 inch and smaller. o Fitting shall be of the weld end type for sizes 2 inch and smaller, socket welded ASTM A 105. o Valves shall be class 150 std. 10.24.2.9 Controls The following, but not limited to, including measuring instruments, control and interlock devices, lamps, switches, panels, etc. shall be provided by Contractor. a. Each compressor shall be provided with auto start and stop control and pressure control. b. Automatic valve unloading shall be supplied, to maintain pressure in the receiver within closely adjustable limits. c. Low oil pressure and high air temperature shall trip the compressor.

d. Indications shall include: o Oil indicator and oil temperature o Air temperature o Air pressure o Pre-filter dirt indicator o Air/oil dirt indicator

182

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.24.3 Air Receiver 10.24.3.1 General requirements o The air receiver shall be of all welded construction and shall be designed, tested and constructed in accordance with applicable trade standard of the compressed air institute and ASME, Section VIII, Division 1 code, or equivalent, "U" stamped and strictly certified and correspond to the requirements of Israeli Std. 4295. o Air receiver shall be manufacturer’s standards, meeting the requirements specified. o Air receiver total height, including legs and vent, shall be limited to 3.2 m height and supplied complete constructed to the site o Air receiver shall be provided with manhole and feet as required and all piping connections required for operation, drain instrumentation and control. o Air receiver shall be furnished with the following accessories (but not limited to): o Flow element for service air o Flow element for instrument air o Pressure switches.

o Unloading 3 ways control valve. o It is Contractor’s responsibility to supply all the accessories required for satisfactory operation. o Air receiver shall be inspected and approved by the certified government inspection certified by the Labor Ministry. This work shall be carried out by the Contractor.

10.24.3.2 Materials o Steel plate materials shall conform to ASTM A-516-Grade 70 or equivalent materials as proposed by the Supplier’s, and approved by the Purchaser.

10.24.3.3 Painting o All inside and outside surfaces of the air receivers shall be thoroughly cleaned of all mill scale, rust, grease, dirt or any other foreign matter. All welded surfaces on the outside of the air receiver shall also first be cleaned of all

183

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

alkaline scale, etc., that would harm the paint. Welds shall be cool enough to touch with bare hands before any paint is applied. o The air receivers shall be suitable painted to withstand corrosion of atmosphere which contains atmospheric dust. The total thickness of the coating system shall be at least 120 micron. o The paint system shall be approved by the Purchaser.

10.24.4 PIPING SYSTEMS AND INSULATION 10.24.4.1 The Contractor shall supply the general concept of the SSCS piping system (main flow diagram, key diagrams, main piping suggested routing data and recommendations for mechanical design, cleaning procedures etc). Pipe sizes will be selected by the Purchaser based on fluid velocities agreed during Contract signing. The mechanical design of the piping systems acc. To the split of design, including isometrics, stress analysis etc. will be performed by the Purchaser, based on the Contractor’s data and recommendations (per scope of design, Paragraph 4.5.1.3).

The Contractor shall supply the pipes, pipe supports, valves, expansion joints, insulation and all the accessories, (shut-off valves, control valves, check valves, safety valves, drain and vent valves, sampling withdraw valves, steam traps, etc.), required for all piping systems and equipment within Contractor’s scope of supply as shown on the P&ID. All piping shall be supplied prefabricated and primer and final shop painted. All valves shall be according to ANSI B16.34 standard. The control valve construction type and operating characteristics shall be suitable for the specific operation requirements. The diagrams of each system shall include all valves, flow elements, instrumentation, main control loops, sampling connection provision, chemical feeding, etc.

The following data necessary for the mechanical design of each system shall be given: o Design pressure and temperature.

184

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

o Allowable forces and movements on equipment nozzles. o Special requirements. o Suggested piping routing.

The mechanical design data shall be according to ANSI/ASME B31.1 - power piping code. Joints should be generally welded (socket-weld for 2" and smaller sizes and butt weld for higher than 2" sizes).

o Flanged joints may be accepted when necessary. o For control valves or equipment above 30kg, Contractor will supply five (5) Jib cranes / monorails with capacities of 500kg

10.24.5 Design Pressure and Temperature 10.24.5.1 H.P. Steam System and Reheat Steam System (Within Contractor's Scope of Supply) The design pressure of the H.P. steam system will be selected by the Contractor. It shall be based on the maximum operating pressure (by-pass operation at maximum load) and shall include an appropriate margin (min. 5%). The design temperature will be selected by the Contractor, shall be based on maximum controlled temperature and shall include an appropriate margin (min. 5 C). The pipe material shall be suitable for the selected design and temperature and will be recommended by the Contractor.

10.24.5.2 Low Pressure Steam System The design pressure and temperature will be selected by the Contractor and shall include appropriate margins relative to the maximum operating conditions (at least 15 C temperature margin). The pipe material (carbon steel type) shall be suitable for the selected design conditions, and will be recommended by the Contractor. If the cycle includes a low pressure extraction, this line will be a part of the L.P. steam system.

185

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.24.5.3 Feed water Piping System 10.24.5.3.1 Suction Piping sub-system(s) The design pressure shall take into consideration the deaerator's design pressure and the maximum suction static head. The design temperature shall be the water's saturation temperature at the design pressure. The piping material will be recommended by Contractor.

10.24.5.3.2 Miscellaneous H.P. and I.P Feed water system The design pressure shall be based on the feed water pump shut-off pressure, shall include a margin of at least 10% The design temperature shall be based on the maximum operating feed water temperature, shall include an adequate margin which will be defined by the Contractor. The piping material will be recommended by Contractor. 10.24.5.3.3 Miscellaneous L.P. Feed water system The Contractor will select the design conditions and the piping materials.

10.24.5.4 Other Piping Systems The Contractor will select the design conditions, subjected to purchaser approval, for the following piping systems within contractor scope of supply: o Closed cooling water system o Turbine exhaust steam system. o Condenser air removal system. o Sampling system. o Instrument air. o Chemical cleaning system. o Steam blow-out system. o Service air. o Make-up system o Drain systems. o Blow down systems. o Raw water. o Fire protection system.

186

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

o Fuel oil (No. 2) system. o Nat. gas system.

10.24.5.5 Piping Design Standards The Boiler and Boiler piping shall be according to ASME Section I and "S" stamped. Pressure piping shall be according to ANSI B-31.1. Pressure vessels and heat exchangers shall be according to ASME Section VIII division 1, "U" stamped and strictly certified and correspond to the requirements of Israeli Std. 4295. For terminal connections with IEC ANSI/ASME standards shall be used. For flanges of equipment designed according to DIN, counter flanges will be provided with end connection of ASME.

10.24.5.6 Instrumentation See Table for Boss sizes (Paragraph 10.28).

10.24.5.6.1 Insulation and Lagging Materials a. The Contractor shall be responsible for the design of the insulation and provide all insulation material applied to the equipment and to the piping within Contractor’s scope of supply. The selection shall be performed by the Contractor. The selection shall be according to supplement 8.9.1.7. b. The insulation design shall be according to operation conditions, with best engineering practices to give satisfactory service and to maintain its efficiency over long periods of operation without replacement. c. The insulation design shall give thermal insulation, personal protection in and assuring 60 C external wall surface temperature of insulated item. d. The contractor shall supply all insulation, lagging, attachments, and materials required with detailed lists of material, bills of material and take off material lists, including details such as item, application, size, length, thickness, material STD, quantity, etc.

187

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

e. Contractor shall provide insulation to all equipment terminal connection to piping, including mountings, nozzles, valves, flanges, fittings, piping for line connections where temperature of such lines or connections require insulation. f. All materials required for proper support and fastening of insulation to all surfaces shall be provided by the contractor. The fastener shall be of a type suitable for welding by the applicator. The fastener description must be submitted with the quotation. g. Insulation materials shall include, but not limited to, the following: o Mineral wool, slabs, blankets, pipe sections, loose) o Calcium silicate (blocks, pipes, bricks) o Refractory o Cements o Wire mesh o Metal lathe o Lacing wire o Inner insulation supports (corrugated s.s. sheet, plug welds, etc.) o Aluminum lagging. o Lagging material (clips, bands, studs, screw, etc.)

Contractor shall list for each insulation item and part thereof, the square meter area component involved and extra percent of quantity included for breakage in shipment, handling and erection. Calcium silicate insulation shall insulate piping with operating temperature above 450 C (other selection will be subjected to IEC approval).

10.24.5.7 Auxiliary Boiler (optional, Only if required) 10.24.5.7.1 The auxiliary boiler shall include the following: o Boiler (including: Dual fuel firing System (NG and oil #2), Air Fan, Fuel Pumping System, fuel supply system, necessary piping and valves, etc.) with full automatic start-up and loading control. o Deaerator.

o Boiler Feedwater pumps including related piping systems. o Stack and flue gas system.

188

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

o Chemical Dosing station. o Blow-down flash tank. o Instrumentation and complete Control and monitoring system for all supplied equipment. o Electrical equipment, motors. o Interconnection wiring and cables between the various equipments assemblies provided by the Contractor. o Daily Oil #2 tank with necessary instrumentation and control. o Fuel Oil #2 transfer pumps (2x100%) including all necessary valves, instrumentation and accessories to be controlled automatically from the auxiliary boiler Control systems o The auxiliary boiler shall be Approved and Certified by Israeli Institute and be in strict accordance with the requirement of SI 4280 part 1.

NOTE: In case of the auxiliary boiler will be necessary, see technical requirement for all auxiliary steam system in supplement 8.9.1.10

189

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25 Electrical Technical Requirements 10.25.1 Main Power System The Unit will be connected to the HV (161kV) grid through a 161kV local field located near the unit and controlled from the DCS.. 10.25.1.1 The main data of the 161kv system are: - Rated System Voltage 161kV - Maximum System Voltage 170kV - Frequency 50Hz - Maximum Short Circuit Current 50KA - Minimum Short Circuit Current 15KA - System Neutral Earthed - Rated duration of short circuit 1 sec. - One phase automatic reclosing 0.6 sec (On the 161kv lines connected to the Power Station switchgear a single-phase automatic reclosing is used. The Bidder shall confirm in the proposal the capability of the Unit to withstand to the mechanical stress result from the automatic reclosing). 10.25.1.2 The conditions for the connection of the Generating Unit to HV system is presented in the attached document No.BM70YYY/EKS/00000002 (supplement 8.9.3.7) The equipment and the configuration at the different system's level shall ensure an intrinsic high level of reliability, availability and stability in case of various inner and outer faults. The main characteristics of the proposed Unit (unit inertia, generator and Unit main Transformer reactance's, excitation and control system, etc.) shall be well coordinated in order to insure a good steady state and dynamic operation of the Unit. The Bidder shall declare that the proposed Generating Unit and system are fulfilling the Grid Code conditions. The Bidder shall also submit simulation results and other documents as requested in the Grid Code document with his Proposal. 10.25.1.3 The attached Conceptual One Line Diagrams (Single Line Diagram): BM70YYY/EKS/00000001 (supplement 8.9.3.1) Represent the Purchaser's reference.

190

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.1.4 In case of darkness (loss of voltage) on 161kV grid, the Unit shall be able to start itself in a Black start procedure. The electrical power for the black starting of the Unit will be achieved from an on-site existing 16MW Jet Gas Turbine connected to the same 161kV Switchyard as the Unit. The Contractor responsibility to check the Black start capability demand of the unit in this condition and to verify the ability of this Jet GT for this purpose. In case that the existing Jet GT is not suitable for the Unit Black Start, the contractor shall propose a new Jet gas Turbine according to Paragraph 4.2.2.6 of this specification.

10.25.2 Technical requirements for Generator, Auxiliaries and Excitation system 10.25.2.1 Type of Generator: Three-phase alternating current generator, turbine-driven, synchronous, separately excited, automatically regulated shall be provided. The delivery mode (complete assembled in factory or not) shall be stated in the proposal taking in consideration the transportation capabilities in Israel. 10.25.2.2 Operating Conditions According to attached one line diagram BM70YYY/EKS/00000001 10.25.2.2.1 Voltage and frequency limits: According to the attached document No.BM70YYY/EKS/00000001 (supplement 8.9.3.1) 10.25.2.3 Rated voltage: The rated voltage of the proposed generator will be according to the standard of the manufacturer. 10.25.2.4 Rated speed and frequency: 3000 r/min, 50 Hz. 10.25.2.5 Rated power factor: 0.85 p.u. lagging (overexcited), 0.95 p.u. leading (under excited). 10.25.2.6 Power output: 10.25.2.6.1 Power output capability: The required power output capability of the generator shall match the output power of the turbine.

191

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

In order to prove this request, the Bidder shall submit with the Proposal a graph with the generator base and peak capability curves. Each curve will represent the range of continuous output of the generator expressed in MW versus the ambient air temperature range, secondary coolant (water) and primary coolant (hydrogen) temperatures. 10.25.2.6.2 Rated output (MVA) The rated output of the generator shall be defined at rated voltage, rated frequency, at rated hydrogen pressure and purity, at rated lagging power factor, specified altitude and at air ambient temperature design point of the turbine (26°C). 10.25.2.7 Short-circuit ratio: according to IEC 60034-3 last edition requirements, taking in consideration the demands (concerning the Unit stability according to attached document No.BM70YYY/EKS/00000001 (supplement 8.9.3.1) 10.25.2.8 Voltage wave form: The Bidder shall indicate the maximum guaranteed deviations of the voltage wave from the theoretical sine wave and its harmonic content by the factors used in the International IEC Standards or in the American IEEE/ANSI Standards and also by his own defined factors (Deviation Factors, Distortion Factors, Telephone Influence Factors, etc.). 10.25.2.9 Continuous current unbalance capacity: according to IEC 60034-1 last edition requirements. 10.25.2.10 Abnormal conditions capability: refers to the short-time thermal requirements and to the mechanical requirements in case of fault, as following indicated: 10.25.2.10.1 Short-time thermal requirements for balance loads: The Generator shall be capable of operating for at least 1 min., starting from stabilized temperatures at rated conditions with: - Stator: 127% of rated stator current. - Rotor: 125% of rated load field voltage and in accordance with the requirements of the ceiling excitation.

192

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Such operations are supposed to occur not more than two times Per year. 10.25.2.10.2 Short-time thermal requirements for unbalanced faults: according to IEC 60034-1 last edition requirements. 10.25.2.10.3 Mechanical requirements for short-circuit: The Generator shall be capable of withstanding any type of short-circuit at its terminals, in the following conditions: - Previously operating at rated MVA and power factor, with 5% overvoltage. - Phase fault current not exceeding the maximum three-phase fault current. - Fault time not exceeding the short-time thermal requirements. 10.25.2.11 Over-speed: the Generator shall withstand an over-speed test of 120% for 2 minutes. 10.25.2.12 Withstand voltage levels for stator and rotor windings shall be according to IEC 60034-1 last edition requirements. The bushings of a hydrogen cooled generator shall be tested separately with a power frequency voltage of at least 1.5 times the stator winding test voltage, for 1 min. dry. 10.25.2.13 Reactance's and other synchronous machine quantities: The Bidder shall fill the corresponding values for all synchronous machine data in the Summary of Data (Annexure C2) and submit to the purchaser with the Proposal. 10.25.2.14 Losses and efficiency: The Bidder shall fill the segregated losses and the efficiency for 50%, 75% and 100% rated active load, with 0.85 and 1.00 p.u. power factor in the Summary of Data (Annexure C2) and submit to the purchaser with the Proposal. 10.25.2.15 The main characteristics of the proposed unit (unit inertia, generator reactance's, excitation system etc.) shall be well coordinated in order to assure a good steady state and dynamic operation of the unit according the requirements of attached document No. BM70YYY/EKS/00000002 (supplement 8.9.3.7 ). 10.25.2.16 In order to prove the capability of the unit to operate successfully, the bidder shall submit to the Purchaser the results of a computer simulation of the generator response during following major disturbances:

193

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

a. Three-phase fault close to the 161kV bus. Normal protection operation, clearing time 100 ms. b. Three-phase fault close to the 161bus. Back-up protection operation, clearing time 250 ms. c. Full load rejection. generator Circuit Breaker trip during unit operation at rated condition. The simulation will take in consideration: - The system source short circuit current to HV bus: 50kA - The Unit Main Transformer with: - Rated power (MVA) higher than the turbine capability at the design point (expressed in MVA at power factor 0.85) by at least 10%. - Rated voltage ratio: HV/generator voltage respectively. - short-circuit impedance (at rated power base):

The results of the simulation will present the time diagrams of the essential electrical values (generator voltage and current, generator field voltage, electrical angle) during each disturbance mentioned above at each voltage level. The results of the required computer simulation of the generator response during above described major disturbances shall be submitted with the Proposal. 10.25.2.17 Generator Curves: The following curves shall be submitted with the proposal: - P-Q Capability Diagrams: active power versus reactive power for lagging and leading angles, for 0.95, 1.00 and 1.05 p.u. rated voltage and for different hydrogen pressures (if applicable) or for different secondary cooling water temperatures (if applicable). - Saturation curves: open-circuit saturation curve, short-circuit saturation curve, rated current saturation curves at 1.00, 0.85 (lagging) and 0.00 (lagging) p.u. power factor. - V-curves for 0.25, 0.50, 0.75 and 1.00 p.u. rated active power.  Efficiency curves for 0.85 and 1.00 p.u. power factor.

194

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

The maximum efficiency is required for the rated data of the designed generator.  Short circuit curves (single phase line-to-neutral and line-to line, three phase short circuit). - Generator versus turbine capability curves: according to The requirements on Paragraph 25.10.2.6.1 - Power output capability.

10.25.2.18 Thermal Class and limits of temperature rise 10.25.2.18.1 The generator insulation shall be of class F (1550C). 10.25.2.18.2 The maximum allowed temperature rise shall be limitad to class B for normal operation conditions (1300C). 10.25.2.18.3 The generator housing shall be designed to support and contain the other components of the generator and to withstand the static and dynamic forces during normal operation and under abnormal conditions. 10.25.2.18.4 The stator core shall be made from low-loss silicon-alloyed magnetic sheet steel laminations insulated on both sides with high quality materials. The pressing provision shall prevent the loosening of the laminations during the generator life. An elastic suspension of the core inside of the housing will minimize the transfer of the core vibration to either the casing or the foundation. 10.25.2.18.5 The stator winding bars will be composed of multiple sub conductors twisted along the slot portion in order to minimize Para.site circulating current losses 10.25.2.18.6 The stator end winding shall allow stress-free axial thermal expansion and shall have provisions for pre-tensioning, which prevents loosening during operation and for re-tightening of the support structure during overhauls. Vibration sensors shall be provided for the end stator winding. 10.25.2.18.7 Generator Terminals 10.25.2.18.7.1 The Generator terminals shall be ready for an easy connection of the Isolated Phase Buses (conductor and enclosure) with convenient access for inspection. The terminals shall be suitable for connection to the Isolated Phase Bus conductors that have a temperature rise of

195

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

+65 C over the +40 C ambient temperature. Silver-surfaced terminals are required. The phase rotation sequence coming out from the Generator t shall be agreed between the Bidder and Purchaser. Hydrogen leakage into the phase bus enclosures shall be prevented. 10.25.2.18.7.2 The neutral terminals of the three phases shall be connected together (star connection) by the Bidder through removable links inside of the Generator Terminal Compartment, allowing the connection of the neutral grounding equipment. The links shall be easy accessible. 10.25.2.18.8 The Generator Neutral Grounding Equipment shall include a grounding transformer and / or grounding resistor, current transformers, etc., according to the manufacturer practice. 10.25.2.18.9 The Generator terminals shall be provided with current and potential transformers according to protection and measuring diagrams. 10.25.2.18.10 The rotor body shall be machined from a single forging of high magnetic- permeability, heat treated, alloy steel. The rotor retaining rings shall be properly designed for high stresses during all operation conditions. and shall be made of special steel (18Mn18Cr). 10.25.2.18.11 Means shall be provided in order to allow the detection of

short-circuited turns of the rotor. A Flux Probe with the appropriate Data Acquisition and Analysis System for the Testing Field Winding Shorten-

Turns shall be provided. 10.25.2.18.12 Means shall be provided to keep the shaft voltage spikes caused by the static excitation with controlled rectifiers at non-critical values. The rotor shaft shall be earthed at one point only, in order to prevent harmful flow of shaft currents. The connection of the shaft to the earth shall be monitored by a dedicated shaft voltage monitoring system. 10.25.2.18.13 The generator bearings shall be adequately insulated. The insulation of the bearing will be arranged so that is possible to measure it while the generator is operating. Measuring terminals shall be provided and arranged in a designated, easy

accessible cabinet.

196

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.2.18.14 The Bidder shall provide a generator brush-gear unit equipped with slip- rings in order to allow the connection between the excitation system and the generator field. A brush-holder system of an easy change-type (which allows the change of the brushes on-line) shall be provided. No contamination of the generator brush-gear unit shall be assured by an appropriate design of the brush-holder system included the brushes. 10.25.2.18.15 Generator Seismic Supports shall be provided according to the seismicity requirements of the Project Specification 10.25.2.19 The generator oil lubrication system should be common with the turbine oil lubrication system. 10.25.2.20 Generator auxiliary systems General Requirements 10.25.2.20.1 Generator auxiliary systems shall be provided in order to condition and circulate the coolant agents (hydrogen and water) used for generator cooling and keep the shaft seals and bearings supplied with oil. 10.25.2.20.2 The Bidder shall provide complete generator auxiliary systems with all appurtenances and local control accessories, monitoring, alarming and indicators necessary for convenient setting-up and adjustment during maintenance and commissioning work. Each one of the generator auxiliary systems shall be installed on its own skid. 10.25.2.20.3 The Bidder shall provide a redundant communication link and/or hardwire connection between the generator auxiliary systems and the Turbine Generator Control System for remote control, monitoring and protection of the generator auxiliary systems- and all these in a secure manner, in compliance with the Purchaser's security safeguards rules. 10.25.2.20.4 Gas system for a hydrogen 10.25.2.20.4.1 The Bidder shall provide a complete gas system to condition and monitor the hydrogen under all operating conditions, according the main functions of the system: - Filling the generator with hydrogen and emptying it. . - Control of the hydrogen pressure and maintaining it at a preset value by adding the make-up gas. .

197

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

- Maintaining the hydrogen in a dry condition- Hydrogen cooling. - Hydrogen storage. 10.25.2.20.5 Generator Sealing Oil System 10.25.2.20.5.1 The seal-oil system shall supply a flow of seal-oil to the shaft seal, in order to prevent leakage of the hydrogen through the generator shaft seals.

10.25.2.20.6 Generator Stator Windings Water Cooling System in case of combined cooled generator 10.25.2.20.6.1 The Bidder shall provide a complete Water Cooling System, which shall be able to perform the following main functions: - To fill the stator winding hollow conductors with water and empty them of the same; - To circulate the water through the stator winding hollow conductors; - To detect the reduction or loss of water through the windings; - To control the temperature and the pressure of the cooling water, under all operating conditions. - To maintain the complete capability of operation of the system, when one main element is out of service.

- To monitor and alarming the water cooling Parameters and O2 content.

10.25.2.21 Excitation System 10.25.2.21.1 A static excitation system shall be provided. The excitation system shall be complete, including excitation power transformer fed from Generator buses (auxiliary fed will not be accepted), solid state controlled rectifiers, field circuit breaker with fast de-excitation equipment or their equivalent, voltage regulator, local operator workstation, control, protective and monitoring equipment, connections to excitation power transformer and generator, interfaces for connections with other systems over TCP/IP standard protocol. The main excitation system equipment and devices, except the excitation power transformer and connection bars, shall be assembled and enclosed in metal-clad cabinets, completely wired.

198

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

The requirements for the excitation system on this Specification are based on the IEC 60034-16-1, 2, 3 Standards. 10.25.2.21.2 The excitation system shall meet the following conditions: - The range of desired regulated voltage shall be:  90%-105% of rated voltage at normal unit continuous operation;  80%-100% of rated voltage during the generator synchronization; - 0%-105% of rated voltage during tests (manual control of the excitation system); - Capable of operating at the ceiling excitation voltage during severe fault and power system upsets, without exceeding the excitation system thermal duty. - The excitation system shall be capable of operating continuously with any one of its main components out of service (except excitation transformer and AC/DC bars). 10.25.2.21.3 The Bidder shall include in the Proposal a clear description regarding the equipment, functions, control, monitoring and alarming of the excitation system. A block diagram of complete excitation system shall be provided with the proposal. 10.25.2.21.4 The excitation power transformer (ET) shall be three-phase cast resin or oil filled especially designed for rectifier operation. The transformer shall be of an appropriate rated power, transformer ratio and overload capability. The basic design standards shall be IEC60076 and IEC60146 series. Earth screen between HV and LV sides shall be installed. Current transformers shall be provided according to the protection and control requirements. Temperature monitoring for alarming and tripping shall be provided. 10.25.2.21.5 The rectifier shall be of a fully controlled three-phase thyristors bridge type. The number of Para.llel bridges shall ensure that one bridge could fail without causing any restriction. A modular design of the rectifier, which allows to disconnect a complete module (bridge) during full excitation operation, is required. The rectifiers shall be air cooled.

199

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.2.21.6 The field discharge equipment shall be mounted in one of the excitation system cubicles and will include: - A field circuit breaker. - A discharge resistor Means for trip circuit monitoring (supervision) of the field circuit breaker shall be provided for each coil. Dry contact "Trip coil supervision" has to be prepared for signaling to ECS. 10.25.2.21.7 The Bidder shall provide high performance digital voltage regulator with good steady-state and dynamic operation characteristics which shall operate to maintain the generator voltage at least within the limits of + 0.5% of the desired voltage. 10.25.2.21.7.1 The voltage regulator shall be operated in two modes of operation: - Automatic mode (control of the generator voltage, including reactive current and/or compensation) for normal operation and - Manual mode (control of the field current) for emergency Situations, commissioning and tests. 10.25.2.21.7.2 The voltage regulator shall include two (2) digital automatic independent channels (main and stand-by) with manual function integrated. 10.25.2.21.7.3 A redundant connection for the auxiliary power supply of the voltage regulator shall be provided. 10.25.2.21.7.4 At least the following control functions shall be included in the voltage regulator and activated in the automatic mode: - Generator voltage regulation; - Load current compensator; - Stator current limiter - Field current limiter - Under-excitation limiter - Load angle limiter - V/Hz limiter. - Power System Stabilizer 10.25.2.21.7.5 The Bidder shall provide the following other control functions : - Excitation local sequences (field breaker control, start, stop); - Calculation of the field winding temperature

200

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.2.21.8 The Bidder shall provide for maintenance and tests, a Local Operator Workstation mounted on the front door of one of the excitation system cubicles. 10.25.2.21.9 An over-voltage protection equipment on the DC side of the rectifier shall be provided. 10.25.2.21.10 The Bidder shall supply the buses or cables between the excitation system cubicles and: - Excitation power transformer - Generator brush-gear.

10.25.2.22 Generator temperature monitoring and alarming system 10.25.2.22.1 The data acquisition devices for temperature monitoring and alarming supplied with the generator and its appurtenances, shall be adequate in type, number and location with the function of this system. Generator temperature signals shall be connected to the Turbine Generator Control System. The temperature monitoring and alarming system shall allow a complete and effective monitoring of the temperature in all the possible normal and abnormal operating conditions and alarming in case the limits are exceeded. 10.25.2.22.2 The Bidder shall provide at least the following data acquisition devices for temperature monitoring: 10.25.2.22.2.1 For a hydrogen cooled generator: - Hot hydrogen to heat-exchangers: 1 RTD per each heat- exchanger inlet; - Cold hydrogen from heat-exchangers: 1 RTD per each Heat- exchanger outlet; - Stator winding: 1 RTD in each slot, embedded between the insulated coil- sides; - Stator core: 12 RTD's (4 at each end and 4 in the middle); - Bushing hydrogen cooling system: 1 RTD per each hydrogen inlet; - Bushing hydrogen cooling system: 1 RTD per each hydrogen cooling outlet; - Bearings: 2 TC's per bearing;

201

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.2.22.2.2 For a combined cooled generator: - Hot primary water to heat-exchangers: 1 RTD per each heat-exchanger inlet; - Cold primary water from heat-exchangers: 1 RTD per each heat-exchanger outlet; - Stator winding primary cooling water inlet: 1 RTD. - Stator winding primary cooling water outlet: 2 RTD. - Stator winding primary cooling water: 1 RTD per each stator bar outlet; - Terminal bushing and leads cooling water outlet: 1 RTD per winding connection (as necessary) - Hot hydrogen to heat-exchangers: 1 RTD per each heat-exchanger inlet; - Cold hydrogen from heat-exchangers: 1 RTD per each heat -exchanger outlet; - Stator winding: 1 RTD in each slot, embedded between the insulated coil- sides: - Stator core: 12 RTD's (4 at each end and 4 in the middle); - Bushing hydrogen cooling system: 1 RTD per each hydrogen inlet (if applicable); - Bushing hydrogen cooling system: 1 RTD per each hydrogen cooling outlet (if applicable); - Bearings: 2 TC's per bearing; 10.25.2.22.2.3 Other additional data acquisition devices may be proposed by the Bidder. 10.25.2.22.2.4 The Proposal shall be based on a standard complete temperature monitoring system, used by the Bidder for this type of generator. 10.25.2.22.2.5 The Bidder shall attach a list of the data acquisition devices for temperature monitoring together with the Proposal, subject to the Purchaser's approval. 10.25.2.22.3 Generator condition monitoring and alarming system (GCM) A complete generator condition monitoring and alarming system (GCM) shall be supplied by the Bidder in order to provide an early warning of generator overheating (“hotspots”), so that corrective action may be taken before significant equipment damage occurs.

202

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

The GCM shall warn of impending failure much faster than temperature sensors such as RTD’s or thermocouples. The GCM shall detect the sub-micrometer particles emitted by any materials in the generator, in the early stages of overheating. When, for any reason, thermal dissociation of materials starts, releasing these particles into the generator cooling gas, the GCM shall automatically: a) Initiate an alarm verification sequence. b) Trigger an alarm c) Collect a sample for laboratory analysis. If the alarm verification sequence is confirmed, a verified alarm indication shall be given on the Turbine Generator Control System and a sample from the hydrogen flow shall be passed automatically through the sampling system, where these particles will be collected for laboratory analysis.

10.25.2.22.4 Generator Partial Discharge (PD) monitoring and alarming system 10.25.2.22.4.1 A continuous on-line generator PD monitoring and alarming system shall be provided. A continuous comparison between actual data and reference data shall initiate alarms in the event the allowed limits are exceeded. The system shall provide an early warning of generator partial discharge, so that corrective action may be taken before excessive damage occurs. The winding insulation condition shall be visualized by characteristic data and trends on graphic displays. The characteristic data shall be stored on PD monitoring and alarming system archives. The PD monitoring system will be able to download the data for analyses purpose on Lap-Top computer (hardware and software shall be supplied by the Contractor). 10.25.2.22.5 The Bidder shall attach to the Proposal a block scheme and a detailed list of devices for an on-line generator PD monitoring and alarming system.

203

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.2.23 Tests 10.25.2.23.1 The Bidder shall attach to the Proposal the following lists: 10.25.2.23.1.1 List of factory tests of the generator, its auxiliaries and Excitation System. 10.25.2.23.1.2 List of field tests acceptance tests of the generator, its auxiliaries and Excitation System. 10.25.2.23.1.3 The tests list and the tests' methods shall be in according to the relevant IEC and IEEE standards. 10.25.2.23.2 The Bidder shall include in the a.m. required lists at least the follows: - Generator factory proof / routine tests (see 10.25.2.23.3) - Generator factory proof / type tests (see 10.25.2.23.4) - Generator field acceptance tests (see 10.25.2.23.5) 10.25.2.23.3 Generator factory proof / routine tests: 10.25.2.23.3.1 The following tests shall be performed in factory for each one of the purposed generator (s): 10.25.2.23.3.1.1 Pressure test of the generator housing 10.25.2.23.3.1.2 Pressure test of the coolers (according to IEC 60034-1) 10.25.2.23.3.1.3 Pressure test of winding terminals (according to IEC 60034-1) 10.25.2.23.3.1.4 Stator complete final test

1. Partial Discharge measurement of the stator winding at UN/√3 & 1.2UN/√3. 2. Phases sequence test. 3. Resistance measurement. 4. Insulation resistance measurement. 5. Polarization index. 6. Dissipation factor tg and Δ tg measurements, until 1.2UN/√3. 8. High-potential / withstand voltage test. 9. Check of RTD’s. 10. Insulation resistance measurement of RTD's. 11. Checking of the stator core (EL-CID and Loop Test method). 12. Measurement of resonant frequencies of frame, core and windings.

204

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.2.23.3.1.5 Rotor complete final test 1. Over-speed test including measurement of critical speeds thermal cycling. 2. Impedance measurement. 3. Resistance measurement. 4. Insulation resistance measurement. 5. Polarization index. 6. High- potential / withstand voltage test. 7. Vibration measurement. 8. Mechanical balance of the rotor (both cold and hot). 9. Test for short-circuited turns of the rotor by RSO and at rated speed by flux probe. 10.25.2.23.3.1.6 Running tests (for factory assembled generator which will be delivered complete assembled): 1. Shaft and bearings vibration measurement. 2. Permanent line-line tests: 2.1 Zero phase sequence measurement. 2.2 Determination of negative sequence reactance. 3. Measurement of shaft currents and bearing insulation resistance.

10.25.2.23.3.1.7 After Running test (for factory assembled generator) Stator insulation resistance measurement. 10.25.2.23.3.1.8 Tests of all auxiliary systems including load excitation and voltage regulation. 10.25.2.23.4 Generator factory proof / type tests: 10.25.2.23.4.1 The following type tests shall be performed in factory: 10.25.2.23.4.2 Running type tests (for factory assembled generator which will be delivered complete assembled): 1. Open circuit tests: 1.1 No-load losses. 1.2 Symmetry check of voltages. 1.3 No-load saturation curve. 1.4 Segregation of mechanical/core losses. 2. Short circuit tests:

205

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

2.1 Symmetry check of currents. 2.2 Short circuit saturation curve. 2.3 Short circuit losses. 2.4 Segregation of copper/stray load losses. 3. Characteristics determination (tests value calculation): 3.1 Short circuit ratio. 3.2 Synchronous reactance. 3.3 Rated excitation current. 4. Efficiency calculation (by the method of segregated losses): 5. Temperature rise by the superposition method: 5.1 At no-load, unexcited. 5.2 At no-load, rated voltage. 5.3 In short circuit, at rated stator current. 6. Wave form of voltage, total harmonic distortion: Oscillograms of the voltages. 7. Voltages analysis: frequency analysis. 8. Sudden short circuit tests at 20-30-40% rated voltage: 8.1 Oscilloscope of stator voltage and currents. 8.2 Determination of direct transient and sub-transient reactance. 8.3 Determination of direct transient and sub-transient time constant. 8.4 Determination of armature time constants. 9. Permanent line-line tests: 9.1 Zero phase sequence measurement. 9.2 Determination of negative sequence reactance. 10.25.2.23.4.3 Additional to the synchronous machine quantities measured during the factory tests the Bidder shall provide all the generator data (based on tests performed on similar units or on design calculations) as required by Annexure C2 included in the Project Specification. 10.25.2.23.4.4 Certified Test reports shall be supplied for all the factory performed tests. 10.25.2.23.4.5 The current transformers shall undergo the standard tests. Together with the certified test reports shall be supplied the secondary excitation curve for one of the relaying-purposes current transformers. It shall be the secondary exciting voltage versus the secondary exciting current, plotted on log- coordination paper, with square decades.

206

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.2.23.5 Generator field acceptance tests: 10.25.2.23.5.1 The field tests of the generator will be performed by the Purchaser's personnel under the Bidder's supervision during commissioning work. The tests will be performed according to a program based on the relevant IEC and IEEE standards, the Purchaser's experience and the Bidder's recommendation, agreed upon bay both. 10.25.2.23.5.2 The following tests will be performed in the field for generator which will be delivered complete assembled:

10.25.2.23.5.2.1 Stator complete final test

1. Partial Discharge measurement of the stator winding at UN/√3. 2. Resistance measurement. 3. Insulation resistance measurement. 4. Polarization index.

5. Dissipation factor tg / power factor measurement at UN/√3. 6. High-potential / withstand voltage test at 80 % of the factory high-voltage 7. Check of RTD’s.

10.25.2.23.5.2.2 Rotor complete final test 1. Impedance measurement. 2. Resistance measurement. 3. Insulation resistance measurement. 4. Polarization index. 5. High-potential / withstand voltage test at 80 % of the factory high-voltage 6. Test for short-circuited turns of the rotor by RSO and at rated speed by flux probe. 10.25.2.23.5.3 The following tests will be performed in the field for generator which will be delivered not complete assembled:

10.25.2.23.5.3.1 Stator complete final test 1. Partial Discharge measurement of the stator winding at UN/√3. 2. Resistance measurement. 3. Insulation resistance measurement.

207

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

4. Polarization index. 5. Dissipation factor tg / power factor measurement at UN/√3. 6. High-potential / withstand voltage test at 80 % of the factory high-voltage test (in case the generator is designed and manufactured according to IEC standards) or at 85 % of the factory high-voltage test (in case the generator is designed and manufactured according to IEEE standards). 7. Check of RTD’s. 10.25.2.23.5.3.2 Rotor complete final test 1. Impedance measurement. 2. Resistance measurement. 3. Insulation resistance measurement. 4. Polarization index. 5. High-potential / withstand voltage test at 80 % of the factory high-voltage test (in case the generator is designed and manufactured according to IEC standards) or at 85 % of the factory high-voltage test (in case the generator is designed and manufactured according to IEEE standards) . 6. Test for short-circuited turns of the rotor by RSO and at rated speed by flux probe. 10.25.2.23.5.3.3 Running tests (for field assembled generator) 1. Shaft and bearings vibration measurement. 2. Measurement of the air borne sound power levels. 3. Open circuit tests: 3.1 No-load losses. 3.2 Symmetry check of voltages. 3.3 No-load saturation curve. 3.4 Segregation of mechanical/core losses. 4. Short circuit tests: 4.1 Symmetry check of currents. 4.2 Short circuit saturation curve. 4.3 Short circuit losses. 4.4 Segregation of copper/stray load losses. 5. Characteristics determination (tests value calculation): 5.1 Short circuit ratio. 5.2 Synchronous reactance.

208

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

5.3 Rated excitation current. 6. Efficiency calculation (by the method of segregated losses) 7. Temperature rise by the superposition method: 7.1 At no-load, unexcited. 7.2 At no-load, rated voltage. 7.3 In short circuit, at rated stator current. 8. Wave form of voltage, total harmonic distortion, oscillograms of the voltages. 9. Voltages analysis: frequency analysis. 10. Sudden short circuit tests at 20-30-40% rated voltage: 10.1 Oscilloscope of stator voltage and currents. 10.2 Determination of direct transient and sub-transient reactance's. 10.3 Determination of direct transient and sub-transient time constant. 10.4 Determination of armature time constants. 11. Permanent line-line tests: 11.1 Zero phase sequence measurement. 11.2 Determination of negative sequence reactance. 10.25.2.23.5.3.4 Measurement of shaft currents and bearing insulation resistance. 10.25.2.23.5.3.5 After Running test (for field assembled generator) Stator insulation resistance measurement. 10.25.2.23.5.3.5 Tests of all auxiliary systems including load excitation and voltage regulation.

10.25.3 Starting system based on static frequency converter. 10.25.3.1 In order to assure the acceleration of the turbo-set from stand-still to the ignition speed and to the point where self sustaining speed of Gas Turbine is reached, a Starting System based on a Static Frequency Converter (SFC) shall be provided. The System will provide variable frequency power direct to the generator terminal, using the generator as a synchronous motor to start the Unit.

209

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.3.2 The Starting System shall include: - Static Frequency Converter Transformer (SFCT) that shall be used for power supply to static frequency converter. - One fully controlled three phase thyristor rectifier connected to the isolating transformer. - One fully controlled three-phase inverter connected to the generator. - DC link reactor connecting the DC side of the above converters. - All the required voltage and current sensors. - Digital control, monitoring and protection system.

10.25.3.3 The Starting System shall be sized to cope with the duty of not restricted number of successive start-up sequences with no intermission between them. In addition to the unit starting the SFC shall be able to perform other functions such as: turning, washing and purging. 10.25.3.4 The thyristor bridges shall be in 12 or 6 pulse connection and should include the required over-voltage (surge) protection and branch fuses for the thyristors. A monitoring of the fuses and of the thyristor operation shall be provided. 10.25.3.5 The control system of the SFC shall assure the generator speed and stator current control during the starting process by adjusting the firing-angle of the thyristors from both converters. During the starting, the SFC controller should control also the excitation current of the generator. 10.25.3.6 The digital control system shall include all the required monitoring, alarming and protection functions, self-test routines, interface and communication modules and an operator panel for local operation/test. The operation and test of the system are strictly from the turbine control panel. 10.25.3.7 The Contractor shall include in the Proposal a technical description of the proposed Starting System, including the main data, its sub-assemblies descriptions and its operating modes. 10.25.3.8 In the proposal shall be included also an estimation of the load of the SFC and Static Excitation during the starting process as function of time and turbo-set speed.

210

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.4 Unit Main transformer (UMT) ( 70BAT01 on the one Line diagram). 10.25.4.1 The UMT shall be connected: H.V. side: 161KV switchyard through overhead connection. L.V. side: to the generator through Isolated Phase Bus Duct. 10.25.4.2 The UMT shall be offered for two options: a. Option 1: Three-phase, two separate windings, step-up, oil-immersed. b. Option 2: Bank of three single-phase Transformers, each two separate windings, step-up, oil-immersed. 10.25.4.3 Transformer ratings: Rated voltages at no load: HV: 170 kV LV: according to the generator rated voltage. Phase diagram: YNd-11 The neutral of the H.V. winding will be solidly grounded. Rated power shall be calculated by the Contractor. Please refer to Para.. 10.25.1 “Main Power System”. Short-circuit impedance. Please refer to Para.. 10.25.1 “Main Power System” for preferred values. 10.25.4.4 The transformer may be subjected to load rejection conditions. Consequently, the transformer shall be able to withstand 1.4 times rated voltage for 5s at the lower voltage terminals. 10.25.4.5 The temporary overloading capability of the transformer shall not be less than that of the generator. Ancillary components and other construction features (bushings, connectors, tap-changer, oil expansion space) shall not limit the temporary loading capability of the transformer. The overfluxing capability (V/Hz) of the transformer shall not be less than that of the generator (see Para.. 10.25.1). 10.25.4.6 An off-load tap-changer shall be provided on the H.V. winding. Tapping range shall be calculated by Contractor taking into consideration the requirements. All taps shall be full capacity taps. 10.25.4.7 Windings, Bushings, Insulation levels

211

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.4.7.1 Copper made winding conductors shall be used. 10.25.4.7.2 Thermally upgraded paper shall be used for winding insulation. 10.25.4.7.3 Insulation level of the 161 kV side (graded insulation). - Line-Side Winding: Rated lightning impulse withstand level 650 kV peak (full wave 1.2/50 s) Rated power frequency withstand level 275 kV rms - Line-side Bushing (outdoor type) Nominal voltage 170 kV Rated lightning impulse withstand level (full wave 1.2/50 s) 750 kV peak Rated power frequency withstand 325 kV rms level (dry and wet) - Neutral-side Winding Rated lightning impulse withstand 250 kV peak level (full wave 1.2/50 s) Rated power frequency withstand level 95 kV rms - Neutral-side Bushing (outdoor type) Nominal voltage 72.5 kV Rated dry lightning impulse withstand 325 kV peak level (full wave 1.2/50 s) Rated power frequency withstand level 140 kV rms (dry and wet)

10.25.4.8 The bushings shall be designed for the service conditions stated in clause 6 of this Specification and tested according to IEC 60137-2008. Minimum requirement value of Unified Specific Creepage is (for Um/√3) 53.7 mm/KV Insulator's pollution levels shall be according to Desert and Coastal types of environments, as defined by IEC 60815-1/2008. 10.25.4.9 Insulation Level of the Lower Voltage Side

212

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

- Winding Insulation: in accordance with the generator voltage and the “list 2 lightning impulse withstand voltage” of the IEC- 60076 standard. - Bushing Insulation shall be one level higher than the insulation level of the corresponding winding. The bushing on the lower voltage side shall meet the requirements imposed by connection to an Isolated Phase Bus Duct. The maximum permissible temperature of the conductor and enclosure shall be taken into consideration.

10.25.4.10 Cooling System 10.25.4.10.1 The transformer shall be air cooled with method ONAN/ODAF according to IEC-60076 designation. 10.25.4.10.2 Two power supply sources 400V (normal and emergency) will be provided by Purchaser. The Contractor shall include an automatic transfer from normal source to emergency when the first source fails, and automatic re-connection to normal operation.

10.25.4.11 Transformer Tank 10.25.4.11.1 The transformer tank shall be designed to withstand full vacuum and an internal pressure of 25% greater than the maximum operating pressure resulting from the oil preservation system used. 10.25.4.11.2 The bottom of the tank shall be provided with bi-directional cast iron wheels and four jacking provisions. 10.25.4.11.3 Four (4) ground pads for the tank shall be welded on/near its base, on the sides.

10.25.4.12 The UMT shall be equipped at least, but not limited to, with the following accessories:

- Oil level indicator with two alarm contacts.

- Pressure relief devices.

213

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

- Oil and winding temperature indicators with alarm and trip contacts.

- Buchholz relay with two (2) sets of alarm and trip contacts. A gas collecting and oil draining device situated at hand level shall be provided.

- Oil flow indicator for each oil circulating pump.

- The necessary current transformers in the bushings for protection and metering as requested in the attached metering diagram.

- An On-Line Gas Analyzer (DGA) for measuring at least Hydrogen & Moisture.

- Direct winding temperature monitor including nine (9) fiber optic probes on the transformer windings (three per phase).

- On-line transformer PD monitor.

10.25.4.13 Transformer Oil and Oil Preservation System 10.25.4.13.1 The transformer oil, if required to be supplied, shall meet the technical conditions indicated in the internal Specification No.50 for Unused Mineral Insulating Oil Supplied with/within New Electrical Equipment of Israel Electric. 10.25.4.13.2 Diaphragm-type oil preservation system shall be provided. This system shall include an expansion tank and an air bag for sealing the oil from the outside atmosphere. An air drier shall also be provided and visibly mounted.

10.25.4.14 Tests 10.25.4.14.1 The Contractor shall perform all routine tests listed in IEC-60076. 10.25.4.14.2 In addition the Contractor shall perform the following tests: - Measurement of the dielectric dissipation factor (tg DELTA) and the capacitance at 50Hz. - Measurement of the insulation resistance and of the polarization index. - Mechanical and oil leak test of the tank.

214

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

- Impulse test for the neutral terminal. - Temperature rise test including gas in oil analysis before and after the test. - Determination of sound levels - Sweep frequency response analyses test (SFRA) provided by DOBLE ENGINEERING test equipment.

10.25.5 Unit Auxiliary Transformer (UAT) ( 70BBT01 on the one Line diagram). 10.25.5.1 The UAT shall be connected to the Isolated Phase Bus Duct between the UMT and the generator circuit breaker, and shall feed the 6.9 kV switchgear. 10.25.5.2 The UAT is specified and shall be designed and tested according the provisions of IEC-60076 Standard (latest edition). 10.25.5.3 The UAT shall be three phase, two separate winding, step down oil-immersed, suitable for outdoor operation. 10.25.5.4 Transformer ratings: Rated frequency: 50 Hz Rated voltages at no load: HV – according to the generator rated voltage LV – 6.9 kV The phase diagram Dyn-1 Rated power shall be calculated by the Contractor. Short-circuit impedance shall be determined by the Contractor depending on the rated short-circuit current of the UAB and on the voltage regulation equipment of the transformer (see also Para.. 10.25.10.3 hereunder). 10.25.5.5 The transformer may be subject to load rejection conditions. Consequently, the transformer shall be able to withstand 1.4 times rated voltage for 5s at the higher voltage terminals. 10.25.5.6 The neutral of the 6.9 kV winding shall be earthed through a grounding resistor included in Contractor’s Scope of Supply. The thermal current rating of the grounding resistor shall be 500 A rms, 10s. The grounding resistor shall be designed and tested according to the provisions of ANSI/IEEE Standard 32 or equivalent European Standard. 10.25.5.7 An on-load tap changer (OLTC) with a suitable automatic voltage regulator shall be provided.

215

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

The OLTC of UAT shall be designed to allow the unit operation between 95- 105%Un and to allow the unit start up between 100-85%Un on low voltage side of the UMT. 10.25.5.8 The insulation level of the transformer shall not be less than: Winding insulation level of the HV side (uniform insulation): Rated lightning impulse voltage: in accordance with the generator voltage and the “list 2 lightning impulse withstand voltage” of the IEC 60076-3 Standard. Winding insulation level of the 6.9 kV side (uniform insulation): Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage 75 kV peak Rated short duration power frequency 28 kV rms withstand voltage The insulation level of the bushings shall be one level higher than the insulation level of the corresponding winding. The insulation level of the transformer shall be properly coordinated with the insulation level of the IPB and of the UAB respectively. 10.25.5.9 The cooling system shall be ONAN, or ONAN/ONAF provided that the necessary power for the unit on standby could be supplied by natural (ONAN) cooling. 10.25.5.10 The UAT shall be equipped with at least, but not limited to, the following accessories: - Oil level indicator with alarm contact. - Pressure relief device. - Oil and winding temperature indicators with alarm and trip contacts. - Buchholz relay with two (2) sets alarm and trip contacts. - The necessary current transformers for protections and metering as requested in the attached metering diagram Supplement 8.9.3.2 - Fault gas and moisture monitor, Type "HYDRAN" M2 or equal. - Lifting, moving and jacking facilities. - Bi-directional cast iron wheels. - Grounding pads 10.25.6 Isolated Phase Bus duct, Generator Circuit Breaker, Generator Neutral Equipment and Associated Equipment Cubicles. The Generator Phase Bus Assembly shall include the following equipment:

216

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

- Isolated Phase Bus Duct (IPB) for the connection between Generator and Main Transformer, including tap connections to Unit auxiliary Transformer and Excitation Transformer. - Generator Star Connection and Generator Neutral Equipment. - Generator Circuit Breaker (GCB).

10.25.6.1 Isolated Phase Bus Duct (IPB) 10.25.6.1.1 The IPB is specified and shall be rated, designed, tested and furnished in accordance with the requirements of NSI/IEEE Standard C37.23 - Guide for metal-enclosed bus and calculating losses in isolated-phase bus. 10.25.6.1.2 The IPB shall be of a continuous enclose construction and self-cooled. 10.25.6.1.3 The IPB system shall include: - A set of isolated phase buses with aluminum conductors and enclosure. - Steel structures for supporting the IPB. - Miscellaneous hardware items, as specified hereunder. 10.25.6.1.4 IPB ratings shall be selected by the Manufacturer, considering the characteristics of the interconnected equipment, based on the definitions of ANSI/IEEE C37.23 Std. 10.25.6.1.5 The hottest spot maximum temperature rise at rated continuous current, above ambient temperature shall be: - Conductor 65 C - Enclosure 40 C The above maximum temperatures shall be less if coordination with the maximum temperatures admitted for the bus connected equipment requires it. 10.25.6.1.6 The aluminum conductors shall be silver-plated at the connection points. 10.25.6.1.7 Each phase of aluminum enclosure shall be dust and water-tight. Enclosure construction shall have adequate phase spacing for cooling and easy field assembly.

217

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.6.1.8 Bus enclosure shall be protected against corrosion due to specified site climatic conditions, in accordance with general anti-corrosion protection requirements of this Specification. 10.25.6.1.9 Active system to prevent the formation of condensation on the bus support insulators shall be provided according to the Manufacturer's proven practice. 10.25.6.1.10 The bus duct shall be provided with the following miscellaneous hardware items: - Conductor and enclosure expansion means, being able to compensate both length variations due to temperature and load changes, seismicity & short- circuit impacts and erection tolerances in any direction. - Readily removable, flexible conductors at each equipment connection. - All necessary bolts, nuts and washers of stainless steel. - Access covers at all support insulators, for insulator cleaning and replacement. - Insulating gaskets at all equipment terminations. - Waterproof gaskets at all removable covers. - All necessary earthing provisions. - Conductor end enclosure temperature monitoring (both at generator and transformer side) including alarm contacts.

10.25.6.1.11 The IPB shall be provided with all the necessary supporting structures. The structures shall be pre-engineered and pre-fabricated to the greatest extent possible for shipment, in order to minimize field installation labor. All structures shall be protected against corrosion due to specified site climatic conditions, in accordance with general anti-corrosion protection requirements of this Specification. 10.25.6.1.12 The IPB shall be designed for grounding at one point only to the station grounding grid. The IPB enclosure shall be used as a grounding bus. 10.25.6.1.13 For all the connections where contact is made between non-identical metals, Contractor shall provide suitable protective contact surface plating to effectively prevent corrosion and ensure a good electrical contact.

218

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.6.1.14 All welded connections may be subject to non-destructive tests and the Purchaser reserves the right to reject welds which are found to be unsatisfactory. 10.25.6.1.15 The Contractor shall submit to the Purchaser the certified reports of all the tests for IPB, performed according to the Standard ANSI/IEEE C37.23. 10.25.6.2 Star Connection & Generator Neutral Equipment 10.25.6.2.1 The Generator neutral terminals of the three phases shall be connected together by the Contractor, to form the Star Point. The Star Point shall be grounded, using grounding transformer and/or grounding resistor, according to the Manufacturer's practice. 10.25.6.2.2 The Generator neutral equipment shall be adapted to the ground fault protection system of the generator. 10.25.6.2.3 The Generator neutral equipment shall be installed in a separate cabinet located in close vicinity to the Generator. The cabinet shall be naturally cooled. The connection between the cabinet and the Star Point shall be provided by the Contractor.

10.25.6.3 Generator Circuit Breaker 10.25.6.3.1 A three phase Generator Circuit Breaker (GCB) shall be provided to perform the protection and operating functions as specified. The GCB shall use the SF6 gas as an extinguishing medium. 10.25.6.3.2 The GCB shall be placed in the run of the main IPB between the Generator and the tap connection of the UAT. 10.25.6.3.3 The GCB shall comprise of:

- three (3) single pole generator circuit breakers complete with common base frame, operating mechanism, control and supervision, to form a three phase circuit breaker unit. - one (1) series disconnector switch per phase (on the Main Transformer side). - two (2) earthing switches per phase. - connection to static frequency converter, including motor driven disconnector. - current and potential transformers, for protection and metering purposes, as specified hereunder.

219

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

- surge arresters & surge capacitors, as specified hereunder. 10.25.6.3.4 The GCB ratings, tests and definitions shall be in accordance with IEEE STD C37.013 - Standard for AC High-Voltage Generator Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current. 10.25.6.3.5 The GCB shall be indoor or outdoor mounted, according to the approved layout of the power plant. If mounted outdoor, rain/sun roof shall be provided. 10.25.6.3.6 The enclosure shall be designated for welded connection to the IPB enclosure. Each enclosure shall be fabricated of aluminum and capable of conducting currents equal to the current ratings specified. 10.25.6.3.7 Inspection windows shall be provided in each enclosure as required to permit visual checks of the disconnector switch contact position and the earthing switch position. 10.25.6.3.8 A Control cubical with operating mechanism and all control equipment shall be provided and located at the side of the GCB on the common base frame. Mimic diagram shall be provided in front of the control cubical showing symbols of interconnected equipment, actuating components of the GCB and position indicators. Means for trip circuit monitoring (supervision) of the GCB shall be provided for each coil. Dry contact "Trip coil supervision" has to be prepared for signaling to ECS. 10.25.6.3.9 The GCB shall be provided with the necessary means for remote control. All signals indicated locally shall be transmitted to the central control room. 10.25.6.3.10 The Contractor shall submit to the Purchaser the certified reports of all the tests for GCB, performed according to the standard IEEE Std. C37.013.

10.25.7 Unit protection system 10.25.7.1 The Contractor shall provide a completely integrated system of fully digital protection equipment for the Generator, Unit Main Transformer (UMT) and Auxiliary Transformer (UAT). The unit protection system shall comprise exclusively relays of modular design, numerical type and shall be supplied in Vendor's Standard cubicles. Assembled cubicles shall be factory wired to terminal strips (knife disconnector terminal blocks for the digital inputs & outputs is preferred) and

220

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

shall be functionally tested before shipping. Bidder shall state clearly in the proposal the kind and model of the protective relays. 10.25.7.2 Unless otherwise specified, all equipment shall be designed, constructed and tested in accordance with the requirements of the latest relevant published IEC standards and the following IEEE Standards:. - IEEE C.37.102- latest edition - IEEE Guide for AC Generator Protection. - ANSI/IEEE C.37.91- latest edition - IEEE Guide for Protective Relay Application to Power Transformers. 10.25.7.3 The generator protection functions shall be subdivided into two groups, being independent and each of them capable of providing uninterrupted protection even in the case of one of the protection’s group failing. (Redundant Generator Protections) Each of the two protection groups shall have its own independent auxiliary supply. Redundant digital relay panels shall be provided. In addition to the software programming facilities, a tripping matrix (if applicable) can be provided for collecting the external tripping commands and transfer them to the two tripping coils of the circuit breaker. 10.25.7.4 The Unit Protection System shall be suitable for direct connection to the generator and line (local HV field) circuit breaker’s tripping coils (two coils in each). The tripping logic shall also accept signals from external functions such as Bucholz relay, pressure relief device of the transformers, online tape changer, temperature devices, status of the circuit breakers, operating control unit, local HV field protections, etc. A lockout Relay (to avoid re-energizing of equipment prior to resetting the protection) will be provided by a separate relay with manual reset. According to the equipment, the protection functions have to be latched separately for generator, UMT and UAT. 10.25.7.5 The Unit Protection System shall be set and controlled with the aid of a Personal Computer, with a suitable interface program and may be connected to the system via a Communication Port interface. This shall be done either locally by PC or remotely using suitable interface program (all necessary software for the calibrations shall be supplied). 10.25.7.6 The tripping signals for every protection function shall be freely allocated by software (or in a hardware matrix) to the individual channel of the tripping

221

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

units. Contractor shall show clearly which protections will trip Circuit Breakers and Gas Turbine and which of them shall be implemented through Lockout Relays. The tripping signal outputs should be sufficient in order to permit transmission of the protection function trip signal to different systems . Facilities for all trip circuit supervision arrangement in conjunction to the tripping units shall be provided. 10.25.7.7 The Unit Protection shall provide all functions required for the protection of the Generator, the Unit Main Transformer and Auxiliary Transformer. These functions shall be selected from the library and provided completely in two independent protection systems. The functions will be provided according to agreed gas turbine electrical one- line diagram and shall include, but not limited to (shall be finalized during negotiations): a. Generator ANSI Code Generator differential 87G Stator Earth fault (95%) 59N Stator Earth fault (100%) 64 Rotor earth fault 64FR in excitation Under-voltage 27 Over-voltage 59 Stator Overload 49 not redundant; alarm from generator to turbine control panel. Negative Sequence Protection 46 (two stages) Loss of field (under-excitation) 40 (two stages) Reverse Power (double) 32 Under-frequency 81 (3 steps) Time over-current with voltage restraint 51V Voltage balance (blow fuse protection) 60 Out of Step 78 (two stages) Generator C.B. Breaker Failure Protection (50/62 BF) Dead Machine protection 50RE Volt per Hertz protection 24

222

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Note: Together with stator ground fault protection the manufacturer will include in his proposal the recommendation of calculation of grounding resistors. The auxiliary equipment for the stator and rotor earth fault protection (coupling capacitors, various resistors etc.) will be calculated and supplied to be installed in generator neutral point cubicle if necessary. b. Unit Main Transformer Protection (UMT): Transformer differential protection: 87T Backup Ground Fault Protection: 51TN (on HV side) Backup Ground Fault Protection: 59BNG (on IPB) Over-current of HV side 50/51, c. Unit Auxiliary Transformer Protection (UAT): Transformer differential protection: 87T Phase instantaneous over-current Protection: 50AT Phase over-current protection 51AT Ground over-current protection 51N Ground differential protection 87N (MV side) All the protection elements provided with the transformers should be connected to suitable tripping relays or circuits to provide the intended protection, and their alarm signals should be connected to the Unit Control and Monitoring System and Electrical Control System. d. Overall Protection Over-excitation 59/81 Minimum impedance 21 Overall (generator and Transformers differential 87U All the protection elements will be connected to suitable tripping relays or circuits in order to provide the intended protection. Also a break glass of fire protection input should be taken into consideration. Additional protection functions will be provided by the Contractor, if necessary.

223

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

The relays shall incorporate all the protection functions specified, a variable programmable tripping logic, supervisions, signaling, and testing facilities as well as memory functions and transient fault recording functions. 10.25.7.8 A detailed description of the Unit Protection System, including equipment characteristics and principal connection diagram shall be provided for Purchaser’s approval. 10.25.7.9 The Protection cubicles shall be made of sheet steel and be provided with a glass door in order to enable the signal and trip relay’s LED to be seen. 10.25.7.10 Field wiring from and to the protection system shall be terminated on separate racks inside the protection equipment (through terminal blocks). 10.25.7.11 Terminal strips of different voltage levels are to be physically separated and properly identified (knife disconnector terminal blocks is preferred). 10.25.7.12 Adequate space for mounting fire protection detectors on top cover shall be provided within each cubicle. On the top cover a removable plate for those purposes shall be provided with dimensions 250/250 mm. 10.25.7.13 The digital protection system shall be provided with a built-in testing facility (password protected), capable of testing the protection circuits from the terminal of the measuring to the output tripping coils. The following tests shall be provided as software test function features, by means of Human-Machine Interface: - Test of the protection functions - Test of the tripping outputs - Test of the signaling outputs - Test of the binary inputs In addition to the software test functions, facilities for secondary injection testing shall be provided (testing of the protection function behavior at simulated fault conditions). 10.25.7.14 The Manufacturer shall perform the following test plan for the offered equipment: - Type tests: the type tests shall be carried out on all protection relays and shall include the relevant test reports according to the latest relevant issue of IEC Standards 255.

224

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

- Factory Acceptance Tests. Purchaser’s personnel shall have the right to attend the factory acceptance test. Manufacturer is required to submit with the proposal a list of the proposed factory acceptance tests for approval by Purchaser. - Site Acceptance Tests shall be performed by Manufacturer’s supervisor and attended by Purchaser’s personnel. Manufacturer is required to submit with the proposal a list of the proposed site acceptance tests and all test facilities necessary to perform these tests. Manufacturer shall submit a list of tests to be performed on site to prove the EMC withstand of the mounted equipment. 10.25.7.15 The protection system shall be provided with proven communication capability to the Protection Supervision System which will allow the exchange of Parameters, signals, measured values as well as remote Parameter regulation commands via appropriate interfaces, IEC61850 interface via relay’s IEC61850 port for this purpose must be included. Protection Supervision System should be included in Contractor’s scope of supply. Protection Supervision System shall synchronize the clocks in all connected protective relays. Protection Supervision System should be connected to the Unit Time Synchronization Device (PCMS).. 10.25.7.16 Setting of the unit protections and relay setting shall be sent to Purchaser for approval before FAT. These last settings and logic software shall be sent to field before SAT. 10.25.7.17 Two (2) copies of all the setting softwares with licenses shall be supply to the Purchaser.

10.25.8 Synchronization system 10.25.8.1 The Synchronizing System is intended to be used for: - automatically or manually synchronize and connect the unit generator to the system. - supervise the “Paralleling” or “resynchronize” condition for the circuit breakers (two) of the main power circuit. 10.25.8.2 The Synchronizing system shall control the following circuit breakers: - The Generator circuit breaker.

225

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

- The 161kV circuit breaker connecting the UMT to the 161kV switchgear. 10.25.8.3 The Synchronizing System shall include: - a dual channel synchronizing device. - synchronizing logic (interface to Main Control System-HMI, CB’s and input voltage selection, operating mode selection etc.) The Synchronizing System will be used in AUTO – operating mode or in MANUAL – operating mode (two automatic and one manual channel). The AUTO mode will be used for synchronizing the unit (start-up) by closing the generator CB or re-synchronizing the unit (after the isolating operation mode) by closing 161kV circuit breaker. In MANUAL – operating mode the synchronizing system shall be used only for supervision of the Paralleling conditions, a.m. “synch-check”, or “resynchronize”. A separate selective command initiated by the operator shall allow the selection of the synchronizing Circuit Breaker to the synchronizing instrument only. The Contractor shall include in the proposal a technical description of the proposed synchronizing system including the main data and its operating modes. In the proposal shall be included also a block diagram showing the connection between the main subassemblies of the synchronizing system (synchro. device, synchro.) and the other parts of the power plant (unit control, generator excitation system, GCB, 161kV local field etc.).

10.25.8.4 Setting software with license shall be supply to the Purchaser. 10.25.9 Metering 10.25.9.1 Unit measurement and metering shall include: a. Electrical power transducers. b. Meters as described below c. One panel, equipped with all items, completely wired and tested, including also Flexitest switches, for current and voltage circuits as described below, and all necessary AC/DC MCB’s equipped with tripping and signal auxiliary contacts. 10.25.9.2 All the transducers shall be externally powered (four-wired).

226

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

The Contractor shall provide the necessary devices such as interposing in order to permit remote transmission of measures data. 10.25.9.3 The Contractor shall provide the following for metering purposes of Generator: No Measuring Instrument Symbol Qty. Output transmitted to Main Control System/ECS RTU HMI 1. Current transducer Ax 3 x x 2. Voltage transducer Vx 6 x x 3. Voltage transducer Vx 3 x 4. Frequency transducer Fx 1 x 5. Watt-Var transducer W-Varx 1 x x 6. Watt-Var transducer W-Varx 1 x

10.25.9.4 Current transformers for metering shall be class 0.2S. Voltage transformers for metering shall be class 0.5S. Type Test of CT's shall be submitted according IEC 60044-1 item 14.5.2. Special marking are required by Purchaser in the rated resistive burden etc. The classes and accuracies shall be shown on the One Line Diagram. Shielded cables shall be used for connecting potential and current transformers (PT's & CT's) secondary circuits. 10.25.9.5 Preparation for connection of Revenue meters (supplied by other) to PT's, CT's through terminals shall be prepare by the Contractor on Generator output side, auxiliary transformer 6.9 kV side and on 6.9kV switchgear maintenance feeder. 10.25.10 Medium Voltage (6.9kV) Switchgear (70BBA01 on the one Line diagram). 10.25.10.1 One MV switchgear shall be included in the Contractor Proposal.

10.25.10.2 Short technical description The proposed switchgear diagram will fit the general one line diagram of the Combined Cycle Unit attached to the Specification and according to the Unit requirements. Please be note, in case that the MV Switchgear operating voltage shall be different from 6.9kV:

227

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

a. One Reserve Auxiliary Transformer 6.9/Swgr. Voltage shall be included in the Contractor scope of supply for the first Unit only, to allow maintenance power supply feeding to the MV Switchgear from the existing Power Plant. b. The voltage ratings of the UAT, LCT's and other MV Swgr. loads shall be updated accordingly. The proposed switchgear and all its relevant parts shall be fully type tested metal enclosed switchgear, of LSC2B type according to Standard IEC 62271-200, which correspond to the metal clad switchgear with with-draw- able vacuum or SF6 circuit breakers and High voltage fused Contactors, as well as with all protection, metering and control devices required for normal operation of the provided Switchgear, and metallic shutters according to former IEC standard IEC 60298. 10.25.10.3 Main electrical rating of the Medium voltage switchgears Basic Standard IEC 62271 - 200 Rated voltage 12 kV Rated frequency 50 Hz Operating voltage 6.9 kV Rated insulation level: Lightning impulse withstand voltage 75 kV (1.2/ 50 µs) Power frequency withstand voltage 28 kV, 1 min Rated normal current – as per Contractor Proposed One Line diagram Temperature rise according to IEC- 62271-1 Rated short time withstand current as per Contractor Proposed One Line Diagram Rated peak withstand current as per Contractor Proposed One Line Diagram Rated supply voltage of closing and 220VDC opening device

10.25.10.4 Construction: The switchgear will be self-supporting construction, ready to be installed close to wall, indoor type, extendable. 10.25.10.5 Buses:

228

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Bus bars will be copper made, of sufficient size to carry the rated current continuously without exceeding the temperature rise specified in IEC-60694. They will be adequate to withstand all mechanical and thermal stresses due to short circuit currents at least equal to those specified for the circuit breakers. Buses and bus connections shall be completely insulated, with antihygroscopic track resistant material possessing flame retardant self - extinguishing properties. Grounding bus will be copper, capable of carrying the rated short circuit current of any circuit breaker in the assembly for 2 sec., and will extent to the full length of each switchgear section. 10.25.10.6 Earthing switches Each cubicle will be fitted with an earthing switch mounted in the feeder compartment, for connecting the incoming, outgoing cables and buses to earth. Earthing switches ratings will be in accordance with IEC-62271-102, latest issue. The earthing switch control can be done from the switchboard front, by manual operation, and will be only possible with the circuit-breaker isolated. Earthing switches placed in the incoming cubicles will be designed with making capacity and short circuit ratings equal to the rated short circuit of the switchgear. Earthing switches for incoming feeders and buses earthing switch shall be provided with blocking coil, for electrical interlock purposes

Interface with the Control System For the electrical main feeders, coupler, reserve feeder all the control logic shall be implemented in the ECS by the Contractor, according to Contractor's standards and Purchaser's agreement. Protection signals only shall be implemented both in the Switchgear and in the ECS. 10.25.10.7 Interlocks The full system of mechanical and electrical interlocks will be provided according to the requirements of the Item 5.11 of the standard IEC-62271- 200. 10.25.10.8 Circuit breakers

229

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Each circuit breaker compartment will be designed to house a drawout power circuit breaker. The circuit breaker will be designed and tested in accordance with Standard IEC-62271-100, last edition. The circuit breakers will be vacuum or SF6, three-pole, electrically operated, stored energy type, operated from 220VDC direct current auxiliary control source, and provided with the necessary means for remote control. The breakers will be removable, drawout types, with self-coupling primary and secondary disconnecting contacts. They will be electrically and mechanically trip free, and will be provided with antipumping features. The breakers in the incoming cubicles will be suitable for synchronizing duty. The breakers synchronizing shall be via synchrocheck function of their protective relays. For the medium voltage motor feeders, the fused and draw-out type contactor, vacuum shall be provided instead of the circuit breaker for motors cubicle rated up to 1000 KW. The Fused Contactor shall be designed and tested in accordance with Standard IEC-60470, last edition. All vacuum Circuit breakers cubicles shall be equipped with suitable surge arresters, to limit the magnitude of transient overvoltage generated by the vacuum Circuit breaker. 10.25.10.9 Space heaters: A space heater will be provided for the equipment, so that the temperature inside the cubicles shall be maintained above the dew point temperature. 10.25.10.10 Voltage transformers Voltage transformers meet the requirement of IEC-60044-2, latest edition. 10.25.10.11 Current transformers Current transformer’s mechanical and thermal ratings shall be coordinated with the short circuit ratings of the circuit breakers, in accordance with IEC 60044-1, latest issue.

10.25.10.12 Electrical Power transducers Electrical Power Transducers, as required for measuring purposes will be provided. The Power Transducers will be dry type, with live 0, and shall provide a 4-20 mA DC output signal.

230

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.10.13 Main characteristics of the protection equipment Complete protection system with the microprocessor based digital protection relay will be provided in each switchgear cubicle (including Breaker Failure Protection – B.F.P and Arc Protection). The maintenance feeder cubicle shall include spare place to install one side of the fed cable differential protection relay. For this purpose the maintenance feeder shall include also current transformer with the same ratio of the current transformer on the feeding side. The current transformer ratio will be informed at the detail design stage. 10.25.10.14 The Contractor has to provide all interposing relay required for circuit breaker control according to his standard design. Means for trip circuit monitoring (supervision) shall be provided also. Dry contact "Trip coil supervision" has to be prepared for signaling to ECS. Each electrical circuit (close, trip, protection, metering, etc.) in each cubicle shall be fed from separate miniature circuit breaker. 10.25.10.15 The entire switchgear including power circuit breakers, high voltage fuses, high voltage Contactors, earthing switches, meters, relays, etc., shall be completely factory tested. The breakers, contactors and auxiliary equipment of the same type and rating shall be physically and functionally interchangeable.

10.25.10.16 The switchgear shall form a line-up free-standing one high level metal enclosure suitable for indoor service, placed in an air-conditioned electrical room. The appropriate bus connection in duct shall be provided in case the switchgear will be arranged in two rows of cubicles. The appropriate duct for gas evacuation, in case of internal arc (based on general arrangement design), shall be provided if needed. The Switchgear’s enclosure shall have adequate strength, to withstand all the stress imposed by shipping, handling, installation and operation, without distortion or damage. Provisions shall be made for adding cubicles at either end of the switchgear. The switchgear shall consist of the circuit breaker/High fused contactor units and the auxiliary units, assembled to form a rigid self - supporting completely

231

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

metal - enclosed structure. Each unit structure shall be segregated by metal - sheets into the following separate compartments: CIRCUIT BREAKER- HIGH VOLTAGE FUSED CONTACTOR / BUSBAR, CABLE and INSTRUMENT. 10.25.10.17 Instruments, meters, relays, secondary control devices and their wiring shall be isolated by grounded metal barriers from all primary circuit elements. 10.25.10.18 Access to the circuit breaker/Contactor or voltage transformer compartment shall be provided by hinged front door of formed steel construction, and access to the low voltage compartment shall also be provided with a separate hinged front door. The front door will be grounded by two hinges. 10.25.10.19 The system of mechanical and electromechanical interlocks which guarantee the correct sequence of operations shall be provided. 10.25.10.10 The main loads of the MV Switchgear will be as follows: - SFC starting system - Unit low voltage transformers and switchgears - BOP low voltage transformers and switchgears - Three (3) sea water cooling pumps (1.4÷3.4MW each). - Other technologic motors and loads - One (1) spare fully equipped cubicle for future Battery Energy Storage System - One (1) spare fully equipped cubicle for future transformer - One (1) spare fully equipped cubicle for future motor 10.25.11 Load Center Transformers 6.9/0.4kV (70BFT01÷04 on the one Line diagram). 10.25.11.1 The LCT shall be connected: H.V. side: to 6.9 kV switchgear through cables, L.V. side: to 0.4kV switchgear through a busbars 10.25.11.2 The LCT shall be three-phase, two separate windings, step-down, oil- immersed or dry type depending on the layout concept. 10.25.11.3 Transformer ratings: a) Rated voltages at no load: HV: 6.9 kV LV: 0.42 kV b) Phase diagram: Dyn-11 c) Rated power shall be calculated by the Contractor.

232

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.11.4 An off-load tap-changer shall be provided on the H.V. winding. Tapping range shall be  2x2. 5% of rated voltage. All taps shall be full capacity taps. 10.25.11.5 Insulation level of the transformer on the high voltage side shall be the same as for the medium voltage switchgear. 10.25.12 0.4 kV Low Voltage Switchgears 10.25.12.1 The 0.4 kV Low Voltage Switchgears include Load Centers (LC) and Motor Control Centers (MCC). The 0.4kV Low Voltage Switchgear Assemblies and all associated equipment shall be designed manufactured and tested in accordance with the latest applicable edition of the following standards:  IEC/EN Standard 61439-1 and 61439-2.  IEC/EN Standard 60947 series. All equipment shall comply with the relevant harmonized European standards and must carry the CE mark. The Switchgears shall be proposed according to BM70YYY/ESK/00000001 Single Line Diagram attached hereto (supplement 8.9.3.1). Typically consumers with rated power in the range of 250÷90 kW are fed from LC, while lower rated consumers are connected to MCC. 10.25.12.2 Low Voltage Switchgear electrical data: Rated Insulated Voltage (Ui)...... 1000 VAC Rated Operational Voltage (Ue)...... /...... 400 VAC+10% Rated Frequency ...... 50 Hz Insulation Level (Rated impulse withstand Voltage at 50Hz (Uimp).....8000 V Degree of pollution ...... 3 Main Bus Bars rated Current Capacity ...... calculated by contractor Rated short time withstand current (Icw)(1s)...... calculated by contractor Rated peak withstand current (Ipk) ...... calculated by contractor Vertical Bus Bars capacity for outgoing feeders circuit breakers....calculated by contractor. Rated supply voltage of closing and opening devices and auxiliary circuits - Direct current voltage……………………………220 VDC - Alternating current voltage……………………...230/400 VAC

233

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Switchgears shall be TN-C-S Specified ambient conditions, as stated in Paragraph 10.1 of this specification. 10.25.12.3 Equipment description The 0.4 kV Low Voltage Switchgears / MCC's will be Type Tested (TTA), metal enclosed, with draw-able multi cubicle type with Form 3b internal sePara.tion and will be designed according to IEC 61439-1,2 Publication and the requirements of the Specification. The 0.4kV Low Voltage Switchgear Assemblies shall be IP31 degree of protection. The 0.4kV Low Voltage Switchgear Assemblies shall be designated so as to permit future additions of vertical sections. Each instrument compartment will house the following devices supplied by Contractor: - One microprocessor based digital ground overcurrent protection relay; - One microprocessor based digital three-phase voltage protection relay with the following functions: 1. Undervoltage 2. Overvoltage - One microprocessor based digital power monitoring device. 10.25.12.3.1 0.4kV Air Circuit breakers The LC circuit breakers shall be withdrawable air circuit breaker type, electrically operated, with stored energy mechanism and digital protection unit. The breakers will be provided with motor operated spring charging mechanism, self-coupling primary and secondary disconnecting contacts, electrically and mechanically trip free, with fault trip reset button and will have anti pumping features. All accessories needed for a safe and reliable operation shall be provided. The protection unit shall be microprocessor based digital unit with LSIG trip functions and electrical contact for trip status. A hand held terminal or laptop will allow the setup and detailed post trip analysis. The Contractor has to provide all interposing relay required for circuit breaker control according to his standard design. Means for trip circuit monitoring

234

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

(supervision) shall be provided also. Dry contact "Trip coil supervision" has to be prepared for signaling to ECS. 10.25.12.3.2 Main Disconnecting Switch The main disconnecting switch shall be hand 3 position operated device ((1) bus connected to feeder, (0) bus insulated, (2) bus connected to PE), with door fitted handle. The switch shall be of a type tested model according to IEC 60947-3 standard requirements. All accessories needed for a safe and reliable operation shall be provided. 10.25.12.3.3 Molded Case Circuit Breaker The circuit breaker will be hand operated, with door fitted handle. The circuit breakers shall be of a type tested model according to IEC 60947-2 standard requirements. All accessories needed for a safe and reliable operation shall be provided. 10.25.12.3.4 Miniature Circuit Breakers circuit breakers shall be of a type tested model according to IEC 60947-2 standard requirements. 10.25.12.3.5 Contactors The contactors shall be chosen for utilization category AC-3 and for 10 million operations. The contactors shall be of a type tested model according to IEC 60947-4 standard requirements. The contactors shall be of type 2 coordination. 10.25.12.3.6 Auxiliary relays The relays shall be chosen for utilization category AC-15 and designation N600. The relays shall comply with IEC 60947-5-1 standard requirements.

10.25.12.3.7 Thermal overload relays The relays shall comply with IEC 60947-4-1 standard requirements. Trip class 10. 10.25.12.3.8 Voltage protection relay The voltage protection relay shall provide the voltage measurement with under voltage and overvoltage protection, with lock-out function. The relay shall comply with IEC 60255 series standards. 10.25.12.3.9 Power Monitoring Device (PMD)

235

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

The PMD shall comply with IEC harmonized standards. It shall monitor, measure, calculate and display the following Parameters: - True RMS voltage on each phase and line. - True RMS current on each phase. - Frequency. - Active power. - Power factor. - Active energy. - PMD shall be provided with one analog 4-20mA output 10.25.12.3.10 Control transformer The control transformer shall comply with IEC 61558-2-2 standard. The ratio shall be 400VAC±5%/230VAC. The transformer shall have copper winding with thermal class F.

10.25.12.3.11 Current transformer The current transformer for protection and for measuring shall comply with IEC 60044-1 standard. 10.25.12.3.12 The MCC shall include compartments for motor starters, feeders, reversed motor starters and other equipment as necessary to fulfill its task. All motor starters shall be of fuseless type and shall include: - Molded case circuit breaker with magnetic only protection unit. - Contactor. - Thermal overload relay. The motor starter shall be of type 2 coordination. The outgoing feeder to electrical cabinet shall include molded case circuit breaker with thermomagnetic protection. 10.25.12.4 The Switchgears shall be provided with 20% Spare feeders compartments, fully equipped and wired, as is required by the Purchaser and 10% free space.

236

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

The estimated quantity of the B.O.P Switchgear consumers is: - About 30 consumers on the Load Center (not includes the spares listed above). - About 80 consumers on the MCC (not includes the spares listed above). The final quantity of consumers will be define later 10.25.12.5 The monitoring of the 0.4kV Low Voltage Switchgear shall be performed by means of Electrical Control System (ECS) The Contractor shall properly wire at least the following signal inputs (not limited): (individual overloads, C.Bkr. status etc….) and according to Contractor Standard. - Switchgear under-voltage - Switchgear over-voltage - Circuit breakers close - Circuit breakers trip - Protection actuated - Control voltage trouble - Contactor actuated This list of the signals may be updated at later stage mutually agreed. 10.25.12.6 Interface with the Control System For the electrical main feeders, coupler, maintenance feeder all the control logic shall be implemented in the ECS by the Contractor, according to Contractor's standards and Purchaser's agreement. Protection signals only shall be implemented both in the Switchgear and in the ECS. Automatic Transfer Logic shall also be implemented in Contractor Control. 10.25.12.7 Short-Circuiting Ground devices For safety maintenance of the switchgear respective buses and LC transformers 0.4kV side will be provided with a mobile draw-out type to- ground and short-circuiting devices. The grounding device shall be sized to the short time withstand current of the switchgear incoming circuit breaker. "connection position" switch shall be provided for control/alarm.

237

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.12.8 Lifting Device. For lifting and mounting the circuit breakers a floor running portable transfer truck with manual lifting mechanism shall be provided 10.25.12.9 Nameplates All electrical equipment shall be properly tagged and prominently identified with a nameplate designation as approved by Purchaser. The 0.4kV Switchgears and each compartment shall be provided on door with nameplate indicating Purchaser equipment number and designation. The nameplates shall be engraved laminated plastic type with engraved leeters cut through the white faced layer to expose the black under lying laminate. All nameplates will be white with black engraving. 10.25.12.10 Technical Documentation The Contractor shall submit technical documentation in accordance with the follows: Proposal stage. Summary of data filled in with all required data. The certificates and/or reports confirmed the compliance an assembly or system designed by an original manufacturer (OM) with IEC Standard 61439- 2 The documents shall be issued by authorized body, performed design verification. S.I.I. permission for compliance an assembly or system designed by OM with IS 61439-2 or S.I.I. permission to Israeli assembly manufacturer to mark its product with a Standard Mark. License given by OM or OM representative to an assembly manufacturer if the assembly manufacturer is not OM. Confirmation of an assembly manufacturer for compliance his design, manufacture and verification of the proposed assemblies with IS 61439-2. Catalogs, Prospects of proposal equipment. Detail design stage (for Approval). Drawings list. Complete List of Electrical Equipment furnished by Contractor and all data necessary to clearly define the electrical apparatus and instruments.

238

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Key One Diagrams of complete electrical circuits in accordance with Purchaser requirements and/or drawings. Schematic Diagrams, external connections, covering all electrical equipment that is factory wired as an integral part of the data sheet. All equipment shall be labeled with a tag number in accordance with Purchaser documentation. 0.4kV Low Voltage Switchgear Layout Drawings with electrical equipment, details of bus bars, connections, terminals etc., marked according to the Contractor’s Key and Schematic Diagram. The drawings shall include elevation, sections top and bottom views and details with dimensions as required. Complete Wiring Diagrams showing all wiring connections for all equipment furnished by Contractor. Connections to external wiring shall be shown at terminal blocks and each device shall be properly identified. Nameplates List. Spare parts List. All drawings shall be submitted in soft copy dwg. files and hard copy as well. Quality Assurance Documentation. Purchaser may require the right to approve any other drawings supplied by Contractor. Detail design stage (for Information). Verification reports and certificates:  Design verification reports and certificates.  Certified routine verification reports.  Certified verification and test reports covering the guaranteed requirements, manufacturer’s Standard and commercial tests Reports of computations of temperature-rise limits. Instruction Books, Catalogs, Prospects that have not been submitted with the Proposal. "As shipped" Drawings / "As made" Drawings.

239

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.13 Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG), (70XJA01 on the one Line diagram) 10.25.13.1 General Requirements 10.25.13.1.1 EDG set shall provide all the back-up power required by the equipment supplied through this Contract, in order to enable: a) Safe Shutdown of the Unit. b) Maintain full safety and security during and after the shutdown. 10.25.13.1.2 Work Included This Paragraph identifies the requirements for the design, manufacture, preparation, inspection, testing and delivery of (Emergency Diesel-Generator Set (EDG). The set shall be completely self-contained including all auxiliary equipment, starting system and control equipment. The EDG will supply emergency 0.4 kV, 50 Hz electrical power to the Unit via 0.4kV Unit switchgear as shown on one line diagram. In addition, will supply other auxiliaries which are required for safe shutdown of the Unit as well as other essential station loads. The EDG shall be located in a ventilated, fire detected and protected and silenced container.

10.25.13.1.3 Enclosure The Emergency diesel generator set will be installed outdoors and shall be provided on a single, enclosed, walk-in, ventilated, weatherproof skid. Conduit and cable entry shall be from the bottom of the enclosure. The generator output leads shall be terminated in a generator oversized terminal enclosure, fabricated as part of the generator frame. 10.25.13.1.3.1 Enclosure shall include ample space for easy maintenance. Enclosure shall include all necessary noise reduction equipment, service and emergency lights, air fans, emergency stop pushbuttons. 10.25.13.1.3.2 All wiring shall be in galvanized metal, dirt/oil protected conduits, wiring on the diesel generators shall be protected from heat by sleeves.

10.25.13.1.4 Safety The unit shall be designed so as to minimize the possibility of accidents that would injure operating or maintenance personnel. The Contractor shall, prior to shipment, insure that all electrical connections are tight, circuits are

240

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

insulated, on-set piping connections are well made, and standard safety equipment is included and operates according to design.

The following shall be considered standard safety measures: a) All rotating exposed components shall have suitable guard covers designed to prevent accidental contact. These guards shall be substantially constructed, securely fastened in place, but easily removable for maintenance purposes. b) External areas of high temperatures shall be covered with thermal insulation to provide personnel protection. c) Where appropriate, the equipment shall be provided with relief valves, interlocks, shear pins, etc., to protect against damage.

10.25.13.1.5 EDG Modes of Operation a) Normal Mode: The 0.4kV Unit switchgear energized. During this mode, the EDG operation is not required. b) Emergency Mode: In case of loss of voltage supply in 0.4kV Unit switchgear busses and automatic switching sequence shall start the (EDG) diesel generator and assure the power supply to the system. c) Test Mode: Is initiated by the operator from the Control Room. This command is applied to the EDG Control System, which shall implement the EDG Start-Stop Sequence, up to the point when the synchronization conditions of the EDG with 0.4kV Unit switchgear busses are reached. At this stage a signal shall be provided to the Electrical Control System (ECS) which shall connect the EDG in parallel with the switchgear busses. The EDG shall be controlled by the operator in the Main Control Room. Means shall be provided also to make test from EDG Control System in the container without synchronization. 10.25.13.2 Diesel Engine The prime mover shall be sized for intermittent service in an application where continuous loading is applied during the operating cycle. The engine shall be operated on diesel fuel. 10.25.13.2.1 Speed Governing:

241

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

The diesel engine shall be equipped with an electronic governor capable of both droop and isochronous control. The governor shall be of the latest design. Selection of Droop or isochronous mode shall be possible from local or remote. A separate over-speed trip device shall be provided to protect against over-speed. Some speed reduction can be accepted during initial load application of the GT starting device. On this basis, electronic type governor is considered acceptable with only the speed and droop adjustments normally provided on the governor being required. These adjustments shall be accessible during operation. In addition, a separate over-speed device shall be provided to shut down the EDG in the event of a governor or fuel system failure which could cause excessive over-speed of the set. The setting of this limit shall be determined by the Contractor. 10.25.13.2.2 Engine Fuel Oil System: 10.25.13.2.2.1 The set shall be provided with integral fuel storage and supply system complete with all necessary piping valves, pumps, filters, and an injection system as required. 10.25.13.2.2.2 The daily storage tank shall be provided, with sufficient fuel capacity for the unit to operate continuously for eight (8) hours. The Contractor shall furnish a level control device for alarming of low and high tank level. The starting and stopping of the fuel transfer pump shall be automatic/manual. The daily tank shall be mounted at the diesel or on an elevated base, to be decided later.  2x100% supply pumps from the daily tank to the generator shall be also supplied (final distance TBD). The EDG set will be furnished with all necessary piping required to connect the daily tank to the engine. The piping and valves on the engine and the necessary flexible connections shall be included with the Engine-Generator set. A non-return valve on suction line will be supplied by the Contractor, if required. 10.25.13.2.2.3 The EDG set will be furnished with all necessary piping required to connect the daily tank to the engine. The piping and valves on the engine and the necessary flexible connections shall be included with the Engine-Generator

242

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

set. A non-return valve on suction line will be supplied by the Contractor, if required. 10.25.13.2.3 Engine Cooling Systems: The set shall be provided with a closed-loop cooling system radiator of sufficient capacity to meet the site conditions. Instrumentation and unit control interlocks shall be provided as required to provide necessary engine protection during operation. Fans and drive mechanisms shall be equipped with guards or grilles for personnel safety. The system shall include all necessary circulating pumps, fans, jacket water heating system including thermostat. No treated water shall be used. 10.25.13.2.4 Exhaust System: The exhaust system shall consist of exhaust duct expansion joint and silencer, and guards (grid).

10.25.13.2.5 Engine Starting System: Air start system with engine-driven air compressors as well as air receiver with capacity for five-start attempts. However, an electric motor driven compressor should be provided for back-up or electrical starting, capable of five start attempts without recharging starting batteries. The EDG set shall include two (2) electrical starters, two sets of starting batteries and battery chargers. Control system shall be furnished with separate set of 24 Volt batteries and battery charger. 10.25.13.3 Protection, Control and Operating Features 10.25.13.3.1 Generator Protection: As a minimum a voltage controlled overcurrent protection 51V, (connected in neutral side of the generator) and a ground fault protection 51G (connected to the ground connection of the generator neutral - the neutral of the generator shall be solidly grounded) shall be provided of the same kind and family as other protections and fulfilling all other requirements. Contractor shall supply a separate panels including all protections, instrumentation, controls, synchronizer, etc.

243

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.13.3.2 EDG Control System Requirements The EDG Governor shall be able to operate in the following modes: a) The Non-synchronous Mode (the Control System keeps the frequency and the voltage constants), when the Diesel generator operates as an isolated generator, connected to the loads. b) Transfer from non-synchronous to droop. The Governor shall synchronize the previously started EDG (with the loads still connected to it) to the system, provide a permissive signal to the Electrical Control System (ECS) which shall close the Line Breaker and change the governor mode of operation from non-synchronous to droop. c) Droop Mode (the Control System keeps the power constant, the frequency and voltage following the line). In this mode, the EDG operates in Parallel with the System. In this mode of operation the operator shall have the facility to rise and lower the output power from the Control Room. 10.25.13.3.3 The EDG shall include the following Start-Stop capabilities: a) Local, Manual. For this start initiated by a Push Button, the Control System shall include a self holding system, which shall continue the start sequence up to the achievement of the synchronous speed. (The governor shall now keep this speed constant). This mode of operation is intended for mechanical test of the EDG. b) Remote, Manual and Automatic. The signals which shall initiate the startup sequence shall be pulses. The Control System shall be able to maintain these pulse signals and to continue the startup sequence till the provision of the required signal to the ECS which shall implement the load transfer. c) The Stop signal shall be a signal (from a Push Button or from the automatic System); the Control System shall include a self holding system, which shall continue the stop sequence including opening the Line Breaker and cool down of the engine up to the Stop of the EDG. d) The EDG Control System shall ensure that once the Generator was locally started, it shall also be only locally stopped and likewise for remote start- stop. Only the Emergency Stop Push Down Button or the protective devices

244

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

are capable to override the previously started EDG, regardless if the start was local or remote. 10.25.13.3.4 The EDG shall be provided with the following Emergency Shutdown capabilities: a) Automatic trip in case of mechanical failure (overcrank, overspeed, loss of oil pressure, etc.). b) Automatic trip in case of electrical failure (Generator’s protective relays actuated, loss of control voltage, etc.). c) Emergency Shutdown Push Buttons (mounted locally on the EDG and remote in the control room). If one of the above emergency situations occurs, the EDG shall be stopped immediately in an Emergency Shut-Down Sequence. 10.25.13.3.5 If during the Shutdown sequence, the operator initiates a “Start” command, from the Control Room, this shall take priority and the Diesel Generator shall accelerate up to synchronous speed. Closing the Generator Breaker or Line Breaker shall be implemented by the PCMS, according to the Operator’s command. 10.25.13.3.6 The Diesel shall be suitable for continuous operation at rated speed for 24 hours duty, incorporating a 10% overload for a period of one hour in every twelve hours. 10.25.13.3.7 The Diesel Generator Start-Stop equipment, which shall be mounted in the Diesel control and Measurement Cabinet 10.25.13.3.7.1 This control panel shall be mounted within the diesel generator package enclosure. The panel shall be a NEMA 12 enclosure and shall include the following indicating and control devices, at least:

Controls: Alarm Lights: Master control selectors Oil pressure falling (start/stop, auto/manual/test, local/remote) Coolant pressure falling Governor Control Coolant temperature rising Voltage control Low fuel level Emergency stop Low starting air pressure Reset Low battery voltage

245

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Heater system control Trip Lights: Alarm horn silencer Oil pressure low Test/lamp-test switch Oil temperature low Existing 0.4 kV circuit breaker Coolant temperature high control for EDG Synchronizing equipment: Overspeed Automatic synchronizers Overcrank Synchroscope Indicating Instruments: Double voltmeter and double frequency Wattmeters and Varmeters meter Status Lights: One (1) single phase generator voltmeter DC control power on One (1) frequency meter AC control power on Three (3) single phase generator ammeters, to be energized from individual 4-20 mA transducers Heaters on Oil pressure Ready to start Oil temperature, inlet and outlet Running idle speed Coolant temperature, inlet and outlet Running operational speed Coolant pressure Full fuel level Exhaust temperatures Generator breaker status Engine speed Ready to load Operating hours

10.25.13.3.7.2 This cabinet shall be able to operate as follows: 10.25.13.3.7.2.1 The Start-Up Sequence of the EDG: - Energize starter circuit. - Include a self holding. - Provide two (2) intermittent cranking cycles. One cranking cycle consists of two 15 seconds start, 15 seconds pause. - De-energize starting circuit when engine starts. - If the engine fails to start after the first attempt, the start circuit shall be locked requiring manual reset and a local indication light and remote alarm are initiated.

246

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

- Initiate a breaker close signal when voltage and frequency reach the rated values.

10.25.13.3.7.2.2 The Shutdown Sequence of the EDG: - Energize the stop circuit. - Include a self holding. - Automatic Load Decreasing. - Initiate a Breaker Trip Signal. - Cool down period (when the C.B. is open). - Final Engine Stop. - Reset Control relays for the next start.

10.25.13.3.7.3 If during the Shutdown sequence, the operator initiates a “Start” command, from the Control Room, this shall take priority and the Diesel Generator shall accelerate up to synchronous speed. Closing the Generator Breaker or Line Breaker shall be implemented by the ECS, according to the Operator’s command. 10.25.13.3.8 The Logic of the system shall be designed by the Contractor, PLC logic. The control system shall be integrated to the Electrical Control System - ECS by communication devices and communication cables, all this in a secure manner, as specified in Para..6 of this specification.

10.25.13.4 General Design and Construction of the EDG 10.25.13.4.1 The EDG, with all the auxiliary mechanical and electrical equipment serving it, shall be installed indoors, in a separate Diesel Container with natural ventilation, where the environmental conditions are as specified. 10.25.13.4.2 The Contractor shall include in the delivered equipment outside the EDG all the standard accessories and parts, both those obligatory under this Specification, and also those not detailed in this Specification, for the purpose of a continuous and orderly operation as a power unit, in the conditions required by this Specification. 10.25.13.4.3 The EDG with the Radiator shall be mounted on a common base, supported by heavy duty spring-type linear vibration isolators, so that horizontal and vertical vibration of the complete set, measured at the base

247

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

of the set shall not exceed 5 mils (0,12 mm) peak-to-peak under all loading conditions. The vibration system shall be approved by the Purchaser. 10.25.13.4.4 The Generator shall be directly connected to the engine flywheel with a flexible coupling, and the flywheel casing shall be connected to the generator frame with an adapter, to assure a constant alignment of the engine with the generator. The flywheel and the couplings shall be provided with suitable guards, conforming to the applicable OSHA requirements. 10.25.13.4.5 The Diesel shall be suitable for continuous operation at rated speed for 24 hours duty, incorporating a 10% overload for a period of one hour in every twelve hours. The engine shall be equipped with emergency stop lever and button and engine governor speed control. It shall contain multi flow fuel and lubrication oil filters, with replaceable elements and an oil line bypass system. The engine instrumentation panel shall include at least: - Lubrication oil pressure gauge - Water temperature gauge - Tachometer.

10.25.13.4.6 The brushless three phase synchronous generator shall be of the self- excited type, with self-regulating three phase synchronous revolving field. The generator shall be isolated to class F, the protection class shall be IP23, and for junction boxes IP54. The start point shall be located in the terminal box. The current transformers at the start point, for measurement and protection, shall also be installed in the terminal box. The generator shall be equipped with a complete excitation system capable of supplying excitation current, to the generator under all output conditions (from no load to full load) and capable of maintaining constant generator voltage within the tolerances specified in ISO 8528-3, table 1, class G3. The anti-condensating heaters shall be provided for standstill conditions.

248

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.13.4.7 The generator shall be provided with removable mesh screens on all openings. Mesh screens shall be suitable for excluding small rodents, reptiles and insects. Frames shall be designed and built so that windings and cores shall be protected against falling drip, dirt etc., and accumulation of foreign material on top of the core and coils. 10.25.13.4.8 The control and monitoring equipment for the generator shall include: - Control equipment for selection of fully automatic or manually controlled operation. - Automatic monitoring system with visual and audible alarms and engine safety shutdown. - Synchronization units. - Protection units for: - Overcurrent - Reverse power - Earth fault - Differential protection - Battery chargers including all necessary auxiliaries. 10.25.13.4.9 A copper grounding pad shall be provided on the skid and engine for Purchaser’s connections to ground network. (At least two points) 10.25.13.4.10 Battery shall be provided for starting the engine. The battery capacity shall be sufficient to operate the engine starter through three complete series of cranking cycles, in a ten minute period. Battery charging equipment shall be full wave rectifier type, voltage regulated type. The equipment shall be protected against damage from overload and short circuit. Circuit breakers shall be provided for interrupting the circuit on both AC and DC sides. Battery charging equipment shall be single phase power supply and shall have an insulating transformer to ensure that the battery is completely isolated from the AC power system. Operation of the battery charger shall be automatic and shall include regulation to maintain the output voltage substantially constant within the rated current range and independent of the AC supply voltage. Battery charging indictor shall be provided.

249

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.13.4.11 Adequate provisions shall be made for regulating the output terminal voltage, so that the current may be continuously adjusted from zero to the rated output, for any normal condition of the battery and for plus and minus 10% variation in the supply voltage. Battery charging equipment shall be enclosed in a metal cabinet, for wall mounting, with adequate provisions for ventilation. Instruments mentioned in the following Paragraphs shall be mounted on the front of the panel. 10.25.13.4.12 The generator shall have a solid state voltage regulator, to insure voltage regulation from no load to full load at +/- 3%. Voltage level shall be adjustable +/- 5% above rated voltage. High performance, quick response, field forcing voltage of a modern design shall be provided to achieve the severe conditions of 20% voltage dip in transient for each of the loads connected to the Load Center. Voltage variation at constant load shall be not more than +/- 2% (stability) and a maximum voltage recovery time for a step application of the last load not more than two (2) seconds. A manually operated field rheostat and cut-out switch shall be included. Remote voltage control shall be possible. 10.25.13.4.13 Speed governor, with adequate over speed protection, shall be Woodward Electronic, or equivalent.

10.25.13.4.14 Starting equipment shall be: batteries, battery charger, connection cables from batteries to the necessary equipment, electrical starters. etc. 10.25.13.4.15 Indication of the Diesel: - Oil Pressure Gauge - Oil Temperature Gauge - Cooling Water Temperature Gauge - Service hour meter. 10.25.13.4.16 Other alarm devices: - Low oil pressure alarm switch - Low coolant level alarm switch - High cooling water temperature alarm switch - Over speed - Failure to start.

250

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.13.4.17 The Generator shall be designed, constructed and tested in accordance with the latest applicable Standard of IEC, IEEE, ANSI and NEMA, and shall also be subjected to Tests with voltage regulator and other controls included but not limited to the following: winding and insulation resistance, high potential, voltage regulation phase rotation, current balance, transient voltage dip and response. 10.25.13.5 Noise. 10.25.13.5.1 The maximum sound pressure level of Equipment within Contractor's Scope of Supply shall not exceed the following noise levels: - 90 dBA outside the diesel enclosure, at a distance of 1m from the diesel exhaust outlet silencer. - 105 dBA inside the diesel generator enclosure; The above noise limits will be achieved by Contractor, by the means mentioned in par. 10.25.13.5.2.2. 10.25.13.5.2 The Contractor shall provide the following information (which may serve licensing purposes): 10.25.13.5.2.1 A list of all Equipment including components and relevant operational data with: a. The maximum sound pressure levels in dB(A) at a distance of one (1) meter from their major surface. b. The maximum free field sound pressure levels in dB(A) at a distance of fifteen (15) meters from their major surface. c. Sound power levels in dB(A). Fill in this data in Supplementary Data Sheets in Annexure "C2", "Summary of Data". The measurement and calculation of sound pressure and sound power levels of emergency diesel generator system shall be according to ISO 3744, or ISO 3746, or ISO 9614.

10.25.13.5.2.2 Methods and means for the reduction of the noise level according to the limits required in par. 10.25.13.5.2.1as follows: a. Special quiet technology or quiet Equipment design. b. Noise control treatments of the noisy Equipment. c. Acoustical insulation of the area of the noisy Equipment.

251

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.13.5.2.3 A detailed description of all special equipment, or means contained in this Proposal, that were used for reducing the noise level in accordance with par. 10.25.13.5.2.1, including the associated cost. 10.25.13.5.3 The Contractor shall provide within after award of Contract and according to annex.J: 10.25.13.5.3.1 The 1/3 octave band sound power levels in accordance with par. 10.25.13.5.1. 10.25.13.5.3.2 Complete information on the procedure used to derive the noise data submitted including descriptions of field noise measurements if any.

10.25.14 DC System 10.25.14.1 General Requirements 10.25.14.1.1 The DC System shall be designed to provide redundant supply to DC loads. The delivered DC system shall operate non-grounded and shall supply DC Power under normal conditions as under emergency conditions (for fuel, oil, sealing pumps, lighting etc.) which occur in blackout situations when no AC power is available, for a safe shut-down of the unit. The time required for blackout situations, shall be determined by the Contractor, but it shall not be less than one (1) hour. 10.25.14.1.2 DC consumers supply The majority of the DC loads shall be dual supplied for safety consideration. In case of failure of one of supply, the load shall be transferred to the other supply automatically. The transfer from one supply to the other shall be done automatically through ATD (Automatic transfer device). The DC System shall be designed to operate continuously and it shall permit maintenance of the equipment involved, without jeopardizing the security of the system. 10.25.14.1.3 The capacity of the system shall be sized so, that it shall include at least 20% reserve for future loads. 10.25.14.1.4 Full selectivity of all protective devices provided in the DC system shall be ensured. 10.25.14.1.5 The DC System shall be based on Storage Batteries and Battery Charger, normally operated in floating operation mode.

252

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

During the discharge time the voltage of the battery does not drop below the minimum values permitted for the loads, including the voltage drop across the cables, isolating diodes, switching devices, etc. 10.25.14.1.6 The DC System shall be located indoors with proper ventilation, where the ambient temperature is between +5C and +40C, and the humidity may reach 90%. 10.25.14.1.7 The Battery Room shall be provided with forced ventilation and air conditioning system. 10.25.14.1.8 All enclosed equipment shall be placed in heavy gauge steel cabinets, modern design, enclosure IP31, properly finished and painted for the conditions existing on the site. The cabinets shall be free-standing, floor-mounted, only front accessible (where not otherwise specified), with natural ventilation.

10.25.14.2 220V DC Storage Batteries (B) BAT01GR001,2 10.25.14.2.1 The DC system shall be provided with 2 (two) Storage Battery Banks. Each storage battery bank shall consist of 106 stationary cells with positive large surface area Plant plates, Gro E. The delivered batteries shall be of lead- acid type, requiring “Low Maintenance”. The cell shall be equipped with a properly dimensioned recombination plug, AQUA-GEN type, or equivalent. The Batteries shall be supplied with all the supporting mechanical constructions for their placement in a Battery Room or Battery Cabinets, with all the necessary appurtenances, terminals, connectors (including bolts, nuts, washers, etc.), etc., needed to be put immediately in operation. The cells of the Batteries shall arrive at the working site, ready to be put into operation, after their mounting and interconnecting. 10.25.14.2.2 The storage battery must deliver its full capacity for a long life operation, knowing that: 10.25.14.2.2.1 The storage battery is normally operating in a floating operation mode and exceptionally for short periods without battery charger. 10.25.14.2.2.2 The supplied emergency and essential DC loads (as motors, inverters, UPS, etc.) are partially of nonlinear or pulsing type.

253

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.14.2.2.3 Some loads may generate harmonics which superpose with the DC supplied by the storage battery. According to DIN 57510/VDE 0510/1.77 the permissible value for the alternating current flowing through battery may be 15 (rms value) amp. 10.25.14.2.3 Each Battery shall be protected by fuses installed in disconnected device, mounted separately on each pole (the prospect shall be attached to Proposal). 10.25.14.2.4 The storage battery shall be supported by seismically qualified racks. The racks shall be designed to meet earthquake requirements according to IEE 693- ("Moderate level": IEEE Recommended Practice for Seismic Design of Substations)". The racks must be protected against the effects of the electrolyte. The ceramic support insulators shall enable cleaning the floor underneath the racks. 10.25.14.2.5 The batteries shall need minimal maintenance, checking etc. Whatsoever operating in the conditions specified in this specification and constructed for long lifetime of at least 15 years. 10.25.14.2.6 The mounting of the cells shall permit easy survey and maintenance work and easy change of a damaged cell. 10.25.14.2.7 All cell connectors shall be made of lead-alloy with copper core insert, the connections being made with screws, nuts, etc. 10.25.14.2.8 Design of each battery installation shall include provisions for installation, inspection and testing and comply with the most up-to- date international standards. 10.25.14.3 220V DC Battery Chargers/Dischargers The 220V DC System shall be provided with 2 (two) Battery Chargers (1+1), one for each battery bank, each sized for the whole required capacity. 10..6.14.3.1 Each Battery Charger shall be able to charge a completely discharged battery in less than 12 hours and in the same time shall supply the DC loads. 10.25.14.3.2 Modes of operation 1. “Floating” automatically controlled at selected voltage between 2.152.25 V/cell with 1% accuracy.

254

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

2. Equalizing – automatically maintained between 2.152.4 V/cell with load disconnected. 3. Boost charge as 2), but manually controlled between 2.42.75 V/cell. A selector switch shall be provided for selecting the operating mode and separate potentiometers shall be provided for selecting each set point. 10.25.14.3.3 The Battery Charge shall have the following capabilities: 1. Selection of operation mode. 2. Measuring the supplied voltage and current. 3. Operating in the floating mode, following the return of the AC mains after a blackout, the BC shall return automatically to work, at the Parameters selected before the blackout. 4. The boost and equalizing modes have to be started manually. For this reason we do not change over to float charge after a mains failure. But both modes have a time security switch back to float charge which can be adjusted. This will protect the battery anyway. 5. Battery Charger shall have a contact which can be connected to the battery room to switch back to float charge if this contact will open after failure of the HVAC in the battery room. 10.25.14.3.4 The BC shall have a constant voltage setting of 2.23 V/cell with a maximum +/-1% tolerance range, with proper range of adjustment. 10.25.14.3.5 The BC shall be of modern design, of the full wave bridge type, employing either silicon junction diodes or thyristor, which under normal operating conditions are only half loaded. High speed fuses, specifically designed for use with semiconductors, shall operate a warning lamp to locate the rectifier arm in which failure has occurred. 10.25.14.3.6 A current limiting circuit for overloads shall be provided. The maximum current that a BC shall deliver on short-circuit, shall not exceed 150% of the charger ampere rating. 10.25.14.3.7 If overloaded, the BC output voltage shall drop, causing all loads in excess of the charger rating to be supplied by the battery. 10.25.14.3.8 The transformers and chokes installed in the BC shall be at least of class F non-hygroscopic insulation, with the temperature rises limited to those of class B insulation.

255

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.14.3.9 When stopped, the items shall have the necessary means to discharge the internal capacities in max. One minute, so that personnel shall not be in danger of electrocution if after that time, proceed to intervention. 10.25.14.3.10 The ripple content of the output DC voltage without connected Storage Battery, shall be max 1000mV rms at rated load. The filtering system shall be fused with fuse failure indication. 10.25.14.3.11 The BC shall be so designed and built, that it will prevent voltages spikes or other distortions being fed back into AC power supply due to the firing of SCR's or for any other reason. The total harmonic content of current shall be not more than 10% at rated load. 10.25.14.3.12 Each BC shall be delivered with a decoupling diode, having the inverse voltage of 1000VDC, for separation of the DC side of the BC from the DC Bus Distribution), to which is connected. 10.25.14.3.13 At least, but not limited, the BC shall have the possibility to give the following alarms: * Charger failure (loss of AC supply) * DC overvoltage * DC undervoltage * Earth leakage detection (on both poles) * Rectifier Fuse and Surge Circuit Fuse failures. The Battery Charger shall be provided at least with the following remote alarms: * Rectifier failure * Rectifier Trouble 10.25.14.3.14 Control and indicator elements shall be located in the front panel. 10.25.14.3.15 The degree protection of the cabinet shall be at least IP42. 10.25.14.4 24V DC System 70BVA01 (if needed) A 24V DC Power Supply System shall supply the 24VDC critical loads - control and emergency lighting (if required) using two (2) 24VDC Power Supply System consisting of: - 220/24VDC Converters - 24VDC Distribution

256

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

The System shall be of the modular type based on 220/24VDC converter modules. The Converters shall be of the Switch-Mode type of 19" plug-in modules. A number of Converter modules shall be connected in parallel in order to achieve a nominal current in redundant operation n+1. Each 24VDC System cabinet shall include beside the plug-in Converter modules, bus bars, DC protection fuses and circuit breakers, measurements, control and alarm circuits, DC distribution circuit breakers and terminal blocks. The converters shall have the following special features: - Compact design - Low inrush current - Low voltage ripple - Permanently proof against short circuits - Active protection against high-energy aperiodic mains voltage peaks The converters shall comply with the following regulations: - IEC-146: “Semiconductor Converters” - VDE 0100, Part 410 - VDE 0160, Section 5.6/88 - VDE 0160A1, Section 5.3.1/89 - VDE 0558, Part 1 - EN55011/VDE0871, Part 11 Control and indicator elements shall be located in the front panel. A general Fault signal shall be provided, through a potential free relay contact. Adequate ventilation shall be provided and in case of over-temperature, an alarm shall be initiated. The full selectivity shall be ensured by protective elements on the mains and

outputs sides.

10.25.15 Uninterruptible Power Supply System (UPS) (Inverters) 70BRA01,2 10.25.15.1 The UPS System shall provide a reliable, regulated, transient free and harmonic free AC power 50Hz, under normal or abnormal conditions (voltage and frequency out of required limits), for the critical loads.

257

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.15.2 The UPS units shall be static, single mode inverter, operating ON- LINE. The UPS shall be equipped with a Static Switch for transfer between the inverter output, and the Bypass of the UPS. The UPS units shall provide 50Hz synthesized step wave sinusoidal output. 10.25.15.3 The working modes of the UPS shall be as follows: 10.25.15.3.1 Normal - The critical loads are continuously supplied through the Inverter, with a stabilized, distortion free, sinusoidal voltage. 10.6.15.3.2 Bypass - Based on the “make-before-break” function, the Static Switch transfers the critical loads on the bypass line when: - Overload /short-circuits problems occur - Major failures occur on the normal line - Manually initiated transfer for maintenance purposes. 10.25.15.4 Inverter 10.25.15.4.1 The Inverter shall be manufactured, using transistor technology- IGBT The Inverter on the input side shall be equipped with filters to limit the current and voltage ripple. The Inverter shall include a current limiting (for overload limits) and shall be designed to sustain a short-circuit across its output terminals, without blowing instantly its own fuses or damaging its components. The static switch shall transfer automatically the load to the bypass line. 10.25.15.4.2 The inverter shall complain to the following technical requirements: - Adjustment range of output voltage :  5% - Output voltage tolerance: - static:  1% - Dynamic for 0 to 100% load change:  4% - Regulation time: < 25 msec - Output frequency tolerance:  1% - Crest factor : 3:1 for 80% of nominal load nonlinear load - Overload behavior : 50% for 60 seconds 25% for 10 minutes - Output wave form : Sine wave - Distortion factor: < 3% with linear load - Noise level : < 70 dbA at 1 meter - Efficiency at nominal load: at least 90%

258

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.15.4.3 The Inverter shall be provided with a front status/alarm control panel. Display and alarming of over temperature shall be provided. 10.25.15.4.4 The Inverter shall be provided at least with the following remote alarms: * Inverter line failure * UPS on bypass 10.25.15.4.5 Preferably, the inverter shall be designed as a device cooled by natural convection. 10.25.14.5 Bypass line. 10.25.15.5.1 The Bypass line shall have the following main components: - Static switch in inverter output - Static switch in the mains by-pass - Electronic control 10.25.15.5.2 The Static Transfer Switch shall be a solid state device destined to transfer the critical loads from the inverter to the by-pass line if overloads/short- circuits occurs. The Static Transfer Switch shall be capable to care without damaging the rated loads, as the overloads/short-circuit currents. 10.25.15.5.3 The Static Transfer Switch shall have the following features: 1. Uninterrupted Transfer (Make Before Break) from inverter line to bypass line. 2. Uninterrupted Automatic Retransfer from bypass line to inverter line after the cause for the transfer (overloads/short-circuit) was eliminated. A synchronizer shall ensure continuous frequency synchronization with the emergency system. 10.25.15.5.4 The bypass line shall be provided with two winding sePara.tion transformers. The Transformer shall be dry-type, H insulation class (permissible winding temperature rise up to 150C) shall be used in accordance with DIN VDE 57 753. The winding shall be earthed at the secondary side. The PE and N are earthed connected on the separate ear thing point. 10.25.15.6 Manual bypass The Manual bypass shall ensure uninterruptable change-over to the emergency distribution for maintenance.

259

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

The manual maintenance bypass switch shall provide the following: - Uninterrupted forward and reverse transfer capability. - Isolation of static switch and inverter from bypass line and load. - Capability for front panel mounting of padlocking in all positions. - Contacts are for make-before-break in both directions. 10.25.15.7 The UPS system shall have its own separate grounding system. 10.25.15.8 The degree protection of the cabinets shall be at least IP42.

10.25.16 AC/DC Distribution Panels General: All The cabinets shall be manufactured according to the IEC 61439-1,2 standard 10.25.16.1 DC Distribution (70BVC01,02 on the one Line diagram) 10.25.16.1.1 The 220 V DC Distribution board shall include two busbars connected by a coupler. Each busbar shall receive: - The incoming supply of the Battery Charger and storage battery. - The outgoing circuits to critical loads. 10.25.16.1.2 If necessary, the Contractor shall supply a secondary DC cabinet/s, fed from the DC Distribution board. The DC critical loads shall receive two DC feed cables and shall be provided with means to transfer the power supply from one source to another. 10.25.16.1.3 The DC busbars shall supply the consumers through molded case or miniature circuit breakers, depending on the load current and the shortcircuit current on the busbars. 10.25.16.1.4 Each Circuit Breaker shall have thermal and magnetic protection, and an auxiliary trip contact for remote alarm. 10.25.16.1.5 An electronic Grounding Detector System (model “Bender” or similar) shall be installed in the Main 220 V Battery DC Switchgear, which shall supervise the busbars. In addition, the Contractor shall provide a portable testing device, to allow the location of a ground fault within the boards. 10.25.16.1.6 Each DC boards shall include a DC Bus Undervoltage Relay. The above relay shall be used for alarm.

260

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.16.1.7 The current of each DC bus shall be measured. The primary element shall be a shunt rated 100mv. Transducers of 100mv, 420mA shall be provided. On each 220 V DC switchgear front an ammeter shall be provided. 10.25.16.1.8 Voltmeters and voltage transducers, shall be provided for measuring the bus voltage 10.25.16.1.9 The primary element shall be fused. 10.25.16.1.10 The ammeters and voltmeters shall be digital type 10.25.16.1.11 Both power and control compartments shall be manufactured to form a simple mechanical and electrical modular system, easy to operate and to maintain. 10.25.16.1.12 The enclosure protection degree shall be IP31. 10.25.16.1.13 All the DC Distribution shall be provided with at least 20% spare enclosure for future use.

10.25.16.2 AC Distribution Boards 10.25.16.2.1 UPS Distribution Cabinets (70BRA01,02 on the one Line diagram). Each UPS System shall have two (2) or more Distribution Cabinets, according to the Consumer’s List. The UPS Distribution Cabinet shall be equipped with no voltage relay, surge arresters and 2 poles miniature circuit breakers, with K characteristic, adequately rated according to the numerous semiconductor type loads, and provided with a trip signal contact. The cabinets shall be provided with two alarms: - One of miniature circuit breakers tripped - Loss of voltage 10.24.16.2.2 230 VAC one phase control and instrumentation cabinets The cabinet shall supply different small, single phase devices or panels. Each cabinet shall include, on the main feed, an isolating transformer 400/230VAC. Each cabinet shall be equipped with a main circuit breaker, no voltage relay, surge arresters and miniature circuit breakers provided with trip contact. The cabinets shall be provided with two alarms.

261

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

- One of miniature circuit breakers tripped - Loss of voltage

10.25.16.2.3 400VAC 3 phases Heaters cabinets The cabinets shall be used to supply small consumers such as space and motors heaters, control' instruments etc. and will be with rating up to 200A. Each cabinet shall be equipped with a Main Circuit Breaker current limitor type with thermal and magnetic protection. The outgoing circuit breakers shall be miniature type, “B” tripping characteristic and with trip auxiliary contacts. The cabinets shall be provided with no voltage relays and surge arresters. The cabinets shall be provided with two alarms. - One of miniature circuit breakers tripped - Loss of voltage 10.25.16.2.4 The enclosure protection degree shall be a minimum IP 42, accordance with IEC 60529. 10.25.16.2.5 The distribution board shall be provided with 20% spare feeders for Purchaser future use, connected to the terminal board. 10.25.16.2.6 All the boards will be Type Tested (TTA) according to IEC 61439-1.

10.25.16.3 24VDC Distribution Board ( 70BVA01 on the one Line diagram – if needed) 10.25.16.3.1 The cabinet(s) shall be used to supply the 24VDC critical loads loads - control and emergency lighting (if required). 10.25.16.3.2 Each Converter Module shall be connected to the 24VDC busbars through a decuoupling diode. 10.25.16.3.3 The outgoing circuits shall be equipped with 2 poles miniature circuit breakers "K" characteristic, with auxiliary and trip contacts. 10.25.16.3.4 The following equipment shall be connected on the 24VDC buses for alarm purpose: - Voltage relay - Insulation monitoring relay (Isometer – Bender or similar) - Ripple relay 10.25.16.3.5 Digital meters shall be provided to read voltage and current on the 24VDC buses.

262

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.16.3.6 The enclosure protection degree shall be a minimum IP 42, accordance with IEC 60529.

10.25.17 Cables 10.25.17.1 General design requirements, see also Para 4.2.1.2.21. a) I&C Cables related to the systems equipment in the Scope of the present Specification will be designed in such a manner: field equipment of a package (GT,ST, HRSG, Black Boxes, etc.) will be connected to the RIO or Termination /Marshaling cabinets installed on the appropriated package equipment's area by cables, designed by the Contractor/Packager. The a.m. cabinets will be interfaced with the PCMS and/or other packages by communication/multicore cables designed by the Purchaser . b) The cables shall be installed either in trays, conduit above or below ground, or ducts. The cables shall be certified for continuous operation at 90°C in wet or dry locations and shall have a design life of 40 years. Each cable assembly shall be factory tested before shipment to the job site to ensure satisfactory operation. All cables shall be flame retardant and shall meet the “Vertical Burner Flame Test” as defined by IEEE-383-1974 section2.5.4.4. or by IEC 60332-3 Cat.C.

10.25.17.2 Power and Control Cables Power and control cables shall comply with the International Standard IEC – 60502, “Extruded solid dielectric insulated power cables for rated voltages for1kV up to 30 kV”. 10.25.17.2.1 Medium Voltage Power Cables Basic Construction: Strand bare copper conductors, conductor shielding, insulation, insulation shield, metallic shield, binder tape, overall jacket. a) Conductors shall be annealed copper. All Conductors shall be Class II stranded and shall comply with IEC-60228. They shall be provided to ensure clean stripping of insulation and to prevent corrosion.

263

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00] b) Conductor shielding shall consist of an extruded thermosetting semiconducting compound, uniformly and firmly bonded to the insulation, and free stripping from the conductor. The material shall be chemically compatible with the other components of the cable and shall prevent corrosion of the conductors. The minimum thickness of the conductor shielding shall be not less than 0.3 mm as indicated in VDE 0273 or IEC 60502-2. c) The Insulation shall be either cross-linked polyethylene (XLPE) or ethylene propylene rubber (EPR). The insulation shall be applied by the extrusion process and cross-linked to form a compact and homogeneous layer. It shall meet the electrical and physical characteristics shown in standard IEC- 60502. The average thickness of any cross section of the insulation shall be not less than indicated in IEC-60502 and shall comply with Standard IEC-60502, Table III. The thickness at any place may, however, be less than specified nominal value, provided that the difference does not exceed 0.1 mm, or 10% of the specified nominal value. d) The Insulation Shielding shall consist of an extruded semi-conducting layer of thermosetting material and shall be inseparably bonded to the overlaying insulation. The minimum thickness of Insulation shielding shall be 0.3 mm as indicated in VDE 0273 standard, and the maximum thickness shall be 0.6 mm as indicated in the same standard. The outer surface of the insulation shield shall be continuously printed with contrasting colored ink – “Semiconducting – remove When Splicing or Terminating”. e) A non-magnetic metallic shield consisting of tape, or wires, shall be applied over the insulation shielding. The metal components shall be electrically contiguous throughout each cable length and shall be in contact with the non-metallic covering. Metal components shall be in contact with the non-metallic covering. Metal components shall be applied in such a manner that electrical continuity or contiguity will not be distorted or disrupted during normal installation bending. Metal tape(s) shall be at least 2.5 mils (0.063 mm) thick. Non-magnetic metallic tape shall be a minimum of 10% lap.

264

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

The metallic shield shall be made of copper and shall consist of either one or more tapes or braid. The nominal cross-section of the screen shall be not less than indicated in Standard VDE 0273 and shall comply with the above Standard. An extruded overall jacket shall be applied over the cores. The jacket shall be Flame Retardant Polyvinyl-Chloride or Hypalon. It shall meet the physical characteristics shown in Standard IEC-60502 (tables VIII, IX – Class ST2) and comply with the same Standard for the average thickness. The cable jacket and the Cable drum also, will be printed with identification signs showing that cables are fire retardant (F.R.). The overall jacket of the cable shall be red color. f) If single conductor medium voltage cables will be used in the Project, they shall have the following basic construction: one copper conductor – triple tandem extruded: conductor screen, insulation, non-metallic part of insulation screen – metallic insulation screen – non- metallic outer sheath. The cables will be laid in configuration, which assures the balanced division of current between the cables of the same phase. The cables will operate with grounded metallic screen. The method of the screen grounding will be determined later, at advanced design stages.

10.25.17.2.2 Low Voltage Power and Control Cables Basic Construction of the Cables. a) The conductor shall be annealed copper compressed, stranded class II according to International standard IEC-60228. As an option a copper wire in a control cable can be tinned. b) The Insulation shall be either cross-linked polyethylene (XLPE) or ethylene propylene rubber (EPR). The insulation shall be applied by the extrusion process and cross-linked to form a compact and homogeneous layer. The average thickness of the insulation should not be less than specified in Standard IEC-60502, table III. The thickness at any place may however be less than the specified nominal value provided that the difference does not exceed 0.1 mm +10% of the specified nominal value.

265

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

c) Identification of cores. The cores of all cables shall be identified either by colors for power cables or by color and numbers. The color code for the low voltage power cables shall be as follows: Brown phase 1 Brown/orange phase 2 Brown/black phase 3 Blue neutral Yellow-green ground

The number of the conductors in the three phase low voltage cables (3,4 or 5) shall be chosen in accordance with the network configuration employed and considering also the other means to assure the fault current return path like the galvanic continuity of the cable tray system and conduits. It would be preferred to have this continuity assured. The color identification of individual wires in control cables shall be made by same wire color – brown accomplished by printed conductor numbers for all the conductors (in figures and letters). d) Where necessary, synthetic filters, which may be applied generally with the bedding, shall be used to form a compact and reasonably circular cable. e) Over-sheath. The overs-heath shall be an extruder layer of green synthetic material, either Flame Retardant Polyvinyl Chloride of Hypalon. It shall meet the physical characteristics as per Standard IEC-60502 (Class ST2) and shall comply with the same Standard for the average thickness.

10.25.17.3 Instrumentation and Thermocouple Extension Cables 10.25.17.3.1 Basic Standards a) All Instrumentation and thermocouple extension cables shall comply with MIL-W-22759D MILITARY SPEC: “WIRE ELECTRIC, FLUOROPOLYMER – INSULATED COPPER OR COOPER ALLOY”, for insulation requirements. b) For overall jacket all cables shall comply with NEMA STANDARDS PUBLICAITON NO. WC-7 1982 ICEA S-66-524 (last rev’s). c) The conductor size shall be 18 AWG.

266

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.17.3.2 Insulation The wire insulation shall be Ethylene Tetrafluor – ethylene (ETFE-TEFZEL). It shall meet the electrical and physical requirements shown in MIL-W- 22759D. The average thickness of insulation shall be not less than 15 mils.

10.25.17.3.3 Conductors and Color Identification a) Instrumentation Cables Conductors shall be tinned copper, class II stranded concentric per ASTM B-8. The insulated wires shall be black and white in pairs, black, white and red in triads. For multi pairs of triads cable, the white conductor shall be numerically printed for group identification. b) Thermocouple Extension Cables Conductors of Thermocouple Extension cables shall be solid alloys and shall comply with ANSI MC96.1-75 (last rev’s). The type of alloy and insulation colors shall be as follows:

TC EXTENSION ALLOYS INSULATION COLORS JACKET TYPE POSITIVE NEGATIVE POSITIVE NEGATIVE COLOR EX CHROMEL CONSTANTIN PURPLE RED PURPLE JX IRON CONSTANTIN WHITE RED BLACK KX CHROMEL ALUMEL YELLOW RED YELLOW

10.25.17.3.4 Assembly Pairs of thermocouple extension cables, pair or triads of instrumentation cables shall be assembled with 1/-21” lay, and shall be flame retardant, non- wicking filler included, if necessary, to provide a round cable. 10.25.17.3.5 Shielding

267

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

For cables with overall shield (more than one pair or triad) 2.35 mil aluminum- polyester (mylar) tape shall be overlapped to provide 100% coverage, and 7 strand tinned copper drain wire, same size as conductor, should be provided under the overall shield. For cables with individual shield – 1.35 mil. aluminum-polyester (mylar) tape shall be overlapped to provide 100% coverage, and a 7-strand tinned copper drain wire, two sizes smaller than the conductor shall be provided on each pair. All groups shield shall be completely isolated from each other. 10.25.17.3.6 Overall jackets The overall jacket shall be F.R. Polyvinyl Chloride 105°C. It shall meet the physical requirements shown in Standard IECA-S-66-524 Section 4.4.1. The average thickness of the jacket shall not be less than that given in the same Standard, in the Table 7-33. The minimum thickness at any point shall not be less that 80% of that given in the table. All cables shall be rated 105 C and 300 Volts. All cables shall be permanently identified by permanent surface printing or indenting. 10.25.17.4 All cables shall be permanently identified by permanent surface printing or indenting (to no more than 15% of the jacket thickness) to provide the following: - Manufacturer’s name - Rated Circuit Voltage - Conductor size - Number of Conductor - Insulation Material - Jacket Material - Sequential length Sequential length shall be provided by numbers in sequence at one-meter intervals and shall be provided for each reel. The cable length will be marked from the beginning of the cable on reel. 10.25.18 Cable Trays and Cable Auxiliary

268

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.18.1 The cable tray system covered by this Specification shall be used in this project to route electric cables through the generating station building and outdoors for overguard raceways or underground in the manholes or channels. 10.25.18.2 The cable trays made up in sections including all appurtenances, fittings and accessories, shall be designed, fabricated, inspected, specified the loading requirement and tested as defined in the approved NEMA Standards Publication: * NEMA Standards Publication no. VE 1 – Metallic Cable Tray Systems * NEMA Standards Publication no. VE 2 – Metal Cable Tray Installation Guidelines of the latest date An equivalent standard and Codes may also be proposed as alternative and shall be included within the Proposal. 10.25.18.3 The cable trays system shall be suitable for indoor and outdoor use. For seashore sites: The outdoor cable tray will be made of ALUMINIUM (copper free) materials and the indoor cable tray will be made of either ALUMINIUM or Steel, hot dipped galvanized after fabrication (H.D.G.A.F). For inland sites: The outdoor and the indoor cable tray will be made of either ALUMINIUM (copper free) materials or Steel, hot dipped galvanized after fabrication (H.D.G.A.F). 10.25.18.4 Covers where needed (for mechanical protection for sun radiation protections for electromagnetic interference protection) shall be of the same material as the cable trays. Covers shall fit flush over the sides of the cable trays and fittings. 10.25.18.5 Cable tray supports and supporting members shall be fabricated of steel and shall be hot dipped galvanized after fabrication (H.D.G.A.F) in accordance with ASTM specifications or another but equivalent Standard. Thickness of

Nuts shall be hexagonal with captive lock washers. 10.25.18.6 According the configuration of the low voltage network taking in consideration also the solution for assuring the return path of the flat current, the cable tray systems may be used as equipment ground conductor. In this case it shall be electrically continuous through all joints, hinged or straight

269

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

connections, splice plates, etc. and suitable grounded to the main grounding system. It is preferred to have the solution of galvanic continuity in the cable trays. In this case the electrical resistance of connectors shall comply with the standard NEMA VE-1. 10.25.18.7 The Contractor will be asked after the contract to specify and list all the cable trays including elbows, tees and crosses the radius according the cables, cable clamping devices and cable barriers, and the loading requirements. Contractor shall be asked to provide detailed instructions, drawings and erection diagrams to permit the purchaser to organize the erection of the cable trays. 10.25.19 Lighting and 0.4 kV Power System 10.25.19.1 The lighting and 0.4 kV power system includes: all necessary lighting fixtures, different voltage electrical distribution enclosures, fire retardants, halogen free cables installation conduits and materials to make a complete indoor lighting (regular, essential & emergency) and power system (small power receptacles) for Unit enclosures and Auxiliaries which supplied by the Contractor. According OEM practice in line with relevant IEC / DIN / EN Standards. LED, HID, Fluorescent and compact fluorescent lamps with efficient lighting fixtures shall be used for all indoor lighting systems in enclosures. Use of incandescent lighting fixtures shall be avoided. Use of efficient LED lighting fixtures is preferable. LED lighting fixtures shall have at least 5 years warranty. 10.25.19.2 Basic standards for lighting and power system: - National Electric Code – NFPA 70 (last edition) or DIN/VDE / IEC. - NEMA standard FB-1 (last edition) – standard for fitting and supports for conduit and cable fittings or DIN/VDE / IEC. - IEC 60598-1 Luminaires. Part 1: General requirements and tests - IEC 60598-2.22 Luminaires. Part 2-22: Particular requirements - Luminaires for emergency lighting - IEC 60309 Plugs, socket-outlets and couplers for industrial purposes - IEC 60947 Standards for low-voltage switchgear and controlgear

270

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

- IEC 60898 Electrical accessories. Circuit breakers for overcurrent protection for household and similar installations - IEC 60079 Explosive atmospheres – series standards - ISO 8995-1 Lighting of work places. Part 1: Indoor - BS EN 1838 Lighting applications. Emergency lighting - IEC 61439-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies. Part 1: General rules - IEC 61439-2 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies. Part 2 Power switchgear and control gear assemblies - IEC 62722-2-1 Luminaire performance . Part 2-1: Particular requirements for LED luminaires IEC 60228 Conductors of insulated cables ANSI C80.1 American National Standard for electric rigid steel conduit - SI 20-1 Luminaires: General requirements and tests. - SI 20-2.1 Luminaires: fixed general purpose luminaires. - SI 20-2.22 Luminaires: Luminaires for emergency lighting - SI 32 Plug and socket-outlets for household and similar purpose: Plug and socket-outlet for single phase up to 16A general requirements. - SI 145-1 Boxes and enclosures for electrical accessories for household and similar fixed electrical installation – general requirements. 10.25.19.3 The indoor lighting system should be separate for follow electrical circuits: - Regular (common) lighting fed from AC lighting cabinets, 230V (P+N+E) 50Hz; - Essential lighting fed from AC essential (backed-up by diesel generator) lighting cabinets, 230V (P+N+E) 50Hz; - DC lighting, 220V DC from GT unit batteries; - Emergency lighting - escape lighting (must), standby lighting (if required) fed from AC regular or essential lighting cabinets, 230V (P+N+E) 50Hz, and backed-up by central battery or by individual emergency lighting units into the lighting fixtures. - The voltage for small power system will be: - 230V, 50Hz for 16A receptacles circuits; - 400/230V, 50Hz (3P+N+E) for power receptacles circuits.

271

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

The lighting installation shall be performed so that if there is a failure in one of the regular lighting system, the enclosure shall remain even partially illuminated. 10.25.19.4 Specific design requirements: Industrial lighting fixtures suitable for wet location NEMA 4x, or IP65 not in hazardous locations shall be integral type, including outlet boxes, ballast/driver housing with all electrical components. Lighting fixtures, receptacles and junction boxes used in hazardous locations shall be approved for use in Zone 2 according to Standard IEC 60079.

10.25.19.5 Cabinets for each lighting and power system (common, emergency lighting and service receptacles) will centralize the branch circuits, protected by mini circuit breakers, and earth leakage relays (for receptacles). 10.25.19.6 Each and every electrical panel or electrical device (such as electrical distribution panel, UPS, air conditioners, etc…) which installed more than 3 meters distant from its power source and/or without eye-contact with its power source, shall be equipped with disconnecting capability from the power source (2 poles for single phase circuit and 3 or 3+1 poles for three phase or three phase + neutral circuit). 10.25.19.7 please refer also to Para..10.25.21 (Package Design) below.

10.25.20 Electric Motors

10.25.20.1 The electric motors which will be supplied to the project under this specification shall comply with the requirements of one of the following national or international standard groups: a. International standards - IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission). b. American standards - ANSI (American National Standards Institute), - IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers), - NEMA (National Electrical Manufacturers Association). c. Israeli standards: - SI (The Standards Institution of Israel). The electric motors complying with standards other than national or international standards indicated below may be accepted by Israel Electric

272

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Corp. The corresponding standards in English version shall be submitted with the Bid. The following are the applicable standards: - IEC 60034 latest revision - Rotating electrical machines - ANSI C50.41 latest revision - American National Standard for polyphase induction motors for power generation stations. - IEEE Std 522TM latest revision - IEEE Guide for Testing Turn Insulation of Form-Wound Stator Coils for Alternating-Current Electric Machines. - SI 298 latest revision - Israeli Standard. Squirrel cage asynchronous motors. - SI 5289 latest revision - Israeli Standard. Minimal energy efficiency of electric induction asynchronous three-phase squirrel cage motors. 10.25.20.2 In the Proposal stage, the Contractor shall fill in and submit the Data Sheet of the motor (s) according to the supplements 8.9.3.3, 8.9.3.4 attached. 10.25.20.3 In the Contract stage, the Contractor shall update and complete all the required data in the Motor Data Sheet.

10.25.21 Package Design 10.25.21.1 Housing for all supplied electrical equipment is included in Contractor's Scope of Supply. The housing shall fit to sea shore corrosive environment. 10.25.21.2 All the Unit and auxiliary systems shall be package design and shall include all necessary stairways, ladders, and platforms with handrails and toe plates. All stairways shall have non-slip grating treads. All exterior stairways, ladders, platforms, etc., shall be H.D. galvanized. All interior surfaces shall be finish painted except where natural finish aluminum is provided for the enclosures. 10.25.21.3 The steel structures shall be painted. Galvanizing or primer will be applied as per Contractor's standards. 10.25.21.4 Each housing and heavy external removable panels and parts shall be provided with lifting eyes, jacking pads, etc., to facilitate handling and erection. 10.25.21.5 All doors of housings shall be equipped with panic latches. Provision is to be made for Purchaser's padlocks on all external doors. Each housing shall be equipped with two (2) doors for safety reasons.

273

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.25.21.6 Outside lighting shall be collaborated with the Purchaser. The Contractor shall furnish the interior lighting (AC) in all enclosures as PCC, GT enclosure air intake etc… For general requirements see Para.. 10.25.19. DC lighting shall be provided in the enclosures as required for safety of the personnel. A separate DC circuit from the storage battery for DC lighting shall be provided. Emergency lighting fixtures will have self-contained battery packs. 10.25.21.7 All electrical equipment, lights, and wiring shall be furnished in accordance with applicable codes wherever a hazard of fire explosion due to oil or gas may exist (N.F.P.A.) or UVV/DIN Class 1, Group D, Division 2. According Contractor Fire and Ex-Protection Concept-Zone 2 - ATEX. 10.25.21.8 Enclosures shall be designed to permit all normal maintenance and inspection in inclement weather without the use of temporary shields or hoods. 10.25.21.9 Redundant Air conditioners shall be provided inside the PCCs. 10.25.21.10 Outdoor electrical equipment Junction Boxes or panels shall be corrosion resistant material or anticorrosive coated and shall be listed as NEMA 4X, except turbine compartment which NEMA 12. Only exterior junction boxes will be NEMA 4X. Other junction boxes or panels will be NEMA 4 or 12, according to Contractor's standard design. Inside weather enclosures, Junction Boxes shall be IP55, in outdoor, shall be IP65 at least. 10.25.21.11 All electrical equipment furnished by the Contractor shall be designed, constructed and tested in accordance with the requirements of the latest published recommendations of the ANSI, IEEE, ASME or ISO-2314 for American supplied equipment or IEC and ISO-2314 for European supplied equipment. All the electrical equipment supplied by the contractor shall be located and pre-wired in air conditioned, fire protected, metal painted new enclosures. Behavior on fire of walls and roof of PCC: B1 according DIN 4102-10. 10.25.21.12 All the electrical enclosures supplied by the Contractor shall have 30% spare place to allow future installation of Purchaser equipment (electrical panels, telecommunication & electronic cabinets etc.).

274

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

The Contractor will ensure that visual separation between different switchgears, M.C.C's will be taken into consideration in the arrangement of each housing. 10.25.21.13 Minimum passageways in the electrical enclosures supplied by the Contractor between electrical equipment and between equipment and walls shall meet the Purchaser typical drawing in supplement 8.9.3.8 of this specification. 10.25.21.14 In case electrical equipment and control system equipment sharing same housing, separation wall and door will be installed between the electrical and the control side of the housing. 10.25.22 Transient Fault Recording Transient Fault Recording and monitoring Feature Shall be implemented by Contractor inside corresponding protective relays and devices. The Fault Recording and monitoring shall normally be in a standby condition, while continually monitoring all analog and event input signals, storing the required data and performing ongoing self diagnostics. At any moment, all the acquired data in a certain time interval before that moment shall be stored in an internal memory (pre-fault memory). Updating of these data shall be continually performed. The acquired information shall include data before, during and after the fault. In addition, the date and the time stamp shall be stored and printed along with the fault data. 10.25.22.1 The following additional features at least shall be included: a - Fault and Disturbance recording b - Sequence of Events Recording c - Power System Monitoring d - Real Time phasor measurement e - Power Quality Recording f - Satisfactorily operation under environmental and seismic conditions stated, immune to vibrations, insensitive to harmonics, frequency variations, transient voltages and EMC and RFI 10.25.22.2 Self-diagnostic and functional test and alarms to remote shall be included in the system. 10.25.22.3 The Transient Fault Feature shall monitor at least the following points:

275

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Point Equipment Measured Parameter

1 Phase Voltage AC (UPh.Gen.) X3

2 Phase Current AC (IPh.Gen.) X3

3 Generator Neutral Voltage AC (UN.Gen)

4 Excitation Voltage DC (Uexc.Gen)

5 Excitation Current DC (Iexc.Gen)

6 Phase Voltage AC (UPh.UMT/Low) X3 Main Transformer 7 Phase Current AC (IPh.UMT/Low) X3 (UMT) 8 Neutral Current AC (IN.UMT)

9 Auxiliary Transformer Secondary Current AC (IPh.UAT/Low) X3

10 (UAT) Neutral Current AC (IN.UAT)

11 6.6kV Bus Bar (BB) Phase Voltage AC (UPh.BB) X3

12 UPS's Phase Voltage AC (UPh.UPS) X3 13 Battery sets Voltage DC (UBatt)

10.25.23 Control System Interface 10.25.23.1 The electrical equipment covered within this Specification shall be connected to the Plant Control and Monitoring System (PCMS)/Electrical Control System (ECS) as described in part 10.27 of this specification. This must be done through secure means, as demanded by supplement 8.9.3.5.

10.25.23.2 In order to achieve this connection all switching, relaying and metering circuits requiring external connections with the PCMS shall be properly equipped and connected, to give the ability to perform transmissions in both directions, PCMS to the various electrical equipment and vice-versa. All the signals to the PCMS/ECS from various electrical systems shall be timed tag with GPS time tagging at the signal (system) source side. 10.25.23.3 The contractor shall provide all required connection equipment (connectors, converters, terminals) suited in the electrical equipment. 10.25.23.4 The following signals (as a minimum) will be considered in the Contractor’s proposal:

276

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

- Status of switching devices (circuit breakers, disconnectors, earthing switches, miniature circuit breakers, etc.) - Command (close, trip) for all remote operated devices. - Automatic sequences. - Interlocks. - Signals and Alarms. - Metering data. - Supervision functions. 10.25.24 Cathodic Protection System for Condenser's Water Boxes 10.25.24.1 The Cathodic protection System shall be supplied by the contractor in order to protect the internal surfaces of the condenser water boxes (made of Carbon Steel) against corrosion without causing any damage (Hydrogen Embrittllment) to the Titanium tubes and tube sheets. 10.25.24.2 The CP System shall be designed to achieve maximum negative potential of (-720) mV ("Instant Off"), against standard reference electrode Ag/AgCl. 10. 25.24.3 The Cathodic protection system shall be Impress Current and should supply uniform protective potential inside the condenser water box. 10. 25.24.4 The life expectancy of the CP System shall be designed to keep its protective potential for a continuous operating period (24 hours) for a minimum period of thirty (30) years. 10. 25.24.5 The CP System (which will include: Computer Controlled Power Supply & Monitor System, Impressed Current Anodes, Reference Electrodes, distribution cabinets, cables, cable’s conduits, and other support components as required) shall be supplied complete with appurtenances and accessories, to form a complete CP system, which will achieve and assure safe and reliable operation with best overall performance. 10. 25.24.6 Anodes  The anodes shall be impressed current such as Mixed Metal Oxide (MMO), Platinized Titanium (Pt/Ti) or equal anodes with equal characteristics.  The anodes shall be bayonet type.  The anodes shall be designed for supplying the maximum design current for at least thirty (30) years.

277

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10. 25.24.7 Reference Electrodes  Each water box shall contain, at least, two (2) Wall Mounted Reference Electrodes and two (2) Tube Sheet Mounted Reference Electrodes.  The Reference Electrodes shall be dry type Silver/Silver Chloride (Ag/AgCl).  The Reference Electrodes will maintain its Parameters for at least five (5) years. 10. 25.24.8 Distribution Cabinets Each distribution cabinets shall be fully assembled. 10. 25.24.9 Computer Controlled Power Supply & Monitor System The system shall be automatic controlled and shall have the following operation mode: Constant Voltage; Constant Current; Constant Potential; Maximum Potential; Average Potential.  The system shall be able to monitor & store all the system's Parameters.  Each Water Box shall have its own system. 10. 25.24.10 The CP System shall be built in such a way to enable easy required measurements and maintenance. 10. 25.24.11 The contractor shall prepare detailed design documents of CP system For Purchaser review and "Approved to continue". As a guideline, the detailed design shall be included (but no limited):  Final detailed design calculation;  Anode's and Reference Electrode's drawings in sufficient details, including dimensions and technical parameters.

 Complete list of components to be used for the installation of the CP System, including technical data sheet, manufacturer, quantities, and

 spare parts required for maintenance of the system during the first five  (5) years of operation;

278

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

 A complete set of design drawings, in sufficient detail, including anode and Reference Electrode location;

 A wiring diagram and component and installation detailed;  Description of type and acceptance tests for each component;  Detailed description of the Computer Controlled Power Supply & Monitor System

 Installation procedures;  Detailed Start up procedures;  Detailed periodic test procedures;  Operation and maintenance manual, including final monitoring plan.

10. 25.24.12 The cathodic protection system shall be design in accordance with the requirements and recommendations of the followings:  BS 7361: PART 1: 1991 "Cathodic Protection - Code of practice for land and marine applications";  BS EN 12473:2014 "General Principles of Cathodic Protection in Sea Water";  NACE SP0169: 2013 – "Control of External corrosion on underground or submerged metallic piping system". 10. 25.24.13 In the event of a variance between the general requirements of standard and the particular requirements of the Project Specification, the specific

requirements in this Project Specification supersede and take precedence.

10.26 Not Available

10.27 ELECTRICAL AUXILIARY EQUIPMENTS SUPPLIED WITH MECHANICAL SYSTEMS/CONTROL SYSTEMS 10.27.1 General The requirements described under this paragraph apply to all Electrical Auxiliary Equipment (cubicles, junction boxes, electrical instruments: switches, breakers, lamp, relays, etc. cables, terminal blocks, etc.) supplied as part of overall mechanical systems or control systems (DCS or PLC based).

279

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.27.2 Detailed Requirements 10.27.2.1.1 Auxiliary Power Supply Network The following auxiliary power supply network shall be provided by Purchaser: a. 400 VAC 10%, 3pH, 50 Hz. b. Single phase control power 230 VAC, 50 Hz. c. Single phase convenience power 230 VAC, 50 Hz. d. Uninterruptible power (UPS), single phase 230 VAC, 50 Hz. e. Ungrounded DC power: 220VDC + 10%, -15% isolated. If necessary, a 24 VDC power supply source will be provided through 220VDC or 230VAC from UPS/24VDC converters supplied by the Contractor.

10.27.3 Control Enclosures and Panels 10.27.3.1 All control and automation cubicles and panels shall be made from smooth rolled steel, thickness to be approved by Purchaser, and should be provided with a 10 gauge steel base. The cubicles and panels shall be self-supporting and rigid structures, with ample room for the required cables and connections and with the necessary ventilation. They shall facilitate maintenance and replacement of equipment. Cable entry position will be stated by Purchaser, after award of Contract.

10.27.3.2 The height of the bottom of the terminal blocks and of the apparatus above the floor line, shall be approved by the Purchaser. 10.27.3.3 All cubicles and panels shall be completely wired at the factory and shall be shipped ready for installation and connection. Terminals in the terminal blocks shall be arranged according to the rated voltage of the circuits. One side of the terminal blocks shall be left for Purchaser's connections. 10.27.3.4 The equipment included in the monitoring and control cubicles shall allow the inside mounting of smoke detectors for the fire protection, in the upper central part. For this purpose, the control cubicles should be provided with a removable plate as part of their ceiling, in order to avoid later works (in field) that could damage the internal electronic or electric equipment inside the panels. The plate dimensions 250x250 mm and depth under the ceiling

280

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

100mm shall be considered as occupied by the detector. The smoke detectors and their electrical circuits will be mounted by the Purchaser in the field. 10.27.3.5 Space heaters and appropriate illumination with convenience outlet and switch, shall be provided, suitable for separate 230V AC, 50 Hz - power supply. 10.27.3.6 Space for 20% expansion of logic modules, equipment, devices, etc. and associated cabling, shall be provided. 10.27.3.7 Permanent type nameplates and identification drawings shall be provided in the cabinet to clearly identify and locate all devices mounted. 10.27.3.8 The cabinets shall be provided with NEMA 12 or IP54 enclosure for indoor equipment. Remote I/O or site mounted cabinets (if required) shall be provided in NEMA 4X (or IP65) enclosure for outdoor equipment. 10.27.3.9 A ground bus shall be installed in the cabinet for Purchaser's ground connections. 10.27.3.10 Miniature circuit breakers with auxiliary and trip alarm contacts shall be provided to protect the control and power circuits.

10.27.4 Junction Boxes 10.27.4.1 The junction boxes shall be provided for protection degree NEMA 12 (or IP54) for indoor mounting, and NEMA 4X (or IP65) for outdoor mounting. 10.27.4.2 Where applicable, instrumentation circuits and auxiliary power supply junction boxes shall be separated from each other and from the junction boxes of other types of circuits. 10.27.4.3 The junction boxes shall be designed for both wall and pole mounting. 10.27.4.4 The type of junction box used as well as its dimension and type/number of terminals shall be submitted to Purchaser for approval. 10.27.4.5 Inside the junction box a ground bus or ground terminal shall be provided.

10.27.5 Electrical Instruments and Controls and Auxiliary Apparatus 10.27.5.1 The assembled control equipment and wiring shall be insulated for 600 Volts and shall be subjected to one (1) minute test at 2000V AC to ground at the

281

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Contractor's or Manufacturer's plant, after complete fabrication and assembly. Certified copies of the test results shall be forwarded. The assembled auxiliary power supply equipment and wiring shall be insulated for 600V and shall be subjected to one (1) minute test at 2000V AC to ground at the Contractor's or Manufacturer's plant after complete fabrication and assembly. Certified copies of the test results shall be forwarded. Low voltage equipment (50 Volts to ground or less), which is suitable isolated from the main supply voltage by transformers or other means, as well as the corresponding wiring, may have a lower insulation rating and may be subjected to a lower AC-voltage test. Contractor shall submit for Purchaser's approval the voltage for such tests. 10.27.5.2 All instruments furnished by Contractor shall be properly tagged and clearly identified with a nameplate designation as approved by Purchaser. Contractor shall use in all its design documents the instruments/equipment tag numbers indicated by Purchaser during the engineering phase. Should the Contractor use its own tagging system, the instruments/equipment shall be tagged by both Contractor and Purchaser tag numbers. Both tags (Contractor's and Purchaser's) shall be attached to each component shipped detached for field mounting or field assembly. A certificate of calibration, including calibration method, date of calibration, date of next calibration due and traceability to a nationally or internationally recognized standard, shall be provided for all instruments. All instruments shall be calibrated in metric units.

10.27.5.3 As far as possible all components shall be of solid state, standardized, modular, plug-in construction, so that any module may be easily removed from the system and replaced without breaking or making solder-type connections. 10.27.5.4 As applicable, means for self-checking shall be included. 10.27.5.5 The equipment shall be contained in cabinets as described in Para.. 10.27.3 10.27.5.6 Contractor shall perform complete functional tests of equipment at the factory before shipment. Purchaser shall have the opportunity to witness these tests.

10.27.5.7 Auxiliary Apparatus

282

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

a. All circuits breakers shall be of the latest proven technology type. Emergency operating handles for circuit breakers shall be provided. No tripping circuit shall operate as a result of loss of control power or inadvertent removal of fuses. b. As far as possible, all control and automation components shall be furnished in individual enclosed cases, of standardized, modular, plug-in construction and replaced without breaking or making any solder-type connections. This also applies to relays belonging to complex systems. c. All auxiliary apparatus shall be mounted so that a large accessibility will be provided. d. All annunciators, if necessary, shall be of back-lighted window type, having the following sequence: normal-alert (rapid flashing light and tone) - acknowledge (steady light) - return to normal (slow flashing light and special tone) - reset (like normal) - test (rapid flashing light and tone). The annunciators shall have auxiliary contacts to operate alarms at the Plant Control and monitoring system (PCMS). e. A self-checking diagnostic routine for the automatic systems shall be included in the equipment. f. All motor starters will be provided by Contractor, including the DC motor starters, with all appurtenances. Each DC motor starter and its appurtenances shall be in an IP54 or equivalent NEMA enclosure. All DC motor starters shall be rated 220VDC or 125 VDC, such as to be in accordance with the Unit's battery rating. 10.27.5.8 Control Switches/Pushbuttons and Lights For uniformity and minimization of operating errors, the color, arrangement, direction of operation, and nomenclature of control switches, push buttons, and indicating lights shall comprise of at least the following features: a. Right or Top Control Position: Start, Close (circuit breaker), Open (valve), On, Raise, and other positive or increasing switch actions and associated indicating lights. b. Left or Bottom Control Position: Stop, Trip (circuit breaker), Close (valve), Off Lower, and other negative or decreasing switch actions and associated indicating lights. c. Red Light:

283

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Equipment or process operating, flowing, or in an increasing condition, circuit breaker closed (current flowing). d. Green Light: Equipment or process not operating, not flowing, or in a decreasing condition, circuit breaker open (no current flowing). e. Amber Light: Equipment or process in automatic, standby, intermediate, or abnormal condition. f. White Light: Equipment in a manual condition, electrical or other special uses. g. Stop-Start: Mechanical Equipment. h. Off-On: Heaters, coolers, and similar equipment. i. Trip-Close: Electrical distribution circuit breakers. j. Close-Open: Valves and dampers. k. Auto-Off-Hand: Standard nomenclature for a local selector switch, but words and arrangements more consistent with other switches can be specified, such as Auto-Stop-Start or Stop-Auto-Start. l. Lower-Raise: Governor, rheostat and similar equipment.

10.27.5.9 Terminal Blocks 10.27.5.9.1 Where applicable, a defined limited number (10%) of terminal blocks will be provided with disconnecting devices (guillotine type), for quick and safe field disconnection (for maintenance purposes). 10.27.5.9.2 In addition to all connected (wired) terminal blocks, at least 20% extra spare terminal block points shall be provided for Purchaser's use. 10.27.5.9.3 One side of the terminal blocks shall be left free for Purchaser's wiring.

10.27.5.10 Cables and Wiring

284

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.27.5.10.1 Prefabricated cables a. All prefabricated cables, except where not feasible, shall be terminated with plug connectors and receptacles on each end. The type of connectors shall be subject to Purchaser's approval. b. Cable types shall be subject to Purchaser's approval. The cables will be flame retardant. Cables shall meet IEEE-383-1974 Flame test requirements or equivalent VDE 0472 Flame test. Voltage rating is 600V, according to NEMA- IPCEA, or 500V according to VDE. c. Cable connectors will be keyed, to prevent improper connection in the field. The Contractor shall supply all the special tool(s) required for installing the plug-in connectors. d. Plug connectors shall include a locking feature to avoid accidental disconnection. e. Plug connectors and cables on both ends shall be tagged with identifying numbers, according to Purchaser's cable identification numbers. f. The individual cables shall not be cut until final cutting length information is received from Purchaser. g. For each type of connector, a quantity of about 20% spare plugs and receptacles shall be provided as part of the Contract. h. Monitor and control circuits, in which connectors are used, shall also include provisions for connection of test instrumentation during the equipment operation.

10.27.5.11 Internal Wiring a. Internal auxiliary wiring required on the equipment (in the machines, apparatus, devices, panels, cubicles and cabinets) shall be made according to IEC standards. b. External wiring (where provided by Contractor) shall have the cross sectional area; correlated with the corresponding internal wires. For both internal and external wiring, all conductors shall be stranded-copper. Hinge wiring shall be extra-flexible copper. c. Internal wiring color coding shall be in accordance to IEC standards and subject to Purchaser's approval.

285

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.27.5.12 Marking System a. All electrical auxiliary equipment and devices shall have inscriptions, nameplates, tags or marking strips. The marked elements shall include, but not be limited to, the following: - panels, cubicles, cabinets; - auxiliary power supply circuits; - groups of aparatus and/or devices which together perform the same function; - instruments, switches, fuses, disconnectors, annunciators, signaling devices, resistors, all aparatus and devices of monitoring and control systems, etc.; - terminals of all aparatus and devices; - terminal blocks and terminals in the terminal blocks; - electric supply bars; - cable and wire ends. b. The marking system shall include both Purchaser's and Contractor's tag numbers and shall be subject to Purchaser's approval.

10.27.5.13 Environment a. The Control equipment will be located in air conditioned rooms. However, for the periods of time when the air conditioning unit is out-of-service, the ambient temperature may range from 1C to 40C with a relative humidity of up to 100%. The equipment shall operate satisfactorily under these conditions, with no loss of service life. b. All electrical devices mounted outdoors will be located in a hostile industrial environment of a Power Plant, therefore, they shall meet the following demands: - Ambient temperature: 1 - 40 C. - Humidity: up to 90 C, non-condensing. - Shock: +106 for 11 msec. - Vibration: 0.625G, 50Hz to 500 Hz. - EMI: according to MIL-Std. 461B. - RFI: FFC Class A. c. All electrical components mounted outdoors shall be provided in an outdoor weatherproof enclosure, NEMA 4X (IP65).

286

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.27.5.14 EMI/RFI Contractor shall design the equipment and advise the Purchaser of the equipment installation, to prevent any adverse effect of RFI and EMI noise on the System, produced by the noisy environment of the plant, which includes motors, contactors and high voltage switching, as well as other external disturbing electro-magnetic fields, like radio transmission devices or communication equipment. For the circuits which contain elements located outside the main plant building, steps shall be taken by the Contractor to minimize the effects of lightning strikes. This should include proper grounding recommendations, the use of surge arrestors, optical isolators, isolating transformers or any other means which will provide suitable protection.

287

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28 PLANT CONTROL AND MONITORING SYSTEM (PCMS) AND INSTRUMENTATION

10.28.1 General The Contractor must adhere to the functional requirements, design criteria and system configuration contained in this document. Where there is a conflict between the requirements of this specification and the Contractor’s current standard system/technology, this must be clearly defined in writing as a deviation to the specification. The Contractor may propose alternative proven features.

Contractor shall provide design of instrumentation and controls, required to form a complete Combined Cycle control and will ensure safe and reliable operation with best overall performances of the entire Power plant.

10.28.1.1 Scope of Supply. See item 4.2.1.3

10.28.1.1.1 The PCMS shall be a distributed Control System type. The PCMS shall include all hardware, all software configuration stored in memory and properly documented and all instruction books and manuals. Contractor shall provide 10% implemented spare capacity based on 1500 I/O's(I/O modules of each type accordingly, termination/marshaling facilities, I/O modules power supplies, internal wiring etc.). For controllers processing capacity and memory 50% spare capacity shall be provided. In addition, Contractor shall include at least 20% spare capacity for future expansion. Specifically this means spare space to mount I/O modules and their associated marshaling units, spare computing capacity in the processing modules, spare capacity within the Workstations (either Operator's or Engineering's) to expand the database, displays and application programs.

288

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Contractor shall include redundant power supplies and controllers if feasible and necessary to comply with reliability and availability requirements as specified. 10.28.1.1.2 Field instrumentation and field control devices as required by process. 10.28.1.1.3 Insert Panel with 12 emergency pushbuttons mounted (to be located on the Operator desk). Each pushbutton shall have at least three changeover contacts. 10.28.1.1.4 Desks for all the equipment to be installed in the control room (Operator Workstations, printers, etc.). The quantity is: desks for all equipment supplied by the Contractor and additional desks for 8 more PC's and 3 additional printers. 10.28.1.1.5 The system shall be supplied complete with appurtenances and accessories as specified herein, to form a complete unit which will achieve and assure safe and reliable operation with the best overall performance. Without derogating from the provisions of Annexure "A", General Conditions, "Warranty", all components, appurtenances and accessories shall be of proven design, verified by Power Plant Operation. 10.28.1.1.6 The "Integrated System" design shall be based on relational data base, which will permit easy access to all the data in the system. 10.28.1.1.7 The Contractor shall provide a detailed bill of materials listing all model numbers and quantities necessary to cover the hardware content of the required supply. The Contractor shall provide itemized lists of prices associated with the addition or deletion of individual system components or devices to/from the Scope of Supply. These prices shall be binding for order changes. 10.28.1.1.8 The contractor shall design and supply all the required cyber security elements and systems (hardware& software) for all computerized systems in its scope, according to the rules and requirements stipulated in par.6 of Ann "B" of this specification. 10.28.1.1.9 Unit emergency stop pushbutton mounted on the Operator desk (in addition to item c1.3 above). The pushbutton contacts shall make direct trip commands to: - Excitation circuit breaker trip coils - SFC main supply feeder

289

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.1.1.10 Generator protections for further unit emergency shutdown 10.28.1.1.11 A consistent nomenclature shall be used project-wide in naming all component parts within the Scope of Work. This shall apply to all drawings, Instruction Books, Bills of Materials, special instructions, etc. The cost of correcting inconsistent nomenclature shall be borne by the Contractor. 10.28.1.1.12 Changes in the design approved by Purchaser are normally unaccepted. However, should such changes become necessary on an exceptional basis, the Contractor shall obtain the Purchaser's approval prior to introducing any change.

10.28.1.2 Acceptance Test 10.28.1.2.1 Inspection and Testing - General The Purchaser shall have the right at all reasonable times to inspect and test the work. Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements and provide all reasonable facilities and access for such inspection and testing, either at Contractor's shop or offices or at the shops or offices of any manufacturer where any part of the work is being designed, fabricated or manufactured. The Contractor shall receive the list of anticipated inspections by the Purchaser and shall give ample notice as to the time and place when each part of the work will be ready for such inspection. Purchaser may reject any part of the work found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract. Such inspection by the Purchaser shall in no way relieve the Contractor from his obligation to furnish the work in accordance with the Contract. In the event the Contractor fails to provide the Purchaser with reasonable facilities and access for such inspections, and if, in the opinion of the Purchaser, it is necessary to dismantle the equipment for such inspection, then Contractor shall bear the expense of such dismantling and reassembly. 10.28.1.2.2 Factory Acceptance Test (FAT) shall be conducted according to Annexure “D” Contractor shall perform a complete cyber security test prior to the FAT according to paragraph 6. 10.28.1.2.2.2 The Contractor shall perform, according to Contractor's Standards, a complete functional test of the System at the factory before shipment, to

290

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

assure that the system components are properly interconnected and that the control strategy is properly configured.

10.28.1.2.2.3 The Contractor shall conduct a Pre-FAT prior to the FAT itself to assure effective FAT process. During the Pre-FAT the Contractor shall test the system functions / hardware according to the agreed test procedures and resolve technical issues if necessary. A detailed Pre-FAT report shall be submitted for Purchaser's review prior to the FAT itself.

10.28.1.2.2.4 The Purchaser shall participate in the FAT. The Purchaser shall be notified of the test dates in writing at least sixty (60) days prior to the tests and shall be given a list of the proposed test procedures with that notification. 10.28.1.2.2.5 All system subassemblies such as modules, power supplies, workstations, disks, peripherals, etc. or subassemblies identical in design and construction shall have undergone tests under ambient temperature conditions as specified herein without malfunction or degradation of performance. The Contractor shall furnish certified proof that these tests have been performed on this System.

10.28.1.2.2.6 The test shall demonstrate that all the specified types of modulating and logic functions, including unit, function and protection levels, are satisfactorily accomplished. The demonstrations shall include the operator stations with their keyboards, any other equipment such as tape drives as well as all inter- connections within and between equipment cabinets. Input and output signals of the field equipment not available during the preliminary test, shall be simulated by the Contractor, using his equipment (hardware and software).

Each type of drive control loop shall be tested with simulation equipment.

291

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.1.2.2.7 The Contractor's tests shall also include the following:

a. Physical inspection for conformance to drawings and appearance of equipment; b. Demonstration of the proper functioning of all the types of hardware by a thorough exercising of each device, including CPU's and distributed processors, individually and collectively; c. Demonstration of a complete system software generation; the system being tested should be generated from scratch using the resource media provided; d. Demonstration of the proper functioning of all the software, including test cases with normal and exception data; e. Simulation of alarm(s) and status change conditions; f. Simulation of a subset of process inputs from convenient test panels or simulator, which allow individual analog inputs to be varied over the entire input range via individual setters and individual digital and pulse inputs to be acquired; g. Demonstration of input conversions, calibrations and transformations; h. Simulation of input noise and transient conditions; i. Deleted; j. Demonstration of all man/machine interface functions; k. Simulation of failure situations and failure of each component that is redundant (controllers, communication, power supplies, workstation(s), etc.); l. Demonstration of data base management software of the Engineering Station, including tests to verify on-line addition/deletion of points and modifications to various system and application data files; m. Demonstration of the display generator/editor, log generator/editor and other software maintenance functions; n. Demonstration of the Graphic Displays. o. Demonstration of on-line editing, controller’s programming, testing and integration; p. Demonstration that average and peak load system timing requirements have been met while exercising all vendor-supplied software;

292

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

q. Demonstration of the use of on-line and off-line diagnostics and test programs; Demonstration of simulated DHW error detection and recovery. Simulation of all interfaces (links) from other systems. Simulation of IRIG-B synchronization. Demonstration that spare capacity and response time requirements have been met, including execution of a simulated maximum sized application program; r. 1. Recovery from AC power source failure, if applicable. r. 2. Recovery from DC power supply failure. s. Random inspections to verify the accuracy of hardware and software documentation; t. Demonstration of the accuracy of the system performance monitoring software. u. Demonstration of compliancy with security safeguard requirements (supplement 8.9.3.5) t. Demonstration of the seismic performance of all the system components

Contractor shall supply detailed test reports including the results of items above.

10.28.1.2.2.8 Changes necessary for the system to perform the specified functions shall be made in a permanent manner and re-tested before completion of the test activities. All costs arising from factory simulation tests, including replacement of damaged materials, shall be borne by Contractor. The Contractor shall submit a written test report.

10.28.1.2.2.9 When the Contractor has completed his simulation, the Purchaser reserves the right to perform a "hands-on" demonstration of all the equipment. When the Purchaser is satisfied with all the above mentioned tests, the factory simulation test will be considered complete.

293

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.1.2.2.10 Prior to shipment, all necessary components of the system shall have experienced power-on-operation of at least thirty (30) days unless otherwise agreed. The test shall include a two hundred (200) hour continuous hardware and software run and provide a report of any failed items during this period. The assembled system includes I/O circuitry cabinets, communication devices, peripherals such as printers, digital displays, recorders, CRT's, etc., workstations of all kinds and the data highway, with all system’s software configured, uploaded and running.

10.28.1.2.2.11 Factory tests shall be scheduled early enough before shipping, to permit debugging the hardware and/or software problems which may occur during the tests. Tests shall cover all functions to be performed by the System.

10.28.1.2.2.12 Upon satisfactory completion of the System tests, the equipment shall be considered completed and no hardware shall be changed, replaced substituted or otherwise altered except upon written agreement with the Purchaser. Under no circumstances may the System hardware be used to supply parts for tests or substitution in other tests in the Contractor's facilities.

10.28.1.2.3 On Site Field Test Site Acceptance Test (SAT) shall be conducted according to Annexure “D”.

10.28.1.2.3.1 The Purchaser will run an extensive field performance test, which shall be carried out after the complete system has been fully erected, installed, connected to mounted field equipment and placed in service. The purpose of this test is to demonstrate compliance of the delivered system with plant's requirements – see performances detailed in Para 10.28.2.4. The successful accomplishment of this field test shall certify the unqualified acceptance of the delivered system and mark the beginning of the warranty period.

294

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.1.2.3.2 The following procedure shall apply: Submission of a Test Plan Contractor shall prepare a detailed plan of the suggested tests to be carried out on site. The plan shall follow the factory performance test and shall include:

a. A set of tests to verify that system performance is equal to the performance during factory tests. b. A start-up and on-line tuning procedure of closed loops. c. One cycle of plant start-up and shut-down. d. An uninterrupted running of the entire control system (including as many plant start-ups and shut-downs as dictated by process considerations) for a period of 4 weeks. Any interruption of the power generation due to system failures, shall cause a renewed counting (repetition) of the 4 weeks period. e. A set of tests (performance tests) to verify that the guaranteed values are fulfilled.

10.28.1.2.3.3 Testing The Contractor shall provide all special equipment, tools and instruments needed for the acceptance tests. The Purchaser will document every single step of the tests performed, including: date, identification of logic channel, functions and devices tested, test results, comments and signature. Unsuccessful tests, factory acceptance test as well as on-site field test, shall be repeated after the defect (whether in design, hardware, software, documentation or installation) has been rectified by the Contractor at his own expense. Contractor shall rectify any defects within a reasonable period not exceeding 2 weeks. Replacement parts are to be supplied at the expense of the Contractor.

295

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.1.2.3.4 Acceptance Document Upon successful completion of the on-site tests, an acceptance certificate will be issued by the Purchaser. Purchaser will issue a qualified acceptance document if 98% or more of the performed tests were successful, under the provision that the Contractor shall rectify any outstanding defects within 3 months. An unqualified acceptance document will be issued if less than 98% but more than 80% of the tests were successful. No acceptance document will be issued if less than 80% of the tests were successful.

10.28.1.3 Engineering and Design

10.28.1.3.1 Plant Control System The Contractor shall provide the basic and detail design for system hardware and logic, cabinets and their arrangement, Data Highway cables, tests of system's hardware and performances, system connections to field equipment. Whenever communication links are used for data transfer to/from other computerized systems, means for data protection and security should be implemented. The system's design shall be according to the latest internationally recognized standards for control and supervisory. Contractor shall provide all application engineering and system engineering needed to constitute a fully integrated complete and operable start-up and on-line control system. Engineering shall include also software configuration for all the system functions; - Application software for communication interface's protocols (for all the related systems); - HMI application engineering (graphic displays, alarms, trends, etc.) - Loading configuration into respective processing units/operator stations. In the conceptual design, the Contractor shall evaluate the field equipment, the process characteristics and all other details necessary to develop the

296

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

engineering documentation for a complete installation and successful operation of the new system. The Contractor shall provide the engineering documentation necessary to assist IEC in the installation of system's equipment, external cables and other miscellaneous hardware included in the Contractor’s scope which is required to provide a complete working control system. As an integral part of the engineering the Contractor shall: a. Evaluate the logic needed for control and supervisory functions and ensure that all the required inputs/outputs are engineered into the system. b. Evaluate the field equipment to ensure that the installed equipment meets its requirements. c. Provide all logic and programming of the system. d. Provide a cable listing of all internal cables connected to the system and all the required wiring diagrams or lists. e. Provide a database for all the inputs/outputs that should be implemented in the system. f. Provide the design and programming of the graphics for the operator Interface. g. Provide all the engineering required to assist the Purchaser in installation of the equipment. h. Provide all the engineering required to implement the data Communication interfaces. i. The data link interface between the system and other computerized systems shall be implemented in accordance with relevant industrial practices. j. Provide Contractor's grounding requirements for proper operation of equipment. k. Provide the Purchaser with an itemized priced list of recommended test and spare equipment to be used in maintaining, troubleshooting, calibrating, and repairing of the system and associated hardware provided per this specification. Contractor shall have practical experience with a combined cycle control. Contractor shall prove theoretical knowledge of these topics in his Proposal and name reference plants in which his control solution and equipment are actually implemented for single shaft combined cycle control.

297

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.1.3.2 Plant Instrumentation Contractor shall supply instrumentation for all equipment which is in the contractor's scope. Contractor shall provide design for all necessary instruments in order to ensure safe and efficient operation of Combined cycle unit entire. Field instruments and their installation components shall be designed to withstand the worst site conditions without deterioration in their functionality. The instrumentation shall be uniform throughout the Power plant unit. Instruments Manufacturers shall be subject to Purchaser's approval. Generally, instruments with standardized 2-wire 4-20 mA signals without separate power supply shall be used for measuring (excepted where impossible). Process measurement's redundancy level has to ensure the proper operation of both each equipment and the Combined cycle unit in whole. Local indicator devices should be provided for main process Parameters measuring only. All tanks, pumps, filters and coolers should be equipped with appropriative local indicators.

10.28.1.3.3 Design Documents The Contractor's supply shall include elaboration and submission of the following documentation: - Basic design documents - Detailed design documents - Installation, operation and maintenance documentation data.

10.28.1.3.3.1 Basic Design Documents

- System general description: technology, main parts of equipment and their functions, etc. - Detailed Plant Control System Configuration Diagram.. - Control Functional diagrams and descriptions, comprising of diagrams and descriptions necessary for the engineering of the complete PCMS.

298

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

- Instrument and Control List with description and power station designation system code. - Description and data sheets of the hardware, including power supply requirements and typical connection for each type of device/instrument. - Equipment list and quantity per item. - Project time schedule included in Annexure JB of the Contract. - Communication system data, protocol structure. - System data base - structure and preliminary data - Description of process information/operation system (Operator interface). - Layout drawing of control room equipment, cubicles and boards. - I&C screening and grounding concept diagrams.

10.28.1.3.3.2 Detailed Design Documents - Control loops block diagrams according to approved Standards and functional descriptions. - Logic interlocks, binary and sequential control diagrams and alarm block diagrams including description. - Typical schematic diagrams for MV SWGR, MCC, MOV, C/V, etc. - Application software description including the process communication system protocol(s) - Graphic displays design data (hardcopy and cross-reference with database). - Log’s format. - - Complete system data base: List of hardwired and link input and output signals, internal variables, flags and time settings. - Cabinet's and junction boxes wiring lists/diagrams. - Cabinet’s and junction boxes, layout diagrams. - Arrangement of buses, cables and grounding connections which will be furnished by the Contractor. The detailed connection diagrams for all control and instrumentation equipment supplied by the Contractor. - List of installation materials.

299

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

- Cable lists including cable type, the number of conductor and wire size. The Contractor shall provide the cable lists in Excel and Access format and shall permit the possibility to add I.E.C. cable tag no’s. Data sheets for each type of cable shall be provided. The Contractor will specify for each cable if it is factory mounted or shall be installed by I.E.C. Erection Division. - Spare parts lists.

10.28.2 System Automation Level 10.28.2.1 General System Automation Level combines and coordinates the functional groups to operate as a system and expands upon the processing is done at the group level. Contractor will provide semi-automatic (i.e. automatic steps with Operator's confirmation) Start-up and Shut-down, and automatic Operation, Supervision and Protection from PCMS, including all the necessary control functions for the entire Power Plant . The system shall automatically adjust the start-up sequence based on boiler/turbine(s) conditions such as cold, warm or hot status. The operating modes for plant automation shall include manual, automatic and off modes. In automatic mode, the plant automation system sends commands to the function (equipment) group controls. These commands start function group sequence, start field devices or start a control action. The commands are initiated based on a defined sequence and process conditions. In manual mode, the system guides the operator through orderly control of the process. In this mode, the operator initiates all necessary commands. In off mode, plant automation displays are inactive. The operator shall select the type of shutdown sequence. The operator may select between cold or warm shut-down. Hot shut-down should only be the result of an unscheduled plant trip.

300

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.2.2 System Group Level The system automation shall be designed in a hierarchical arrangement and shall consist of drive level, equipment group control level, system level and plant level. Failure of the system group level will not prevent the operator from normal control from the drive level or function group level.

System Group Control shall be provided as a minimum for the following: - Gas Turbine - Steam Turbine - Generator - Heat Recovery Steam Generator (HRSG) - Condenser - Closed Cooling Water - Balance of Plant (BOP) - Plant Electrical System - 161kV Local Field - Chemical Conditioning and Sampling System - All Other Specific Controls Pertinent to Combined Cycle Process.

If an external event, or process disturbance, occurs and cannot be accommodated by the pre-defined control strategy, manual intervention shall be possible to permit the automated transition to the next step in the sequence (e.g., the operator may be permitted to override a failed limit switch, once properly identified, to continue the automatic sequence).

10.28.2.3 The balance of plant (BOP) devices or preparation work (e.g. filling of the boiler, deaerator and priming the boiler feed pump) not covered within the scope of automation shall be performed by remote manual operation and shall be identified as pre-check conditions. The plant starting and stopping procedures shall include break points at which operator intervention is required to proceed to the next operational stage. As a minimum, the break points shall include water chemistry validation, synchronization and turbine roll.

301

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.2.4 The PCMS software should have the upward capabilities. The I&C systems shall be designed in order that the following minimum requirements are satisfied:

Process control stations time characteristics

Max analog to digital conversion time 10 msec Max binary to digital conversion time 1 msec Max Loop control execution time 100 msec Drive protection execution time 50 msec Gas turbine, HRSG, steam turbine, HP/IP/LP By 50 msec pass stations, protection systems Alarms 50 msec Sequence of events recording, resolution time 1 msec Pre and post trip logs, time period 1 Hour

Process Operator Station time characteristics change of picture 1 sec updating of process variables) 1 sec Response time from issuing command at monitor up to command execution (interface relay / control 100/200 msec actuator) Time resolution of trend displays 1 sec

10.28.2.5 The operator interface to the plant automation system shall be integrated with the base regulatory controls in a single window philosophy. Detailed information shall be presented to the operator console so that the operator can understand the progress of the sequence required manual intervention, time counter for step with known delays, feedback status and any abnormal status.

302

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.3 System Design Requirements 10.28.3.1 General 10.28.3.1.1 PCMS Function Requirements

The functional requirements for the PCMS included herein are directed at establishing the criteria for the plant operation, control and supervision. However, it is not intended to limit the operation, functions and safeguards to those either mentioned or implied. The Contractor is expected to make any additional suggestions or recommendations that will improve the proposed operational procedures or method of plant operation and supervision. All the system engineering and hardware needs to form a fully integrated, complete and operable start-up and on-line control system shall be supplied whether or not specifically detailed. The main PCMS functions are: - Presenting accurate, real time data, of the plant process to the operator. - Permitting operation and supervision of the entire plant's systems from the integrated human-machine interface. - Storing and presenting processed data of the plant process to the operator and management. - Presenting real-time and archived data and other information to the management and the engineering staff, permitting them to make strategic decisions. - Permitting on-line engineering and maintenance of system software/configuration, including integrated system drawings and documentation.

10.28.3.1.2 Detailed Function Requirements The system described in this Specification shall offer at least, the following operation, monitoring and engineering functions: - Signal conditioning - Status indication - Alarm annunciation and display

303

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

- Graphic Dynamic displays - Trend logging - Event logging - Safety interlocks/protection logic - Modulating continuous control (including ramp functions for start-up and shutdown) - Binary and sequential control - Manual controls for modulating and on/off final elements - Automatic runbacks in case of major equipment failure - Self diagnostic - Configuration engineering and documentation. - Data security safeguard

10.28.3.1.3 The System shall be DCS based and shall include intelligent Workstations, allowing dependable and effective operation both in the automatic and in the manual mode of control, regardless of a single failure in any of the system devices. The only exceptions to this requirement are a signal conditioning failure or a malfunction of field equipment, unless they are redundant.

10.28.3.2 System Architecture The PCMS shall support a decentralized, hierarchical structure that is capable of being physically distributed to remote plant locations. The system shall permit data acquisition and control functions to be performed at various plant area locations while providing the capability to monitor and control the distributed functions from a central facility. The PCMS shall be flexible enough that it can be configured to a wide range of process control applications at the loop and component level without changes to the hardware. The system architecture must maintain as a minimum the following: a. All requirements as listed in this Specification. b. Distribution of processing of I/O's and other processing tasks. c. Full implementation of the redundancy concept as required by this Specification. d. Availability of information to third party computerized systems through the use of standard communications, protocols and data structures.

304

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

e. Availability of all information and operation functions in all Workstations. f. Availability of Process information (Graphic Displays) on Client Computers located throughout the site. g. Access to system's HMI, controllers etc., data transfer within the system, data exchange with other systems and anything alike, should be done in strict compliance with security safeguard requirements stipulated in supplement Supplement 8.9.3.5.

10.28.3.3 Reliability, Availability & Maintainability (R.A.M.) 10.28.3.3.1 The Contractor shall comply with the requirements for Reliability, Availability, Maintainability and Safety, set forth in Supplement 8.9.1.8 attached hereto. Reliability Requirements The Contractor will demonstrate that, for the total design, he established quantitative reliability and maintenance performance Parameters. The reliability of the critical items significantly affects the ability of the CCGT to perform its overall function or safety, which is in consideration. Equivalent availability as defined by NERC shall be stated numerically with confidence levels, in terms of mission success or hardware meantime between failures. Initially, equivalent availability may be stated as a goal and a lower minimum acceptable requirement 10.28.3.3.2 PCMS shall be assembled, programmed and configured to survive the failure of any device or single process sensor, with no degradation in the process control capability. The fault tolerance attribute will be included on all the DCS levels as follows: - Operator Workstation. - Data Communication System. - Process Controllers. - Critical Input/Output Processing. - Power Supplies.

Failure on any level (I/O channel, processing module, Operator station, DHW) shall not jeopardize other entities on the same level or above, or prevent them from communicating with each other. Each single failure shall be clearly reported to the Operator's Station(s).

305

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.3.3.3 Failures in the PCMS must not cause the Protective functions to fail. The protective subsystems must be fail-safe. 10.28.3.3.4 A device or System shutdown/failure shall not cause a loss of any data stored for logs or trends. After restart, any data which might have been affected by the shutdown/failure shall be so indicated. 10.28.3.3.5 The System Structure shall permit the removal, exchanging and installing of any I/O card, controller, power supply when system is powered and on-line. 10.28.3.3.6 Functions performed by the controller modules during normal operation shall continue unaffected if the Workstation(s) is/are out of service. The system shall continue to report alarms if one Workstation is out of service. 10.28.3.3.7 Power failure shall always be considered a recoverable system error. On restoration of power, the System shall safely resume operation, generating a message which includes the time of the power failure. No new setting of the internal clock shall be necessary. 10.28.3.3.8 The required reliability, availability and safety will be achieved by the necessary functions distribution and/or by using the redundancy for the hardware levels according to the corresponding functions. The self-diagnostic will provide on-line continuous checking of all components of the system for fault detection. The failure shall be identified by the system up to the card level.

10.28.3.4 Redundancy 10.28.3.4.1 Process Controller Level The System shall be redundant at the Process Controller level. A Redundant Controller will receive a constant updating of its data base from the primary Controller. - Any changes in set-point, output, mode of control, tuning adjustments or related adjustments shall be transmitted to the back-up Controller automatically within one cycle of operation. The secondary controller will monitor the same I/O channel but will remain passive. The Contractor shall provide the detailed description of the switchover procedure and switchover time in case of a primary controller failure. - Contractor shall provide the necessary redundant Controller's power supplies as required for the redundant operation.

306

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

The failure of a primary Controller shall cause an alarm in the Operator Station(s). Switchover to a redundant controller will not affect the operator ability to monitor or control any point. The switchover shall not depend on the availability of the communication system and shall be bumpless.

10.28.3.4.2 I/O Level The input/output signals integrity will be ensured by using redundancy for sensors and I/O Processing Cards, as required by specific application. The Control System shall support one-of-two and two-of-three redundancy from sensors through the I/O processing channels to the controllers. No single sensor or I/O card failure shall cause a system malfunction. Adequate diagnostic routines shall be provided to detect a failure and identify the failed sensor.

10.28.3.4.2.1 Three Transmitters A triple transmitter system can be provided to maintain automatic control when one of the three transmitters fails. This is an important feature that is desirable for many loops, which, without continuous automatic control, would create operating difficulty. An auctioneer circuit is provided to select the median value of the three transmitter signals to be used for the control. A transmitter signal is considered failed and automatically rejected when a set of comPara.tors determines its signal varies from the mean by more than a predetermined amount. When there are only two remaining transmitters in operation and there is significant deviation determined by a comPara.tor, the entire control loop is rejected to manual. This later feature is desirable but not Para.mount, since this event is a result of a double failure, which should be statistically infrequent.

10.28.3.4.2.2 Two Transmitters A dual transmitter signal provides a limited degree of redundancy. Two transmitter signals are monitored for significant deviation by comPara.tor logic. One of the two transmitter's signals is used for control.

307

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Upon detection of excessive deviation, the control loop is automatically transferred to manual together with an operator advisory. The transfer to manual is required because with only two transmitter signals to monitor, there is no ready way of determining which is the failed transmitter. With dual transmitters, the operator or maintenance personnel must determine which transmitter has failed by using a third reference. Once a failed transmitter is determined, automatic control can be restored by the operation of a transmitter selector switch to choose the functioning transmitter for control. The dual transmitter system has the disadvantage of a discontinuity in automatic operation due to the time interval required to determine which transmitter failed and make the appropriate selection of the control transmitter.

10.28.3.4.2.3 Two out of Three Logic Two out of three logic provides a statistically high level of confidence in making a control decision based upon three identical field inputs. This logic is primarily used for safety shutdown control. Two out of three discrete inputs must be of the same state (open or close) before control action is executed. This logic is designed to both prevent nuisance trips upon a single sensor failure and provide reliable trips when they are necessary. It is important to provide an operator advisory for each of the three inputs, so that single failures can be detected and repaired. 10.28.3.4.2.4 Redundant Transmitters Contractor shall provide all the means required for reliability and availability of the plant instrumentation and control with all the systems and equipment provided. The following, but not limited to, redundant measurements, should be provided for control:

308

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

LOOP TWO TRANSMITTERS THREE TWO OUT HP STEAM TMP X X HP STEAM PRESS X X DRUM LEVEL X X DRUM PRESS X X FW FLOW X FW PUMPS PRESS X X STEAM FLOW X HR STEAM TMP X X HR STEAM PRESS X X CONDENSATE TANK X X / CONDENSER LEVEL CONDENSATE FLOW X CONDENSATE PUMPS X PRESS DEAERATOR X X LEVEL DEAERATOR TMP X DEAERATOR PRESS X HP/IP/LP BYPASS X X STEAM OUTLET TMP HP/IP/LP BYPASS X X STEAM OUTLET PRESS HP/IP/LP BYPASS X X SPRAY WATER PRESS HP/IP/LP BYPASS X SPRAY WATER FLOW CCW PUMPS DIFF PRESS X CLOSED COOLING X WATER PRESS CLOSED COOLING X WATER RETURN TMP MAIN COOLING X WATER CONDENSER INLET (with accuracy

309

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

& OUTLET TMP 0.1%)

10.28.3.4.3 Communication Level The Plant Communication Data Highway(s) shall be fully redundant with both paths continually active and required self-diagnostic procedures (see Para. 10.28.3.9)

10.28.3.5 System Distribution 10.28.3.5.1 Distribution of Functions System functions shall be distributed in both hardware and software in a manner which will limit to a minimum the adverse effect of control equipment failures. The failure of any group/sequential control logic will not affect the operation of the individual control. The control functions shall be arranged in one hardware device if there is a direct and/or immediate dependency between the parts of the process which the functions are supposed to handle. The Contractor shall propose the logical integration of related modulating and binary functions to be handled by the same controller according to plant process function and controller's capability.

10.28.3.5.2 Critical Controls The Contractor shall arrange critical loops into groups, consisting of independent subsystems, within the offered control system, for example: HRSG water (from condenser to boiler drum) including the following: - Drum level control - Mass flow computation for the drum level control (including main steam flow and feed water flow) - Feed water minimum recirculation flow control - Deaerator level control - Mass flow computation for the deaerator level control - Condenser control Main steam : - Steam temperature control

310

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Generator cooling : - Air temperature control

10.28.3.5.3 Non-Critical Controls The control functions may be arbitrarily distributed and combined with the aforementioned independent subsystems or constitute additional control groups: - HP bypass setpoint control 10.28.3.5.4 "Physical" Distribution It shall be possible to physically distribute hardware devices to different locations on a modular basis, while maintaining system integrity through communication link(s) between the distributed devices.

10.28.3.5.5 Data Base Distribution The Database shall be distributed at the level of Processing Units.

10.28.3.6 Data Acquisition And Processing 10.28.3.6.1 The system shall collect and process all analog and digital field signals, which will be used for HMI displays, logs, alarms, performance calculations, plant management, etc.

10.28.3.6.2 Digital and analog signals from field instrumentation will be hardwired to I/O Marshalling/Termination cabinets, located in control building electrical room. It shall be possible to connect I/O from other computerized systems (e.g. PLC, etc.) via communication links. The time tagging of the events shall be done on the I/O processing level and shall be kept unique throughout the entire system.

10.28.3.6.3 Sequence of Events 10.28.3.6.3.1 The Sequence of Events functions shall operate as an integral part of the I/O Processing Units. 10.28.3.6.3.2 The SOE functions shall be available for 500 inputs and provide technical capability to expand the capacity to 1000 total. 10.28.3.6.3.3 Resolution time for SOE inputs shall be 1 msec.

311

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.3.6.3.4 The clock used to produce the time stamp for SOE inputs shall be synchronized with an external IRIG-B standard clock signal. 10.28.3.6.3.5 Each SOE log shall be available to the Operator’s Workstations for further processing (view, print, archive). Events shall be arranged in the correct order of occurrence, showing the time-stamp, full description and state of the input. An Overall System (plant wide) SOE log shall also be generated. 10.28.3.6.3.6 Any SOE input may be used as regular digital input for DCS without duplication of wiring. When the signal shall be used in protective functions it shall be duplicated in field and wired separately to both SOE and corresponding protection subsystem.

10.28.3.6.4 Remote I/O The PCMS shall support remote inputs and outputs via remote I/O modules which shall provide a communication link to the controllers. Communication to the central location can be accomplished using coaxial, twin axial or fiber optic cable. All the necessary communication devices (modems, converters, repeaters, etc.) as required by distance shall be provided. The cabling and communications cards shall be redundant.

10.28.3.6.5 Communication links shall be used for collecting information from the plant auxiliary systems and other computerized systems supplied by others. Best available technology shall be used for communication links in order to assure reliability of the interface and time delay of not more than 1 second for the data transmission between the systems. Contractor shall provide all gates/interface units (hardware and software) required in order to accommodate those links and all this under strict compliance with security safeguard requirements stipulated in supplement Supplement 8.9.3.5.

The Contractor shall specify its requirements and experience regarding the communications type, standard protocols, etc.

312

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

The system shall be able to accept and keep the time stamp for each event sent via communication link(s) from the other systems. In case that data does not include a time stamp the system shall apply the time stamp as for Para.. 10.28.3.6.2.

10.28.3.6.5.1 OPC Server(s) 1) The Control System should be provided with OPC capability with unlimited license. 2) The HMI software package should include Universal OPC Server- Client software. 10.28.3.7 Plant Operation And Monitoring The system shall support at least the following operator tasks by means of the Integrated Human-Machine Interface:

10.28.3.7.1 Modulating Control Functions a. Operate the control drives b. Select automatic and manual control modes c. Adjust process set-points and biases d. Create trending displays and observe trending information e. Calibrate and tune the system.

10.28.3.7.2 Binary Controls a. Automatic sequence controls (group controls). b. Individual motor/valve/electrical feeders and couplers control. c. Logic and interlocks. d. Protection logic.

10.28.3.7.3 Data Monitoring a. Process monitoring/graphics b. Alarm management c. Logging d. Historical storage and retrieval e. Data base management f. Summaries

313

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

g. System diagnostics.

10.28.3.7.4 Other Systems The Integrated HMI shall provide the operation/monitoring functions for other computerized systems supplied by third party manufacturer, in a secure manner, according to Supplement 8.9.3.5 requirements. The necessary number of Dynamic graphics and other types of operator displays shall be included in the Integrated HMI as required by each system design, and will be defined during engineering stage.

10.28.3.8 Engineering And Programming 10.28.3.8.1 General The system shall provide programming features which will facilitate secure design, programming, debugging, installation and maintenance of the complete system. Programming features shall include, but not be limited to, the following: - Checking system which will assist in overcoming deficiencies of input hardware. - It shall be possible for Purchaser's trained personnel to make on-line and/or off-line program changes to non-proprietary software; however, the programs shall be protected against unauthorized access through password and/or keylock. Software maintenance functions shall not affect any drop in the system except during download procedure.

10.28.3.8.2 Integrated Engineering Documentation The engineering/documentation system shall permit process engineering in graphical form without any programming. It will guarantee for each design change, that the current plant status is properly documented in the system. The system will use a uniform engineering tool for initial design, design changes as well as for commissioning and maintenance, with the following features: - Single, unique information source for every item

314

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

- Software for forcing the uniqueness of engineering documentation. - Editor to define the connection(s) between the different information sources. - Software for navigation and traveling between and inside the different information sources. - The required software for archiving, maintaining and managing the system Documentation will be resident on the Engineering workstation, and shall include at least the following: - Engineering diagrams (configuration/logic). - Data base of unit controls, including actual controllers configuration and tuning Parameters with automatic up-dating. - Data base(s) of data monitoring system (including communication links). - Data base of HMI including graphic displays/active points relations. (Cross reference between displays and database)

10.28.3.8.3 Graphic Display Editor The engineer shall be able to use a full-screen graphic editor on workstations to create/change both dynamic graphic displays and logic/configuration drawings as well, (per item 10.28.3.8.2 above). The engineer shall be able to define for graphic displays: a. The display hierarchy; b. Alphanumeric text in any arrangement and in different, user-defined sizes; c. Graphic pictorials and alphanumeric real-time data which are automatically updated; d. Real-time graphic symbols; e. Dynamic color changes; f. Other active elements which can aid in building displays, such as: bar- graphs, x-y functions, gauges, message fields, select buttons, etc. g. The engineer shall be able to build flow chart displays to show startup/shutdown checklists in response to plant conditions. h. Self-checking and diagnostics routines shall be incorporated in the program.

315

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.3.8.4 Report Generator A full-screen report generator, which permits creation of new logs or editing of existing ones shall be supplied. The report generator shall permit the engineer to define in a user-friendly manner the layout of the log and all the triggering and printing conditions.

10.28.3.8.5 High Level Language Program A High Level Programming Language shall be provided in order to support the user in building customer applications which can communicate with the System Software.

10.28.3.8.6 The system shall be able to monitor its internal resources. This shall include: a. Information about each control processor memory utilization for the purpose of adding supplementary configuration or programming will be available, to be monitored from the engineering workstation. b. Information about the System Data Highway capacity and loading during an upset will be demonstrated and documented during the factory test. Highway throughput capacity must be approved by the Purchaser.

10.28.3.8.7 The engineer shall be able to modify and add –in a secure manner- extensive processing specifications for new and existing inputs, through the use of on-line facilities from the engineer's workstation or, under keylock, from every operator's workstation. These processing specifications shall include all those functions definable for a variable plus the necessary data to add any new input, output, calculated variable or boolean. The engineer shall refer to the tag name of the variable for making these changes and shall not be required to refer to memory locations. As an example, this means capability to specify through the keyboard the following information for analog inputs: a. Point description b. Engineering measurement units c. Engineering unit conversion equation or input signal range

316

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

d. Special calibration adjustment equation e. Range to be used by the system f. Normal and current scan frequencies g. Multiple high and low operating limit values h. High and low reasonability limit value i. Actuation of limit checking for each of the above limits j. Alarm deadband values and significant change k. Alarm limits which shall be automatically inhibited l. Variable and associated state which causes automatic inhibit of alarm checking m. Cross reference to Graphic Display(s), Logs, where the input is referred (used). n. Alarm priority o. Special alarm actions when the point is in operation p. Hardware and software address for signals received via communication link.

10.28.3.9 System Diagnostic and Alarms

10.28.3.9.1 Each one of the microprocessor driven hardware devices shall have self- diagnostic capability. The operator devices shall monitor their own performance and the performance of all the other devices connected to the Data Highway.

When failure conditions are detected, the system automatically switches over to a redundant substitute and the operator must be alerted.

10.28.3.9.2 The PCMS shall have diagnostics to detect hardware failure in equipment connected to the data highway, from and down to the board level. The Contractor shall provide diagnostic software required to monitor, isolate, identify, tabulate and alarm system hardware malfunctions. As a minimum, diagnostics shall pinpoint failure to the board level or other on line replacement component.

317

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Results of on line diagnostics shall be displayed. On line diagnostics shall include, but shall not be limited to: - Processors in Processing Units - Communication system devices - Incorrect data transfers (parity error, etc.) - No response (or time out) from I/O devices - Analog inputs out of range - Analog outputs out of range - Analog outputs high or low limits - Open or shorted thermocouples - Power supply failure - Ground faults - Drive disturbances (discrepancy, loss of power, switchgear in test position, etc.) - Data security breaches / failures

10.28.3.9.3 A special display shall indicate the location and nature of the malfunctions. This includes: - Bus interruption or loss of communication with a device. - The device's address identification on the communicating system. - The type of device (I/O module, control processor, power supply, etc.). - The diagnostic code. - The same kind of status and alarming shall be applicable to active devices, stand-by devices and any loss of communication with a device.

10.28.3.9.4 Controller shall be capable of detecting and correcting single-bit errors in its Memory. It shall also be capable of detecting multi-bit errors. Either condition shall result in an alarm message to the Operator Station.

10.28.4 Application Requirements 10.28.4.1 General Functional Requirements 10.28.4.1.1 Contractor's Extent of Application Engineering The application requirements are directed at enabling the Contractor to comprehend his responsibility with respect to the process and the major

318

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

machinery involved in it. The extent of Contractor's responsibility includes interfacing with systems supplied by others as well as establishing optimum and safe control strategies during start-up, shut-down, process upset conditions, normal and emergency conditions. The Contractor shall request and co-ordinate all the data from the Gas Turbine, HRSG, Steam Turbine , CCW Condenser, BOP and all other major and axilliaryequipment suppliers, as required for the control system operation at the Parameters guaranteed by the Contractor. 10.28.4.1.2 Limit of Supply The main Contractor shall coordinate between scope of supplies for instrumentation and control of each plant equipment Subcontractor (if applicable), and shall design input data for the PCMS, from the individual systems suppliers.

The Contractor shall provide all necessary hardware and software application to permit – in a secure manner –control, operation and monitoring from PCMS’s HMI for the following items. - Gas Turbine - Steam Turbine - Heat Recovery Steam Generator (HRSG) - Closed Cooling Water Condenser - B.O.P. supplied by Contractor - 161kV local field - Interlocks for control of Purchaser Main Cooling Water supply system including PCMS HMI integration. - Interface to Purchaser Cooling Water Demineralization Plant - Interface to Purchaser Condensate Polishing System, if needed - Interface to Purchaser Cooling Water Chemical Treatment, if needed - Fuel Oil Treatment Plant (if required). - Control of electrical power systems including electrical power systems supplied by Purchaser - Interfaces to the Auxiliary Boiler (if any), and all other Contractor’s local control systems including PCMS HMI integration.

319

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

- Control of Auxiliary systems supplied by Purchaser including PCMS HMI integration. - Interface for Purchaser’s local control systems including PCMS HMI integration. Local control systems Interface requirements: Critical signals will be hardwired to the PCMS and redundant data link will be applicable for monitoring.

10.28.4.1.3 Performance Requirements 10.28.4.1.3.1 The control philosophy for all the control systems is to have direct and immediate response to a feed-forward signal, which represents load or capacity demand, with final trimming or calibration of the signal accomplished by closed loop measured feedback control.

10.28.4.1.3.2 Any time a corrective action is required in a control loop, such an action shall not be delayed by the need to adjust the control signal to the final actuator to get into operating range.

Any time a change in the control drive unit position is required, it shall be made immediately, assuming, of course, that the drive unit is free to move in the direction requested. The problem referred to here is sometimes called "reset wind-up" and it is intended that specific provisions be made to prevent this from inhibiting the action of the control system, either in whole or in part.

10.28.4.1.3.3 The feedback controls maintain the control system in continuous calibration. Integral control action shall be limited as required to keep the amount of correction within reason. Corrective loops shall be inactivated whenever they would be ineffective or could take improper corrective action.

10.28.4.1.3.4 The speed of response of the control system as a whole should be such as to operate the equipment safely under any conceivable upset. The control system itself must not limit the responsiveness of the equipment.

320

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.4.1.3.5 The control system should permit operation of the equipment by remote position of actuators from the control room.

In addition, any interlocks and overrides shall be applied in such a manner that their initiation and completion shall not cause any system instability. The restoration of the automatic mode shall be "bumpless", and will not cause upsets or improper movement of the actuators.

10.28.4.1.3.6 In order to minimize process upsets, each controller shall also recognize manual changes to those final positioning devices not in the automatic mode of control. When such manual changes occur the controller shall automatically adjust those final positioning devices in the automatic mode to compensate for the manual changes.

10.28.4.1.3.7 Whenever automatic limits, blocks, run-ups, run-downs, auctioneering or other overrides are imposed, all affected controllers will track the occurrence and will not be permitted to continue integrating action (reset wind-up). When the limit override is removed, all controllers will be balanced to the existing process conditions and will immediately resume normal control activity without a process upset or improper movement of the final drives.

10.28.4.1.3.8 Automatic control of a sub-system shall not be dependent on all the individual controlled devices to be on automatic control. Additional devices can be placed on "automatic" without requiring either manual or automatic balancing and without any process bump.

10.28.4.1.3.9 Alarm information shall be provided for: a. each trip b. subsystem abnormality c. limiting condition d. transfer of operational mode c. power failure

321

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.4.1.3.10 Where manual bias adjustment between drive units is specified, it will be applied in such a manner that: a. The bias is applied uniformly to all drive units under the associated control, increasing one and decreasing the other(s) proportionately so as not to cause a process upset and to establish the final, desired relationship. b. The bias is applied so that any related drive unit can be placed on automatic or manual without causing a bump in the position of the drive unit. 10.28.4.2 Main control Loops The following, but not limited to, controls are implemented in PCMS:. - Plant Load Control - Frequency Control - Coordinated Boiler Turbine Control & Steam Bypass control - Drum level control - Steam Turbine Control - Gas Turbine Control - Steam Temperature Control - Condensate System and condenser control - All other controls pertinent to Combined Cycle Process. The Contractor shall coordinate between the control scope of supply of each plant contractor in order to supply a complete and integrated plant control system.

10.28.4.2.1 Plant Load Control The load controller measures the total power output of the unit and compares it to the set point value. The PCMS shall be able to receive Remote Load Control from Dispatcher via Load Frequency Control Loop. The exchange signal’s list between PCMS and Dispatcher System for the LFC will be defined by Purchaser during the detailed design stage of project and these signals will be transferred to remote terminal unit (RTU) by means of redundant communication FO link or hardwired. Communication protocol and media on the PCMS side will be designed and implemented by the PCMS provider based on IECo requirements.

322

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.4.2.2 Frequency Control In case of deviations of the network frequency, the plant frequency controller governs the plant load controller and varies the set-points of the load controller accordingly.

10.28.4.2.3 Coordinated Boiler Turbine Control & Steam Bypass controls The complete steam cycle operates in the sliding pressure mode. At low load, the steam turbine control valves also intervene to maintain the steam pressure at a minimum required value. During start-up, the steam bypass system discharges steam into the condenser to control HRSG pressure rise. During steam turbine trip the turbine by-passes shall dump the steam flow from the HRSG to the condenser. The control system shall include automatic control of steam by-pass desuperheating control valves.

10.28.4.2.4 Drum level control The Feed water supply line is fitted with a flow nozzle and its differential pressure transmitter which sends a signal to the HRSG drum level controls. The HRSG drum level is maintained within normal operating limits by the modulation of the individual HRSG feed water control valves, using conventional single element/three element controls. Transfer from one- element to three element control shall be automatic according to the HRSG load, or manually, by the operator from the HMI.

The drum level transmitters have drum pressure compensation. With the three element control, the steam flow and blow down act as a feed-forward compensations to accommodate for the effect of the boiler load. The Feed water flow control is an inner loop to meter the flow of the feed water. The Feed water control valves are the final control element.

10.28.4.2.5 Steam Turbine Control For Steam Turbine Instrumentation and Control see Para. 10.9.18

323

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.4.2.6 Steam Temperature Control These loops shall maintain final superheater temperature at the required value over the load range, as required by the HRSG manufacturer.

10.28.4.2.7 Condensate System Control Condensate system control shall include but not be limited to: - Condensate tank level control - Condensate pumps minimum flow control - Condensate pre-heater inlet temperature control (for natural gas burning operation) - Deaerator inlet temperature control (for natural gas burning operation) - Deaerator level and pressure control. - Condenser level control.

10.28.4.2.8 Gas Turbine Control The full integration of the GT control within the plant control system is required For Gas Turbine Instrumentation and Control see also Para. 10.7.2.

10.28.4.2.9 Main Cooling Pump(s). An existing Main Cooling Pump(s) of units 1-4 will be used for combined cycle (CC) unit 70 as well. The protection, control, monitoring and data acquisition functions of the Main Cooling Pump (s) will be fully integrated in the PCMS. For the implementation of all above, the RIO located in Units 1-4 Main Cooling Pumps house vicinity will be used. The RIO will be supplied by the CC PCMS supplier as an integral part of the PCMS. Control and instrumentation cables, that connect Main Cooling Pump(s) field equipment with the RIO, will be designed and supplied by IEC. For data transfer between the RIO and PCMS CPU, a communication link will be designed and provided by the Contractor. The communication link's cable will be supplied by IEC based on the Contractor data sheet and IEC routing design. To transfer all signals between the RIO and DCS units 1-4, the RIO will be connected to the DCS 1-4 using as far as possible the existing interface. The

324

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

selection of actual unit for cooling will be done by the selector switch installed on the Unit 70 Operator’s Desk or Main PCMS HMI (will be defined later).

10.28.4.2.10 The Natural Gas (NG) Valve Farm. The NG Valve Farm will be designed ,purchased and erected by IEC. The protection, control, monitoring and data acquisition functions of the Natural Gas Valve Farm will be fully integrated in the PCMS. For the implementation of all above, the RIO located in NG Valve Farm vicinity will be used. The RIO will be supplied by the CC PCMS supplier as an integral part of the PCMS. Control and instrumentation cables, that connect NG Valve Farm field equipment with the RIO, will be designed and supplied by IEC. For data transfer between the RIO and PCMS CPU, a communication link will be designed and provided by the Contractor. The communication link's cable will be supplied by IEC based on the Contractor data sheet and IEC routing design. 10.28.4.2.11 If some existing technological devices of Units 1-4 will be used also for the sake of Unit 70, the CLD implementation will remain in the existing control systems, updated for new modes of operation. Selection will be provided. Interlocks will be implemented. Signals exchange for these purposes will be designed by the PCMS 70 supplier in collaboration with IECo. 10.28.4.2.12 Other Controls Contractor shall provide the controls and interlocks for all Equipment's of plant, supplied by him.

10.28.4.3 Application Requirements For Binary Control System 10.28.4.3.1 General

10.28.4.3.1.1 The Binary Control System shall perform the plant logic control including on- off operations, interlocking and sequential binary control according to logic control diagrams and to technical requirements described in this Specification.

10.28.4.3.1.2 The Binary Control will be applied for the control of plant equipment motor drives (fans, pump, compressors, motor operated on-off valves, etc.),

325

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

solenoid operated equipment (valve, damper) electrical circuit breakers and disconnectors, with and without synchronization and for sequential operation of the equipment and system. Control functions shall be hierarchically structured on several levels: the local or drive level, the equipment group level and the system group level.

10.28.4.3.1.3 Safety interlocks shall be hardwired in the primary level logic (drive level logic), without utilizing any timesharing elements.

10.28.4.3.1.4 The system shall receive plant process and equipment status inputs, other control systems inputs, as well as operator command inputs from the HMI (via System Data Highway).

10.28.4.3.1.5 The system shall provide output contacts to control plant equipment (circuit breakers, disconnectors, starters and solenoids) and output signals for other control systems. 10.28.4.3.1.6 Where sequential control is required, the status of the sequence shall be clearly displayed on the HMI. Should a sequence fail for any reason, the control shall be transferred to manual and the fault shall be properly alarmed for operator action. 10.28.4.3.1.7 If any loop is disabled, other loops shall not be affected. 10.28.4.3.1.8 The logic shall be designed in such a manner that at the initial "power-on" the local control mode and/or the manual control mode (where used) shall be set. 10.28.4.3.1.9 The operator shall have to take the circuit out of the local mode, before any automatic or manual functions can be accomplished. 10.28.4.3.1.10 Each type of logic arrangement shall have a "Forced Input" capability. 10.28.4.3.1.11 Grounds faults on cables from the plant shall not be seen by the logic system as input contact operation. 10.28.4.3.1.13 For each device powered through circuit breaker the system shall perform on-line monitoring of circuit breaker trip coil continuity. For this purpose an additional digital input per each device from optocoupler, mounted together with interposing trip relay in theappropriate switchgear compartment . The typical logic diagram for composing such

326

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

alarm signal will be provided by IEC as well. The system shall also monitor availability of control power (230V AC, 220VDC, 24 V DC) for any type of binary devices. At lossof coil continuity or control power an alarm shall be initiated by the system.

10.28.4.3.2 Drive Level (Primary Level) 10.28.4.3.2.1 A drive level includes the control of two-state field devices: pumps, fans, valves, dampers, electrical feeder circuit breakers and disconnectors. At this level, each drive can be started, stopped or positioned manually or automatically and shall have its own interlocks and protections programmed in the control system, to ensure independent safe operation at this level. 10.28.4.3.2.2 At the drive level, the individual drive logic and operator interface shall be included. 10.28.4.3.2.3 Individual Device Control Blocks (Binary Typical Devices) will be used for the following applications: 10.28.4.3.2.4 Electrically operated motor circuit breakers and contactors (6.6 KV, 0.4 KV - medium and low voltage). 10.28.4.3.2.5 Electrically operated feeder circuit breakers 6.6 KV, 0.4 KV - medium and low voltage. 10.28.4.3.2.6 Non-reversing starters (contactors in Motor Control Centers). 10.28.4.3.2.7 Reversing Starters (Motor Operated Valves). 10.28.4.3.2.8 Single Coil Solenoids (F.O.V. - energize to close, F.C.V. - energize to open. 10.28.4.3.2.9 Double Coil Solenoids.

10.28.4.3.2.4 Requirements of the Individual Device Control Blocks (Binary Typical Devices) Functional Binary Logic for individual devices (Circuit breakers, motors, valves, solenoids, etc.) will be in accordance with the IEC Control Logic design philosophy for power plants, Note: The Gen. Logic requirements for 161kV Circuit Breakers and disconnectors will be offered by I.E.C. at a later stage during the Contract signing.

327

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Instruments shall be in accordance with Supplements 8.9.4.1 (Purchaser's standard instrumentation requirements and data sheets) attached to the Specification. The total capacity of the Control System shall accommodate the required I/O quantities according to the typical I/O list for Electrical Equipment in I.E.C.’s Scope of Supply, if any.

10.28.4.3.3 Equipment Group Control Level 10.28.4.3.3.1 The equipment group control is the next level in the hierarchy. At this level the drives are grouped functionally, for example: a pump and its related auxiliaries.

10.28.4.3.3.2 The task of sequential group control is to control by means of a fixed program, the drives allocated the functional group, according to logic events or in correct chronological sequence, in order to fulfill all the process requirements.

10.28.4.3.3.3 The group control shall generate demand signals (normal auto-start or normal auto-stop) to the drive level, receive feedback signals, from the drive level and also receive various permissive inputs from plant field devices.

10.28.4.3.3.4 When required, on System Automation mode, the group control shall receive command signals from the system level.

10.28.4.3.3.5 Auto-manual capability shall be provided at this level. The auto mode automatically commands the operation devices in the designed sequential order. Each step is monitored for appropriate response and time duration to perform the operation. When appropriate response is received, the sequence advances to the next step and commands the next operation.

If a response is not received within a determined time, the sequence step is faulted, the control transferred is to manual and the fault is alarmed for

328

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

operator action. When the fault is corrected the operator can return the sequence to the auto mode of operation.

In the manual mode, the group control shall guide the operator to the next function to be performed in the orderly control of the process. The operator initiates the operation at the drive level. Since the operator is commanding the operation, the step timer is not functioning. When the appropriate feedback of a step operation is received, the sequence moves to the next step and indicates the action the operator should perform next. In either automatic or manual mode, the group control shall perform a step start-up or shutdown override, in case the step was already individually actuated (at the drive level).

10.28.5 Control System Equipment Requirements 10.28.5.1 Accuracy and Resolution 10.28.5.1.1 Overall accuracy of the System shall be such that the digital output representation of an analog input signal shall be within 0.10% of the full scale range of the signal, as measured at the field analog input terminals. Equipment design shall insure this level of accuracy over a six month period without the necessity of manual recalibration. Resolution of the analog to digital converters shall be a minimum of one (1) part in 4000. 10.28.5.1.2 Time-tagging of events (except SER inputs) shall have one (1) second accuracy.

10.28.5.2 Station Synchronizing Clock 10.28.5.2.1 The complete equipment package shall be supplied for the Systems External Synchronization. This equipment will be based on GPS-Global Positioning System and will include:

- GPS Station Clock (IRIG-B time code) with antenna unit. - Timing Buffer Unit. - All the required interconnecting cables/connections. The clock’s precision shall be no less than 1 msec.

329

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.5.2.2 The equipment will be provided with the Standard 19” Enclosure. The system shall provide isolated separately buffered outputs for all the related plant systems, which will require the time synchronization. Time will be synchronized amongst all the cabinets and Workstations that include time tagging equipment

10.28.5.2.3 A power failure/unsteady line frequency will not affect the clock. There will be no need to reset the clock time after a power failure.

10.28.5.2.4 It shall be possible to monitor and set-up the clock by entering the time and date on any Workstation (key-locked feature).

10.28.5.2.5 The precision of the synchronization (time difference to standard signal or source equipment) for every piece of equipment with the source shall be no less than one (1) msec.

10.28.5.2.6 Failure of a clock shall be clearly annunciated.

10.28.5.3 Process Data Highway a. The data highway shall provide both functional and physical System distribution capability for communication between the major System elements. b. The data highway shall be redundant. Fail-over to the alternate cable- circuitry shall be automatic. Any highway failure shall immediately be reported by the System. c. The highway shall be designed so that no single component failure will cause one or both of the redundant highways to become inoperative. This requirement includes communication cards, line switches, modems and any other related electronic devices. d. All communication and processing circuitry shall be effectively immune to the types of electrostatic and electromagnetic interference that can be expected in an industrial environment.

330

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Coupling circuits must satisfy the requirement of rejection of noise - Floating voltage of a device must not be converted to noise on the highway. e. The highway shall include all the required communication equipment in order to interconnect all the system elements.

f. The highway protocol shall include sufficient error recovery capability and message security checks. g. The communication protocol shall provide automatic adaptation after the operation of connecting a new node to the data highway or disconnecting the existing one. h. Addition or deletion of nodes on line shall not disrupt plant communication.

10.28.5.4 Input/Output EquipmentGeneral

10.28.5.4.1 a. The input/output modules shall be microprocessor-based devices. b. The PCMS system shall include analog input modules, capable of reading high-level analog inputs (4 to 20 mA), RTD's (3-wire or 4-wire), or thermocouple inputs directly. The System shall provide all the typical analog input linearizations, including thermocouples (types, E,J,K,S AND T), RTD's, and square root functions. Custom linearization functions shall be available. Linearization of thermocouple inputs shall conform to IPTS-68 standard. Reference junction compensation shall be internal. . When a controlled variable exceeds transducer limits it shall be declared unreasonable and alarmed and all affected portion of the system will transfer to manual. d. Digital inputs will be scanned and status retained for use in system logic algorithms. It shall be possible to assign status designations (on-off, tripped-running, etc.) for each input. e. The analog to digital conversion will be a least 13 bit. f. Each input module shall be separately fused, with a fuse status indicator on the front of the module.

331

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

g. Each analog module will have a separate LED to indicate whether or not the Controller is communicating with the module. Each digital input and output will have a separate LED. h. All analog input and output field wiring terminations shall be readily accessible, allowing for easy installation and removal while system is on- line. Any associated printed circuit cards can be installed and removed without disrupting the field wiring. i. All input modules shall meet IEEE-C62.41-91 surge-withstand test specifications: no false output shall be taken as a result of the electrical power surge described in this specification. j. Digital output modules shall perform "check before execute" routines on each updating of digital outputs.

10.28.5.4.2 Analog Output to I/P Converter or Drive Unit Regulator Controllers shall generate analog position demand signals to final control elements. Range: 4 to 20 mA into 0 to 600 Ohm standard or up to 750 Ohm total loop resistance. Accuracy of the output circuitry shall be better than 0.25% Security: Upon loss of power, or in case of disconnection between the controller and the drive unit regulator, the final control element must be held in its last or safe position and switched to manual mode of control.

10.28.5.4.3 Digital Inputs a. The Digital Inputs will include alarm/status points which may be a dry contact either normally open or normally closed type, or solid state (optocoupler). b. The Contractor shall supply the necessary interrogating voltage as required in Para. 10.28.5.9.3. c. There shall be no false signals due to contact bounce up to thirty (30) milliseconds either on alarm or return to normal. d. Contractor shall supply the possibility to define inputs with adjustable time delay, from zero (0) to fifteen (15) seconds. This facility will be used with contacts which may be subject to false momentary signals.

332

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

e. Scan cycle for digital inputs shall not be greater than 125 msec. f. SOE events shall be discriminated within a time difference of one (1) millisecond and recorded in their proper sequence. g. Binary inputs from process and/or other controls shall be dry contacts with 0.5A rating.

10.28.5.4.4 Analog Inputs a. The scan cycle for analog inputs shall not be greater than 250 msec, unless otherwise specified. b. An alarm deadband in percents shall be configurable for each of the analog inputs so that a value returning to normal will not be announced as returned to normal while it is within this band. c. All analog inputs in the System shall have their values checked concurrently and continually for bad or unreasonable conditions. d. Thermocouples will be of the grounded and/or ungrounded types. Contractor equipment shall be able to handle them in any combination. e. Detection of open circuit thermocouples shall be performed. Systems that cause calibration offsets or suffer from time delays are not permitted.

10.28.5.4.5 Control Outputs to Devices a. The output modules will be used to control the field devices (circuit breaker closing and tripping coils, starters and solenoid coils, etc.) b. For the control of the field devices, dry contacts shall be provided. The contact ratings necessary shall be at least 1 Ampere for all DC utilization categories and 3 Ampere for all AC utilization categories. Heavy duty type of interposing relays are recommended for this purpose. c. The output relays shall have long mechanical life and high contact reliability at the rated current. The dielectric strength shall be 1500 V AC for one (1) minute.

d. The circuits shall have a surge withstand capability equal to that specified in ANSI C37.90a. e. All relays' auxiliary contacts shall be brought up to the terminals, for Purchaser's use.

333

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.5.4.6 Binary Outputs Binary outputs to the process systems (interlocks), shall be by dry contacts, with contact rating at least 1 Ampere for all DC utilization categories and 3 Ampere for all AC utilization categories.

10.28.5.5 Processing Controllers 10.28.5.5.1 General As used in this specification, the words "process controller" refers to any device configured to perform a set of control, data processing and monitoring functions. a. The loss of power to any controller shall not result in loss of memory such that manual reconfiguration is necessary when power is restored. Upon restoration of power, the system will initialize itself to the established configuration and resume operation without error. b. All of the functions performed by the controller shall be executed within a scheduled time which shall not be altered by changes in configuration or by system loading. c. Each controller shall update all of its outputs at least every 0.25 seconds during all conditions of operation. Some pre-selected outputs will be updated each 0.1 sec. d. It shall be possible to accomplish tuning, configuring and reconfiguring of controllers in a secure manner (see Supplement 8.9.3.5), under keylock control, through the Engineering Station, utilizing a convenient set of displays specially designed for that purpose and to down-load the configuration to controller(s) via Data Highway. e. All algorithms needed to perform the specified functions shall be provided pre-programmed and in the system library. It shall be possible to configure or reconfigure controller solely through the use of pre-programmed algorithms (functional blocks). There shall be no limit upon how many times a particular functional block can be used within the capacity of a controller.

334

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.5.5.2 Operational Characteristics Controller shall: - Be started up without the assistance of any higher level device such as a computer. - Utilize a design architecture enabling multiple reduced performance levels prior to a device failure. - Be unaffected by failure of other devices connected to the communication system. - Be added to or removed from the communication system at any time without upsetting system communications. - Have a trend memory to store historical data. If power is lost to the controller, all associated control loops shall automatically transfer to manual. Following a power failure and upon power restoration all loops will remain in manual until selected for automatic by the operator.

10.28.5.5.3 Computational Capability Controllers slots shall be configurable to provide control algorithms and strategies as P, PI, PID control with the following functions: - cascade or ratio; - multiplication/divisions; - square root extraction; - addition/subtraction; - lead/lag; - override; - high or low signal selection; - high/low process variable alarming; - logical gates (AND, OR, NAND, NOR, EXOR); - time delay; - interlocks; - linearization of E type thermocouple signal and of 100 ohm Platinum RTD signals; - Compensation for pressure and/or temperature for level and flow measurements.

335

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

In addition to the basic control and logic functions, controllers shall also perform the following functions as a minimum: - scanning - Digital inputs, at least 8 times per second - Analog inputs according to assigned scan rates - limit checking - alarm limits for analog inputs

- conversion to engineering units - change detection - calculating rate of change providing protection against noisy sensors - status indications can indicate that changes have occurred, instead of being transmitted repeatedly - on-time count and status change count for digital inputs - sensor correction - linearization, square root extraction, etc. - time tagging events - reasonability checking - coarse checks to exclude data that is checking evidently impossible (like out of range). - calibration - examples: cold junction temperature for thermocouples, zero point offset, etc. - Independent local data base (configuration) to permit all the required tasks. Provisions to download/upload this information from/to and to the Workstations.

- Transmitting input data in engineering units, alarms and status information to other devices such as Workstations or other intelligent modules, according to the requirements or upon request. - Monitoring of the I/O modules and its own performance.

10.28.5.6 Foreign Devices Interface a. Standard interfaces/protocols are mandatory for PCMS communication to other computerized systems such as PLC-based systems or IEC L.A.N.

336

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

and all this in strict compliance with security safeguards requirements demanded by Supplement 8.9.3.5. b. The Contractor and Purchaser shall mutually exchange necessary information such as communication protocol, data format, quantity of data points transmitted, etc. to ensure responsive communication interfaces.

10.28.5.7 Information Management System a. A server computer will be provided whose main tasks will be to execute the collecting, storage and retrieval of history data. The data collection rate shall be configurable, so the system manager can control system loading. b. One PC-based station, with windowing capability of processing information (graphic display and history information will be provided). c. The IMS database structure shall be compatible with system's engineering database, console's database and maintenance database. The implementation should comply with Supplement 8.9.3.5 requirements. d. A widely accepted operating system shall control the server. Software which is required to access data from the process data highways and to permit data exchange over the Data Management Ethernet (TCP/IP) shall be included. The possibility to run applications on this computer from workstations or terminals connected to the Data Management Ethernet shall be given. The implementation should comply with Supplement 8.9.3.5 requirements.

e. An application generator included in the supplied software shall permit the retrieval of the history data stored on the optical disk through an easy-to- use and flexible user interface. The data shall be available upon request to all devices connected to the Data Management Ethernet. f. Enough spare resources (CPU power, main memory, disk space, I/O capacity, etc.) shall be provided to permit later at least a doubling of the tasks of the server without a degradation of its performance. In addition, spare space shall permit an expansion of the resources.

337

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

g. One (1) heavy-duty printer shall be connected to the computer and supplied with it. h. Vendor, type and configuration of the server and its peripherals, as well as all the supplied software, especially the operating system, communication software and database/application generator will be subject to Purchaser's approval. i. The server shall permit running a third party "Performance Calculations" package.

10.28.5.8 Auxiliary Equipment 10.28.5.8.1 Back-up Devices Back-up means for Operator and Engineering stations shall be provided. The capacity shall be adequate to the disks size. User-friendly backup/restore utilities shall be included (see Supplement 8.9.3.5).

10.28.5.9 Power Supplies 10.28.5.9.1 General Description For power supplies requirement, see Para. 10.27. The Contractor shall provide whatever DC power supplies and/or stepdown transformers required operating the system. The Contractor shall supply the data of the exact power demand from each supply both on normal operation and during start-up (inrush currents). Two power feeds from separate reliable distribution centers will be provided for any part of the system that requires AC power. An automatic transfer will be provided by the Contractor, so that no interruption occurs in the event of a single supply failure.

10.28.5.9.2 D.C. Power Supplies Redundant power supplies shall be provided for specified services and shall have the following characteristics: a. Redundant power supplies shall be provided with automatic transfer or with auctioneering connection, so that no interruption occurs in the event of failure of a single supply.

338

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

b. An alarm shall be generated, should any power supply fail. c. A failure in the DC power supply shall be easily identified and components shall be designed for easy removal and insertion into the cabinets. This shall require circuit isolation and monitoring so that if a part of the system becomes isolated, erroneous control action shall not result. d. Power supply systems shall have sufficient capacity to provide 20% future expansion. e. All internally generated ac or dc logic voltages that are operated ungrounded shall be provided with ground detection alarms and isolation devices. f. If the power supply to or on any module or printed circuit card should fail or if any printed circuit card or device is removed from its receptacle, the associated subsystem and all the dependent systems shall trip to manual. An isolated contact output shall be provided upon such a failure. g. The Contractor shall provide all the necessary equipment required to convert and distribute power to all the field instruments which require a source of electrical power. Distribution shall include a dedicated disconnecting and protecting device for each transducer. Electrical isolation between loops shall be provided. 10.28.5.9.3 Interrogation Voltage a. The redundant DC power supplies for interrogation voltage shall be provided by Contractor. If ungrounded PS will be provided, each DC power supply shall be detected for ground on the interrogation voltage lines (both sides of the contact) by a separate ground detecting circuit. These detectors shall provide an alarm in case ground is detected. A ground detection indication shall be provided to indicate in which group of inputs a ground has occurred. There will be no need for ground detection push buttons for disconnecting of groups.

10.28.5.9.4 Loss of Power Loss of power supply to the control system, or loss of power within the system, shall cause affected portions of the system to transfer to manual.

339

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

When power is restored, all controls shall stay in manual until reinstated to automatic by the Operator. The loss of power to any drive unit shall be indicated through alarm contacts furnished by Contractor. The system shall operate normally under the following tolerances: 1. Input voltage 230V  10%. 2. Frequency 50 Hz  5%. 3. Maximum power interruption of 0.5 cycle. In addition 220V +10% -15% direct current voltage, ungrounded can be provided. When the above tolerances are exceeded, the system will transfer to the manual mode and the demand signal to the final control element will not change. Upon return to normal voltage, the system will remain in manual until the operator will return it to the automatic. The final drive unit shall remain in position upon loss of drive unit motive power and/or loss of power to the controller, transmitter and other logic elements associated with the drive unit or upon loss or interruption of the controller output signal. Upon restoration of motive or control power, the drive unit shall become available for operation without changing its position even if it has been moved by operating the local hand-wheel. Automatic remote releasing is required. Manual control of each drive unit or converter shall be possible as long as its specific motive power is available. Manual control shall be independent of the logic power source or any drained voltage. The circuit interrupting devices that are employed to provide isolation shall be monitored so that erroneous control action does not result from a loss of power to any part of the system.

10.28.6 Human-Machine Interface The Contractor shall provide the conceptual design of Control Room architecture, which shall be based on the advanced ergonomic practice and shall contain the following:

340

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

- Operator's Consoles - Large Screen(s) An Emergency Control Panel shall be mounted on Operator Console. The Contractor shall provide the architecture and ergonomic design of the control room including the following: - Design and supply of HMI consoles, including furniture. - Recommendations for the integration of the consoles and the large screens including distances between consoles and between operator panel and large screen display. - Recommendations for special materials and accessories, if required. 10.28.6.1 HMI Implementation and Arrangement 10.28.6.1.1 Operator's Console The Operator's Console will consist of four identical Workstations, double screen, with "Para.llel" redundancy, i.e. any piece of software (e.g. console database, graphic displays, reports, trends, etc.) will be installed in each one of the Workstations. From each Workstation it will be possible to operate and supervise the entire plant, including electrical systems and auxiliary systems. Strict compliance with security requirements in supplement 8.9.3.5 is mandatory. The additional Workstation for shift electrical staff using will be supplied and installed. The software that consists data concerning 161 kV SWGR, Transformers, HV switchgear, Load Centers, MCC’s and other electrical distribution equipment (switchboards) will be performed on graphic displays, trends, reports, etc. The Workstation shall accommodate a minimum of: - 300 graphic displays (pop-up is not considered a graphic display) - 6,000 tags - 200 trends The hardware platform of an Operator Workstation (OWS) will be based upon the most advanced and reliable technology available on the market at delivery time. For overview of the entire process, one large screen shall be provided. This screen shall display any of the operator workstation displays.

341

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

The large screen shall be driven by a dedicated Workstation and shall be based on the latest proved technology. In addition one color printer shall be provided.

Engineering Workstation(s) 10.28.6.1.1.1 The Engineering Workstation is a device meant for on-line PCMS configuration, control tuning, system debugging and documentation management. Therefore, it has to be connected to Unit's DHW. It may be implemented with a PC or a desktop station. Strict compliance with security requirements in supplement 8.9.3.5 is mandatory. the hardware shall be better or at least identical to OWS. In addition, it will include:

- A Color Printer A3 and A4 - External DVD writer - Scanner A3 - Modem compatible to DHW - A 19" high resolution screen may be used.

10.28.6.1.1.2 Software The EWS shall be provided with all software packages required in order to perform the following functions, as minimum: - System configuration - Controller’s programming - Control tuning - System debugging - System database management (based on relational database) - On line system documentation (drawings) - Graphic displays

10.28.6.1.1.3 Additional Software The PCMS Contractor shall supply the following software packages as a standard offering for use on the engineering workstation and or within the process controllers: - Batch language for configuration of batch sequences and programs.

342

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

- Ladder logic programming. - User defined function programming for creating functions not included in standard function block library. - Relational database package. - Office package (Word processor, spread sheet, etc).

10.28.6.1.1.4 The engineer shall be able to display on the screen and/or print the following additional summaries. These shall enable the engineer to review the up-to-date documentation of the system more quickly than by reference to external hard copy. a. Summaries of all analog inputs, digital inputs, outputs, calculated variables and booleans, including processing specifications, using a flexible query scheme. b. Summary of inputs, outputs, calculated variables belonging to a certain device. c. Summary of all points used by performance calculation programs. d. Summary of points per serial data link, computer interface or remote I/O cabinet, if applicable. e. Summary of points per graphic display/per log. f. Summary of displays/logs per point.

10.28.6.2 Application Requirements for Data Processing and Monitoring 10.28.6.2.1 Alarm Management Each operator's and engineer's video screen shall have an area reserved to display all active alarms. Alarms shall be classified as follows: - Communication alarms. - System alarms (down to the card level). - Process alarms shall be assignable to every process variable in the database. Points that shall be alarmed include: analogs, digitals, group digitals and devices. Deadbands shall also be available to define how far the points must return inside the limit in order to be considered returned from the alarm condition. Digitals and devices shall have standard normal/abnormal operating states.

343

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

An alarm priority shall be assignable to every variable, or the alarm can be suppressed (or inhibited) It shall be possible to filter out alarms on displays and logging devices by priority. 10.28.6.2.2 Logging 10.28.6.2.2.1 General All logs shall be programmed, or configured so that in an easy manner the engineer will be able to edit the printing format of any log. A full-screen report generator shall be provided. 10.28.6.2.2.2 Logs to be provided by the System: 10.28.6.2.2.2.1 Period Logs This report is generated at a user-specified interval. 10.28.6.2.2.2.2 Event Logs This report is generated when a user-specified condition is met.

10.28.6.2.2.2.3 Trip Logs This report is generated when a user-specified trip condition is met. A trip report will be printed at the end of the maximum post-trip (40 minutes). This report shall be capable of reporting the Historical Events (0.1 second) data. - Trigger condition: User specified, up to 20 digital point value conditions. For meaningful reports, these conditions should be the same as the conditions specified for the Historical Event file. - other data used: Live point values and attributes, lab data files, and other user file data. - Manual request: -Can be generated by manual Operator workstation request. The reference time given by the user will be interpreted as the time of trip.

10.28.6.2.2.2.4 One Time Only Logs This report is generated upon manual request only. 10.28.6.2.2.2.5 Trend Logs a. The trend log is composed of a group of selected variables which may be analog, calculated, transformations, digital o boolean, which may be

344

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

displayed or printed. The printout shall contain as a minimum, point numbers, their description in the header and time. a. The system shall have the ability to collect any of the trend logs, at rates which are selected from fifteen (15) seconds to one (1) hour, for a predetermined time span. The number of one (1) second trends will be according to the most recent version of console software available at the time of factory tests. b. The Purchaser shall assign up to twenty (20) variables for each log. c. The Contractor shall provide the system with the capability and the means for the operator to assign dynamically the variables for ten (10) trend logs and the five (5) one-second resolution logs. d. It shall be possible to define digital triggers and/or time conditions to automatically printout and/or history save the specific trend log.

10.28.6.2.2.2.6 Sequence of Events Logs Up to 500 contact inputs may be defined as high resolution contact inputs for sequence of events (SOE) inputs. Any digital input may be designated as a sequence of events point. All Sequence of Events logging and reporting shall be accomplished in the PCMS control hardware. The system shall time tag the status changes of all SOE inputs, including all digital calculated variables derived from SOE inputs, to a 1 millisecond resolution. High resolution contact inputs shall have the same attributes as any other contact input and shall be available for use globally within the system. The system shall be designed such that any SOE inputs may be selected by the user as a trigger point and the system shall generate a sequence of events report recording the status changes of all SOE points following a status change of the trigger point. The first change of state entry shall include the time of initiation, with subsequent entries showing elapsed time (in milliseconds) from the time of the first trip. The SOE shall organize all the entries in a chronological order with an overall resolution of one millisecond.

345

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

The recording shall stop only after the trigger point changes condition or on a command from the operator. The system shall be capable of storing five S.O.E. reports for later retrieval. 10.28.6.2.2.2.7 Post Trip Review Log The Purchaser shall define a post trip review log of at least 150 analog values. These values can be any process variable or calculated value in the system. The trigger signal(s) shall be configurable under keylock. The accumulation of this data shall comprise the post trip review log, which shall be printed on demand. The system shall store at least two (2) previous post trip review logs. There shall be no loss of data in the case of a new trigger signal during the data acquisition period of the previous log. Each log shall include: - Date and time of event (log definition). - Trigger event definition. - All the data with tags, descriptions, values and time per each value. 10.28.6.3 Operations Interface 10.28.6.3.1 General The Human Machine Interface (HMI) shall provide an interface to the process and support monitoring and control through dynamic displays. HMI shall not execute control algorithms. Loss of HMI or data highway shall not cause loss of process control. 10.28.6.3.2 Data Presentation a. The control displays (samples as provided by contractor), including dynamic graphics, will be completely built and operative on the screen in 1 (one) second or less. All displayed data shall be updated in no more than 1 (one) second. b. Any operator initiated control action, whether requested by the keyboard, mouse, etc., shall be executed within one second or less. Confirmation that the operator action has been executed shall be displayed on the CRT within 3 (three) seconds or less. Execution and confirmation to an operator's action shall not be slowed due to high system activity, such as an alarm avalanche during a process upset.

346

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

c. The quality of the process data and calculations shall always be indicated whenever the data is displayed, or logged, or used in other calculations, including high level programming language statements. The system shall be able to determine that data is good, bad or substituted. These terms mean: Bad - data beyond the reading range of the system or resulted from calculations with bad data; Substituted - data value that is manually or automatically substituted.

10.28.6.3.3 Operator's Displays 10.28.6.3.3.1 The intent behind the design of the main HMI is to provide the operator with a "single window" to the process. The operator station shall support the following types of displays: a. Dynamic graphic displays b. Control displays c. Trends d. Start-up/shut down sequence displays e. Alarm lists f. Menus g. System status h. Summaries.

The Contractor shall provide the necessary number for each type of displays, as required by systems' functions. The displays shall permit full process supervision as well as operation of all the corresponding systems. It shall be possible to compose different types of displays on the same screen, as required by the system(s) functions (e.g. graphics/trends/controls).

10.28.6.3.3.2 Graphic Displays a. Any selected Workstation shall be able to display graphic pictorials of plant equipment. Contractor shall fully define and document the graphic editor/viewer software.

347

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

b. Contractor shall be able to embed in the graphic displays, Purchaser- defined symbols (dynamic or not). c. Real-time updating shall be provided for the data values, symbols and display elements when on display. Dynamic graphic symbol updating includes changing symbols and/or colors, based on a logic defined either by Purchaser or Contractor. d. The system shall have the capability of displaying a minimum of one hundred (100) dynamic analog values or contact status words and a minimum of one hundred and fifty (150) dynamic symbols or any combination thereof on any display. e. Graphic displays shall provide the necessary means to operate the corresponding equipment (modulating or binary) by using pop-up screens or equal. f. A display definition created for one operator's workstation shall be usable, without any reprogramming or editing, on any other type of workstation which is in Contractor's Scope of Supply. 10.28.6.3.3.3 Control Display The Pop-up/Faceplate displays shall be included for the Modulating control functions. The process information provided by the display shall be individually weighted deviations between the process variables and their set points or target values. Loops in manual control shall be indicated. High and low operator action limits shall be provided for each control loop to alert the operator to an impending process alarm. High and low process alarms shall be shown for each loop when tripped. The control display shall include the detailed information for the corresponding loop, such as: - Control Station(s) Faceplate(s) - Analog points in digital or bargraph form - Digital point status - Permissives and control interlocks status - Real time trends for process variable, control output, set-point and any corresponding analog points.

348

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.6.3.3.4 Configuration/Tuning Displays The operator shall be able to manipulate set-point, output, ratio, bias and control modes through the tuning display. For digital points, the operator shall be able to issue commands to the start/stop and open/close two state equipment. Through use of a password the operator shall be permitted or restricted from: - Changing tuning constants - Changing process variable zero and span value - Changing alarm limits - Changing configuration of any of the loop and gate Parameters (control algorithm, signal type and input source, as well as interlocks and delays). 10.28.6.3.3.5 Trending The trend displays shall provide continuous on-line representation of up to eight (8) variables. The variables shall be scaled in engineering units. As a minimum, the last 24 hours of trend data shall be available for each trend point. The sampling period (e.g. 1 second, 15 seconds, 1 minute) and type of trend (e.g. sample, mean, minimum, maximum, and summation) shall be configurable. The user shall be able to configure on-line temporary trends of any point in the system. These trends shall be updated at least every two (2) seconds to show real time data. As a minimum the last two (2) hours of data for the temporary trend points shall be available for recall and viewing. The zero and span scales shall be capable of being individually scaled, expanded or zoomed for clarity and more detailed viewing. The trend display shall be capable of being panned from the current time back to available historical trend time. Trending data must be capable of on line storage with no external devices. The trend display shall include the current values of the trend variables, as well as the corresponding past values as the time pointer is moved through the time scale.

349

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

The operator shall be able to set the grid roll-down speed and the interval between time lines. The following information shall be displayed on the screen for each of the trending variables, in the color of the respective trace: a. Tag name. b. Tag description. c. Current value (numeric). d. Zero and full scale value. e. Engineering units. f. Point quality.

10.28.6.3.3.6 Historical Trends a. It shall be possible, following a unit trip, to display analog trends of events that occurred, for selected variables, for ten (10) minutes before the trip. b. Through the use of historical data storage and retrieval functions described in this Specification, historical trends shall be available to the engineer upon demand, to be displayed on a screen, with different time scales. 10.28.6.3.3.7 Binary/Sequential Control displays The device sequential control displays shall support the following operator functions: - Manual device control - Auto-manual selection (where required) - Electrical lockout of circuit breakers and starters operation (for device maintenance purposes). - Monitoring (via feedback from controlled devices) of device status (close/open or start/stop). - Monitoring of control circuits integrity (disable function). - Monitoring of abnormal operating conditions and acknowledgement. - Monitoring of permissive/trip conditions. - Monitoring or motors/feeders current and throttling valves travel position. - Synchronizing selection/monitoring (where applicable). - Sequential control (groups control) selection and actuation, including possibility and guidance for the manual sequence operation.

350

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

- Sequential control monitoring/criteria indication, including status of each step and necessary feedback signals. - The device control through HMI shall be multilevel security code protected against accidental operation. 10.28.6.3.3.8 Summaries The operator shall be able to display on the screen and/or print the following, but not limited to, summaries: - Summary of all actual operating limit alarms. - Summary of last shift acknowledges alarms. - Summary of last shift "return-to-normal" alarms. - Summary of all bad quality points. - Summary of all points with substituted values. - Summary of all inhibited points. - Summary of status of all peripheral devices. - Summary of status of all workstations, intelligent modules and highways and disk usage. - Summary of all defined system points, according to the plant system identification codes. - Summary of assigned trend points. - Summary of all points belonging to each log on a per log basis. - Summary of the existing logs and their status. - Summaries of active graphic control/binary/sequential displays, according to displays type.

10.28.6.3.3.9 On-screen Menus The on-screen menus shall provide the following: a. Simple, consistent, straight-forward procedures to obtain process data/operate corresponding equipment. b. Simplify operation in communicating with the system and eliminate the need to use reference handbooks. c. Shorten the time it takes to obtain information by displaying response messages, error messages and various summaries on CRT's rather than causing a delay until the information is printed.

351

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

d. Reduce operator error when making various functional changes to the system, by adequate help like color highlighting data allowable to change and menu choices instead of key-ins. e. Reduce engineer's time in making programming changes by enabling functional changes to be made interactively through the screen in other than programming language. f. If the operator makes a keystroke entry error, the response message will define the specific type of error made, in conversational language and not only as coded error number or program statement. g. An operator key-in error shall not cause a system error, either fatal or non- fatal.

10.28.6.3.3.10 System Status Displays The Workstations shall be capable of displaying a status display in a hierarchical layout. A system status display shall provide an overview of the operational status of the nodes on the communication network. The display shall be accessed by a keystroke without the need for keylocks. From the system display, any node status may be selected and displays of the status of each module. The module display shall provide the status of a particular module, the I/O processing modules, and the I/O points.

10.28.6.3.4 Function Security Methods shall be provided for limiting access to functions depending upon the Workstation software module. Individual functions will be enabled or disabled. Security will be defined as part of the Workstation configuration. An error message will be displayed when there is an attempt to access a protected function. Those functions, the control of which is restricted to an engineer, shall be under password control (see supplement 8.9.3.5 ). A preliminary list of those functions is as follows: a. Taking a point out of scan. b. Rejection of any log. c. Changing any information in the database of any variable or the configuration in the intelligent modules.

352

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

d. Changes in logs (adding or deleting points, changing trigger conditions, etc.) or graphic displays. e. Communication network configuration.

Other functions to be under password control shall be determined by the Purchaser during the system design, if needed. The system shall also have the capability to allow the engineer to add or remove functions to/from the restriction. Contractor shall supply complete instructions on how this is to be done in field.

10.28.7 Control Philosophy and Operation 10.28.7.1 General Contractor shall provide design of instrumentation and controls, required to form a complete Combined Cycle control and will ensure safe and reliable operation with best overall performances of the Power plant unit entire. The PCMS control and monitoring functions shall be suitable for faultless and safe control and supervision of the entire plant during all phases of operation. The Control System shall cover the control and monitoring of the main equipment and the all other parts of the Combined Cycle Power Plant are: - Gas turbine (GT) - Steam Turbine (ST) - Heat Recovery Steam Generator (HRSG) - Steam/Water cycle and Auxiliary systems - Package systems - Electrical systems - Purchaser's Auxiliary and Package systems 10.28.7.2 Operation The plant control system PCMS is configured to perform the monitoring, automatic sequencing for start-up and shutdown, protection and coordinating control of the plant. PCMS shall provide the operator for plant automatic control mode and manual mode. Plant protection actions will active both in automatic and in manual mode.

353

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

The following control functions of Combined cycle will be provided: - Automatic startup/shutdown sequential control - GT / ST load control - Protection 10.28.7.2.1 HRSG operation The start-up, loading and transfer to range pressure control of HRSG shall be done in a full automatic mode. The automation shall meet the following objectives:  consistent start-up and shut-down of the plant under all operational conditions  to achieve minimum run up and loading times consistent with pre-set thermal stress limits  to minimize fuel consumption during start-up, shut-down and normal on load operational cycle  to maximize plant life expectancy  to simplify operation. 10.28.7.2.2 Gas Turbine operation The operation of the GTG shall be fully automated. Automatic starting, synchronizing, loading and shutting down of the GTG shall be provided. The only operator intervention required shall be to select the fuel to be used and set the load. The GT control system will be fully integrated in to the PCMS. The automation shall be in general implemented to the sub-group level. 10.28.7.2.3 Steam Turbine operation The operation of the ST shall be fully automated and coordinated with the GT. The complete start-up and shut down shall be remotely supervised and conducted automatically from the CCR.

The automation shall meet the following objectives:  Consistent start-up and shut-down of the plant under all operational conditions  To achieve minimum run up and loading times consistent with pre-set thermal stress limits

354

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

 To maximize plant life expectancy  To simplify operation. The GT control system will be fully integrated in to the PCMS.

10.28.7.2.4 Unit coordination program The above mentioned start-up, shutdown and emergency shutdown programs shall be fully coordinated by a unit coordination program. The unit coordination program shall also support the operation without any damage or additional stress in several operating conditions, like but not limited to failure of main components, delays occurring in the start-up or shutdown sequence, etc.

10.28.8 INSTRUMENTATION 10.28.8.1 General This section of the specification contains requirements for instruments, their installation and documentation for them. Only justified exceptions shall accepted, which will be subject to Purchaser's approval. 10.28.8.1.1 General Requirements 10.28.8.1.1.1 Contractor shall supply all elements for sensing, conditioning and transmitting signals from equipment within the Scope of Supply, as required, to assure safe, reliable and economic manual and automatic operation.

10.28.8.1.1.2 Instrument Identification Tag Numbers - Instrument identification tag numbers will be assigned to instruments by Contractor. Contractor shall use this instrument number in documentation. - For field or indoor-mounted instruments: the instrument identification tag number shall be stamped on a stainless steel plate and shall be attached to the instrument with rust-proof wire. 10.28.8.1.1.3 Nameplate (Manufacturer’s Marking) - Contractor shall use nameplate (Manufacturer’s marking) in references to instrument or device on drawings, correspondence and manuals, where applicable.

355

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

- The nameplate (Manufacturer’s marking) tag shall include the following identifying data: - manufacturer’s name, - model number, - Additional information, such as voltage, frequency, etc. - Construction of nameplate (Manufacturer’s marking). For field mounted instruments the Manufacturer’s Marking Data should be stamped on a tag permanently fastened to the instrument. Adhesive fastening is not acceptable. 10.28.8.1.2 Control and Instrumentation Documentation The language of documentation and drawings shall be English. 10.28.8.1.2.1 Contractor shall submit the following documents: - P&I Diagrams; - Instrument list; - Instrument Data sheets; - Control valves list and Data sheets; - Instrument Installation detail diagram (Hook-ups); - General Arrangement and/or Assembly dwg files and/or Layout dwg files, and/or Isometric Piping dwg files and/or Equipment cross section and/or Instrument Location drawings; - PCMS I/O list; - PCMS Alarm list; - Functional Description of the Plant and all supplied plant systems operation and control; - Control Logic and Control Loop diagrams (including start-up and shutdown sequence, alarms and protection) for the Plant and all supplied plant systems; - Other relevant Technical Documentation according to Annexure "J". 10.28.8.1.2.2 For the Documentation detailed requirements, submission schedule and approvals – see Annexure "JA" ("Essential Documentation For Proposal") and Annexure "JB" ("Documentation Submission Schedule "). 10.28.8.1.3 Deleted 10.28.8.1.4 Quality Assurance

356

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.8.1.4.1 The Contractor's Quality Assurance Program shall meet the requirements described in ISO Standard 9001: 2000 10.28.8.1.4.2 Certification of Conformance (C.O.C.) - The Contractor shall provide a certified Bill of Lading signed by its Quality Control Department for all supplied Instrumentation. - The Purchaser shall have the right to audit and comment on Contractor's Quality Assurance System regardless of whether it was previously audited by a certifying agency or any other body. - The Contractor shall submit with his Proposal a copy of his Quality Assurance Manual including Quality Control Procedures.

10.28.8.2 General Technical Requirements 10.28.8.2.1 Instruments 10.28.8.2.1.1 Environmental Conditions: - All instruments for sensing, conditioning and transmitting, electrical and pneumatic actuators, including linkages and solenoid valves, as well as instrument piping (sensing lines, fittings, valves, supports etc.) shall be suitable to work in a salt-laden polluted atmosphere when the Fossil or Combined Cycle Oil Fuel Power Plant is located near the sea shore, and according to the fuel type, 100% humidity and at ambient temperatures ranging from 5 to 60 C. Concerning an inland Power Station, a salt laden atmosphere is not relevant. - However, the Contractor shall recognize that extremes of temperature, moisture, vibration and dust do exist in certain locations in the plant and the instruments shall be designed for these conditions according to NEMA 4X Standard or IP65 Epoxy coated as approved by Purchaser. All field instruments shall be of heavy duty construction. - Instruments located in hazardous areas shall also have explosion-proof protection according to area classification/”NFPA”, “NEC” or other

357

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

internationally recognized code, as approved by Purchaser, according to relevant protection degree standards. - All instruments to withstand electro-magnetic and radio frequency interference (EMI/RF) according to relevant updated European or American Standards). - All instruments shall be lightning protected.

10.28.8.2.1.2 Painting All accessories parts constructed of non-corrosion resistant materials such as linkages, brackets, racks, supports, etc. should be provided with a protective epoxy coat to withstand and operate in an outdoor or indoor atmosphere (whichever applies), as specified above.

10.28.8.2.1.3 Operational Requirements. - Shut-down devices shall activate Purchaser's alarm as well as the indicating lights at the local panel. Shut-down devices shall have electrically independent contacts. - Wherever possible the Contractor shall provide, as an option, a remote start-up/shut-down from Purchaser’s Main Control Room. Local control in this case can be operated when permission is given from MCR.

10.28.8.2.1.4 Calibration Requirement - A Certification of Test (C.O.T.) including a Certificate of Calibration and including the calibration method, date of calibration, date of next calibration due and traceability to a nationally or internationally recognized standard shall be provided for all instruments. All instruments, scales, charts, gauges, recorders and the like shall have metric graduations (kg/cm2, C, mm WC, etc.). - Where applicable, instrument calibration shall be specific to 50 Hz. The use of correction curves from 60 Hz to 50 Hz is not acceptable. 10.28.8.2.1.5 Required Manufacturers - All Instruments that are herein specified in regard to Manufacturer and model or type shall be considered the Standard of Supply throughout the

358

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

Power Station for standardization purposes and according to I.E.C.’s "List of approved instruments Manufacturer's" - see Supplement 8.9.4.2 - However, the Purchaser reserves the right to approve or reject the manufacturer, as well as the model number or type selected by the Contractor from the above list and the latter shall abide by it. - Contractor will be responsible for his Subcontractors, in regards to the above requirements. 10.28.8.2.1.6 Other Technical Requirements 10.28.8.2.1.6.1 Electrical Signals and Supply Signal: - The Contractor shall provide electrically independent dry Contact to indicate alarm for all significant Parameters of the process. A list of these signals shall be submitted to the Purchaser for review and approval. - All analog signals from pressure sensors and other instruments (if applicable) shall have 4-20mA DC current signal from a two-wire system. Other signals and output ranges are not acceptable (except thermocouples, which shall have millivolt signals and ohms in case of RTD). - Field Bus is acceptable only for the auxiliary system (not the major system) and based on Purchaser's approval). Power Supply: - Electrical power supply shall be up to 48VDC Electrical Connection: - Electrical connection shall be made on terminal blocks conveniently located for external wiring. 10.28.8.2.1.6.2 Pneumatic Signal and Supply Supply: - The instrument air provided by the Purchaser will be maximum in the pressure and temperature of 110-125 psig. The pressure will not be lower than normally 60 psig. Signal: - All pneumatic control signals for modulating control shall have an operating pressure of 3-15 or 6-30 psig.

359

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

- The Instrument air quality will be according to ISA Standard ANSI MC11.1-1975-ISA S7.3. - However, the power plant operates at an instrument air supply minimum available pressure of 60 psig, therefore the actuator’s required pressure shall not exceed 45-60 psig. Any exception or additional equipment proposed by the Contractor to fulfill I.E.C.’s minimum available pressure shall be subject to I.E.C.’s approval. 10.28.8.2.2 Installation 10.28.8.2.2.1 All sensors, instruments and root valves shall be accessed easily for maintenance personnel, taking into consideration physical limitations, such as: process piping, equipment, cable trays, columns, beams, etc. Local indicators should be installed in such a way as to ensure unobstructed reading of indication.

10.28.8.2.2.2 Primary Points and Root Valve Requirements - Primary points, using impulse lines for instrument connection, shall be equipped with root valves, except the air ducts. Root valve size shall be the same as the Boss size (see Table A in Item 10.28.2.2.7) The Contractor will use the Table A when selecting bosses for temperature measurement. - Any redundant measurement should be taken from a separate primary point. 10.28.8.2.2.3 The Contractor shall permit the Purchaser to mount loose supplied instruments (except pre-mounted instruments and instruments which not intended for panel mounting) on Purchaser’s local panels located at a distance not greater than 15 meters from the measuring point. Panels mounting and installation accessories will be provided by Purchaser according to I.E.C.’s Standard. 10.28.8.2.2.4 The Contractor shall be guided by the following design requirements: 10.28.8.2.2.4.1 The Contractor shall use the best technical means and engineering skills to install field instruments to assure a safe and reliable operation of the equipment with the best overall performance.

360

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.8.2.2.4.2 Field instruments, where possible, shall be mounted on local instrument panels/enclosure boxes for protection purposes. Panels and enclosure boxes will be equipped with doors and, where necessary, windows, and shall contain as many instruments as possible without affecting on their proper operation and maintenance. 10.28.8.2.2.4.3 The Contractor shall supply valve manifold for each pressure and differential pressure instrument. For pressure and differential pressure transmitters the manifold will be provided as an integral part of the instrument and should be of a direct type, except for specific cases. The 2-way valve manifold, consisting of 1 block valve and 1 vent or test valve, for pressure instruments and the 5-way valve manifold, consisting of 2 block valve, 1 equalizer valve and 2 vent or test valve, for differential pressure instruments are required. For sea water measurements the instrument's manifolds shall be of remote type and assembled with ball valves. All manifolds should be provided with 1/2” N.P.T.F. process connections and should have mounting holes. Manifold flanges type "T" and "H" are not acceptable. 10.28.8.2.2.5 The level instrumentation will be installed on Stand Pipe, if this allows the instrument type and the medium to be measured. The stand pipe, including isolating valves, nozzles, and installation fittings, should be supplied with tank or vessel. For stand pipe boss/nozzles sizes, required for instrument connection, see Table A in item 10.28.2.2.7. 10.28.8.2.2.6 Generally, the thermowell should reach up the pipe center line. The immersed length of the thermowell should be no less than 2 1/2 inches, therefore, for process lines with small diameters, Contractor shall provide special installation. The length and construction of thermoelement and of thermowell should take into account the thickness of the pipe insulation in order to avoid the influence of high temperature on the temperature transmitter. 10.28.8.2.2.7 All instruments supplied loose (not pre-mounted) shall have a process connection according to Table B in item 10.28.8.2.2.8.

361

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.8.2.2.7 Connection Sizes for Primary Points - Table A MEASURED FLUID VARIABLE MAJOR SYSTEMS (*) O T H E R S Y S T E M S C W PRESS. 1” SW ¾” SW O 1” NPTF M A ... A TEMP. 3/4" NPTF FOR TEMP. SWITCH P I 1/2" NPTF FOR ORIFICE PLATE FLOW 3/4" SW FOR FLOW NOZZLE ON PIPES WITH 8" NPS & R R T SMALLER E 1" SW FOR FLOW NOZZLE ON PIPES WITH 8" NPS & GREATER S & . E 3/4" SW. FOR LEVEL GLASS S LEVEL 1" SW. FOR LEVEL SWITCH E R 2" SW. FOR LEVEL CONTROLLER D 4" FLG. FOR ULTRA SONIC PRESS. 1" SW 3/4" SW 1 1/4" NPTF S TEMP. 3/4" NPTF FOR TEMP. SWITCH T 1/2" NPTF FOR ORIFICE PLATE FLOW 3/4" SW FOR FLOW NOZZLE ON PIPES WITH 8" NPS & E GREATER 1" SW FOR FLOW NOZZLE ON PIPES WITH 8" NPS & A GREATER M 3/4" SW FOR LEVEL SWITCH LEVEL 1" SW FOR LEVEL SWITCH 2" SW FOR LEVEL CONTROLLER

4" BW FOR WATER COLUMN (STAND PIPE) PRESS. - ¾” - 1” NPTF O TEMP. "¾ NPTF FOR TEMP. SWITCH ½” NPTF FOR ORIFICE PLATE I FLOW - 3/4" SW FOR FLOW NOZZLE ON PIPES WITH 8" NPS & L SMALLER 1” SW FOR FLOW NOZZLE ON PIPES WITH 8” NPS & GREATER ¾” SW FOR LEVEL GLASS LEVEL 1” SW FOR LEVEL SWITCH 2” SW FOR LEVEL CONTROLLER F C DUCT - 2” NPTF PRES L 0 BOILE S 2½” NPTF WALL . U M - E B MILL - 1½" NPTF U A TEMP. DUCT - 2” NPTF G S I MILL - 1½” NPTF A T R - O FLOW DUCT 2” NPTF & N

(*) Major Systems are: MS, FW, CD, CR, HR, ME, LE, HE.

362

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.8.2.2.8 Instrument Process Connections - Table B

INSTRUMENT TYPE CONNECTION SIZE

INDICATOR ½” N.P.T.M. P INDICATOR W/DIAPHRAGM SEAL ½” N.P.T.M. R INDICATOR W/MANIFOLD ½” N.P.T.F. E SWITCH ¼” N.P.T.F. S SWITCH W/DIAPHRAGM SEAL ¼” N.P.T.F. S SWITCH W/MANIFOLD ½” N.P.T.F. U TRANSMITTER ¼” N.P.T.F. R TRANS. W/DIAPHRAGM SEAL ½” N.P.T.M. E TRANS. W/MANIFOLD ½” N.P.T.F. CONTROLLER ¼” N.P.T.M. CONTROLLER WITH DIAPHRAGM ½” N.P.T.M. SEAL CONTROLLER W/MANIFOLD ½” N.P.T.F.

D INDICATOR ¼” N.P.T.M. I INDICATOR W/DIAPHRAGM SEAL ½” N.P.T.M. F P INDICATOR W/MANIFOLD ½” N.P.T.F. F R SWITCH ¼” N.P.T.F. E E SWITCH W/DIAPHRAGM SEAL ¼” N.P.T.F. R S SWITCH W/MANIFOLD ½” N.P.T.F. E S TRANSMITTER ¼” N.P.T.F. N U TRANS. W/DIAPHRAGM SEAL ½” N.P.T.M T R TRANS. W/MANIFOLD ½” N.P.T.F. I E CONTROLLER ¼” N.P.T.M A CONTROLLER W/DIAPHRAGM SEAL ½” N.P.T.M. L CONTROLLER W/MANIFOLO ½” N.P.T.F.

L INDICATOR ¾” FLG. R.F E SWITCH (EXTERNAL CAGE) 1” FLG. R.F V TRANSMITTER(EXTERNAL DISPLACER) 2” FLG. R.F E TRANSMITTER (D/P CELL) ¼” N.P.T.F. L TRANS. W/MANIFOLD ½” N.P.T.F. ULTRA SONIC 4” FLG. R.F T E M P INDICATOR ½” N.P.T.M. E R SWITCH ¼” N.P.T.F. A T ELEMENT (THERMOCOUPLE) ½” N.P.T.M. U R E

F L INDICATOR (THERMAL) ¾” N.P.T.M O W SWITCH (THERMAL) ¾” N.P.T.M

363

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.8.3 Specific Technical requirements

10.28.8.3.1 Instruments 10.28.8.3.1.1 Contractor shall provide complete set of Data sheets for all supplied field instruments for the project. Technical requirements for the instrumentation that included in this chapter and in the supplements: - Instrument Data sheets – Supplement 8.9.4.1 - List of approved Instrument Manufacturers - Supplement 8.9.4.2 will be mandatory for Contractor. The instrument Data sheets should be based on ISA standard (see Supplement 8.9.4.1)

10.28.8.3.1.2 Switches - All level, pressure, temperature, flow, limit and other switches shall have DPDT double pole, double throw dry contacts. Each pole shall be electrically independent and ungrounded. These switches shall have a narrow dead band. - Mercury switches are not acceptable. - Micro switches are not acceptable.

10.28.8.3.1.3 Temperature All temperature instruments shall be equipped with thermowells, except for thermocouples mounted on bearing assemblies. All screwed thermowells shall be welded to the equipment/piping with sealing weld. For local temperature measurements bimetal thermometers or inert gas bulb types must be used. Glass thermometers are not acceptable. Temperature indicators with temperature switch on one enclosure are not acceptable. Thermocouples shall be dual element type "E" or "K" . Thermoelement RTD'S shall be dual element, PT-100 type.

364

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.8.3.1.4 Pressure - Local Indicator shall be equipped with pulsation dampners and/or liquid filled to withstand pulsations on process, if required according to process conditions. - Pressure and Differential Pressure Transmitter shall be suitable for direct manifold mounting. - Pressure Indicators with pressure switch on one enclosure are not acceptable.

10.28.8.3.1.5 Flow 10.28.8.3.1.5.1. a. An orifice plate type low element shall be of a thin plate, square edged, Paddles type, faced and recessed in accordance with latest ASME or AGA recommended practice or equivalent Standard and the Instrument Data Sheets. Orifice flanges, gaskets and jacking screws shall be furnished by Contractor, unless stated otherwise on the instrument Data Sheets. Contractor shall furnish all necessary data for a proper fit and mounting of orifice flanges on the pipes. b. Flow nozzles shall be in accordance with the instrument Data Sheets and ASME/ISO Standard (last edition) or equivalent standards. Flow elements shall be furnished with accessory items as required, suitable for pressure and temperature involved. c. Flow nozzles, accessories welding adaptors shall be fabricated and installed by Contractors in the pipe sections supplied by him. Contractor shall design and machine the pipe sections. Pipe section weld ends shall fit the main pipes. d. Process shut-off valves and nipples for instrument sensing lines will be furnished by the main Contractor. e. Complete design data shall be furnished by the Contractor for each flow element. Design data shall be subject to review by the Purchaser. 10.28.8.3.1.5.2 Flow measurement by ultrasonic principles is acceptable only after approval by I.E.C.

365

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.8.3.1.6 Actuators

10.28.8.3.1.6.1 General - The Contractor shall secure all necessary data (in addition to that specified) to ensure that the control electrical actuators and pneumatic actuators furnished by him shall have ample power to successfully operate the various equipment to be controlled. Control drive units and actuators shall have adequate power to accommodate operation resistance due to dirt, corrosion and wear that may develop due to the normal environment at the steam generating units.

10.28.8.3.1.6.2 Pneumatic Actuator a. All accessories (Electro-pneumatic positioners, controller converters, filter regulators, limit switches and solenoid valves) shall be completely piped and mounted on the valve actuator in the Contractor's shop and shall be properly adjusted prior to delivery. b. Every pneumatic control loop shall be equipped with two air sets, each including a pressure regulator with integral drain valve and a filter. One air set will be for the instrument air supply to the controller and the other for the Air Supply to the positioner. c. Each pneumatic actuated valve shall be provided with two (2) limit switches. d. Diaphragm actuator shall be of the spring return valve type. Actuator size shall correspond to control air pressure ranges (3-15 psig, 6-30 psig, based on the moment the actuator must develop to control/position the valve. e. The Actuator diaphragm area (and spring) shall be sufficient to close against the maximum differential pressure encountered in the process when the valve is closed. f. Actuator shall be designed for either valve spring opening or valve spring closing, as specified in Data Sheets. Failure action shall be based on failure of either the control signal or the instrument air supply.

366

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

g. Piston actuators shall usually be without springs, double acting type, with the appropriate solenoid valve type. h. Pneumatic piston actuators for on-off valves shall be of maintenance-free, non-lubricating type (or with initial greasing by Manufacturer). If a pneumatic piston actuator needs lubrication, the lubricator shall be connected to the air supply with a flexible hose connection made of Teflon tubing, reinforced by a 316 ST.ST. jacket (braided). All pistons shall have a protective cover (flexible cover on the piston rod). I. Piston actuators shall be designed for maintaining the valve in its last positin on failure either of the control signal or the instrument air supply.

10.28.8.3.1.6.2.1 Positioner/I/P Converter Actuators shall be equipped with Pneumatic positioners and I/P converters, unless otherwise specified in the Data Sheets. a. Pneumatic positioners shall be provided where specifically called for in the Data Sheets, or where satisfactory operation of supplier's hardware and/or systems can only be assured with their use. Contractor shall be responsible for discussing his design with the Purchaser to obtain the necessary engineering data for determining the need for Electro- Pneumatic positioners. All the pneumatic positioners shall include a valve position transmitter, output 4-20 mA, 24VDC power supply, two-wire type. b. Positioners shall include I/P converters. Range and zero adjustment shall be provided. Valve Pneumatic positioners and I/P converters shall be provided with pressure gauges indicating "supply" (from pressure regulator), diaphragm pressure and signal output pressure.

10.28.8.3.1.6.2.2 Solenoid Valves Solenoid coils shall have Class H. The solenoid valves should be able with non-lubricating air (Asco model suffix "p" or equivalent)

367

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.8.3.1.6.2.3 Limit Switches a. Each pneumatic actuated valve shall be provided with two limit switches indicating the fully-open and the fully-closed positions. b. The housing shall be of cast iron or bronze and the levers and rollers shall be made of stainless steel. The external components of the limit switches not manufactured of corrosion-resistant materials shall be adequately corrosion-protected. c. Limit switches shall be mounted in a manner that will not interfere with the normal operation of the valve. Mounting shall be of sufficient rigidity to preclude misalignment and false indication of position due to vibration, etc.

10.28.8.3.1.6.2.4 Proximity Switches

Proximity Switches shall be according to valve data sheets and are acceptable for non-major systems in the power plants (see Table 10.28.8.2.2.7). a. The proximity switches shall be of cylindrical design, inductive type, with at least two (2) meter cables, two (2) wires, sealed on the switch enclosure side. b. Standard operating voltage c. Switching mode: Normal open (de-energized). d. Ambient temperature: +25 C - +80 C. e. Repeated accuracy:  5%.

10.28.8.3.1.7 Electrical Actuator The Contractor shall furnish complete torque and limit switch data for electrical actuator valve . 10.28.8.3.1.8 hand help "hart" communicator Instrument provided with hart protocol facility shall include at least one suitable communicator per each type of instrument to permit site maintenance of instrument.

368

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.8.3.2 Installation Contractor and Purchaser should identify the scope of instruments in accordance with:

- Instruments installed according to the Contractor's standard and using supplied materials;

- Instruments installed according to the Purchaser's standard and using Purchaser's materials.

This agreement for division of instrument installation should be part of the Contract. Generally, all instruments supplied loose can be installed by Purchaser in accordance with its standard The following items are intended for instruments which in Contractor's scope of installation:

10.28.8.3.2.1 The Contractor shall design the installation from instrumentation primary points (take off connection) on process lines or equipment up to field instruments, as well for instrument air consumers. The Instrument Installation Standard (Hook Up) with Parts list shall be part of the Contract and should be approved by the Purchaser. 10.28.8.3.2.2 The Contractor shall provide all the materials: tubing, piping, fittings, valves, manifold, etc., which are necessary for instrument installation works. List of instrument installation materials should be sent to Purchaser for review.

10.28.8.3.2.3 The instrument local panels or enclosure boxes will be provided by the Purchaser, except the pre-mounted instruments or specific cases, which will be defined by Contractor. Purchaser instrument Installation standard can be provided at the request of the Contractor after Contract award.

10.28.9 Simulation System - Optional A training simulator shall be provided as a part of the total PCMS. The model building tool kit shall be included. The training simulator shall

369

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

function as an operator training tool, and as a process control development tool. Operators trained on the simulator will be able to be certified as being fully capable to control the process with the PCMS. The simulator shall also be used to test the actual control logic prior to start-up, at simulator vendor’s factory

10.28.9.1 System Requirements * The training simulator shall use the same control logic and CRT displays as those used in the actual process. The system hardware shall include: - Man-Machine Interfaces - Engineering Workstation - Simulation Computer/Instructor's Console

10.28.9.2 Simulator Functional Requirements The actual process control logic shall be downloaded, unmodified, into the simulation computer. As in the actual process, the control logic shall be functionally partitioned into the various control areas, as defined in previous sections of this Spec.

10.28.9.3 Simulation Computer/Instructor's Console The simulation computer, when functioning as the instructor's console, shall permit an instructor to set up and conduct operator training. The instructor shall be able to select specific functions to activate, depending on the particular type of training being conducted. The functions shall include: - Start/Stop Simulation. - Recall and restore the simulation starting conditions. - Save existing or create new starting conditions. - Ability to establish group monitoring of variables for assessment, trending, and future analysis. - Ability to institute process malfunctions for operator's response. - Student Monitoring, which will permit the instructor to evaluate the student's response to instructor-initiated conditions.

370

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.10 Systems with Local Control (Black Boxes) (if applicable to Contractor's scope) 10.28.10.1 Electrical Requirements 10.28.10.1.1 Environment 10.28.10.1.1.1 For control equipment requirements regarding the environment conditions, see Para.. 10.27.5.13

10.28.10.1.2 EMI/RFI For control equipment requirements regarding the effect of RFI and EMI noise, see 10.27.5.14

10.28.10.1.3 Capacity & Expandability The Control and Electrical Equipment shall be supplied according to the Specification requirements. 10.28.10.1.3.1 The System capacity shall meet all Purchaser’s demands for input/output data and the performance of all tasks as listed under this Specification. 10.28.10.1.3.2 Contractor shall include at least 20% spare capacity for future expansion. Specifically this means spare space to mount I/O modules and their associated terminal units, spare computing capacity in the processing modules. Any memory required for the 20% expansion within processing modules shall be included within these as supplied. 10.28.10.1.3.3 Contractor shall provide 20% installed, but unused spare capacity for each of the following categories: - Digital Inputs. - Analog Inputs (4-20 MA, TC’s, RTD’s). - Digital Outputs (for each voltage and amperage) - Interposing heavy duty output relays. - Power Supplies. Terminal blocks for field cables and the associated internal wiring in the I/O Marshalling Cabinets should be provided for the above mentioned implemented spare I/O capacity. The implemented spare capacity shall be distributed as evenly as practical throughout the equipment. 10.28.10.1.4 Power Supplies For power supplies requirements, see Para.. 10.27.

371

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.10.1.5 Programmable Controllers System The requirements for PLC are defined in appropriate IEC regulations (in compliance with security requirements stipulated in supplement 8.9.3.5): 10.28.10.1.6 Electronic Equipment a. Electronic components, where used shall be of robust construction, and shall not be influenced by vibration and shocks. b. Electronic components should be mounted on printed withdrawable cards, i.e. plug in construction. c. Disconnect contacts of the withdrawable cards, and stationary contacts should be silver or gold coated, if available d. Printed withdrawable cards with all components mounted and tested shall be treated as to withstand moisture, i.e. tropicalized equipment, and shall be treated anti-fungus. e. Relays for output signals and control shall be rated least 10A at 230V A.C. or 220V D.C. 2A (inductive). f. Electronic equipment shall be treated for Surge Withstand Capability (SWC) as defined in applicable standards. g. The electronic components should be provided with a Troubleshooting system, where possible. h. The withdrawable cards should be key protected to avoid plugging of not replaceable cards. 10.28.10.1.7 Grounding The Contractor shall provide a "Grounding Procedure Guide" and recommendations for grounding. All conductible part of an electric device or cable raceway which is not energized in normal operation but may be energized during a damage of insulation shall be solidly connected to grounding system as per N.E.C. (NFPA 70 last edition) Art 250. The appurtenances used to connect the grounding system shall be approved for this purpose. The cable tray system may be used as main grounding system. In this case all cable tray shall be bonded together to form a continuous grounding system by means of approved accessories. The grounding conductor shall be made of cooper stranded conductor and shall be bonded by approved means.

372

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.10.1.8 Operator Interface Panel For maintenance purposes, local supervisor, programming and monitoring of the system, an industrial IBM-PC (or compatible) workstations of the most updated type at the delivery time, shall be supplied (in full compliance with supplement 8.9.3.5 requirements). A suitable dimensioned industrial console shall be provided. 10.28.10.1.9 Control Enclosures For Control Enclosure requirements, see Para10.27.3. 10.28.10.1.10 Internal Wiring For Internal Wiring requirements, see Para.. 10.27.5.11. 10.28.10.1.11 Junction Boxes For Junction Boxes requirements, see Para.. 10.27.4 10.28.10.1.12 Inspection and testing (factory simulation test) a. Prior to shipment of the system, a simulation test of at least one (1) week shall be performed by the Contractor and witnessed by the Purchaser's technical representatives. During the test, all system components shall be assembled and inter-connected. All system digital inputs shall be simulated by clearly labeled switches. Each driver channel shall be tested with simulation equipment. Digital outputs shall be displayed on lights. The purpose of this test is to prove the functional operation of all parts of the system and to prove all internal electrical wiring. This test shall demonstrate channel response, interlocks and system response during a power supply upset. The operator’s control switches and specific interlock controls shall be used in the test setup. The Purchaser shall be notified and provided with a test agenda at least 30 working days before factory simulation test. Any power supplies, static switches, batteries or other power conditioning equipment shall be connected to the system and shall be in full operation throughout the test. Transfer from normal to backup power and return to normal shall be demonstrated to cause no system malfunction or mis-operation. b. When the Contractor has completed his simulation of all provided equipment, the Purchaser reserves the right to perform a “hands on” demonstration of all the equipment. When the Purchaser is satisfied that

373

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

all the Contractor provided equipment functions as specified, the factory simulation test will be considered complete. c. Test procedure

The Contractor shall provide a complete, detailed procedure for Purchaser review 60 days prior to the test described above. This procedure shall be in the form of a checkoff list and shall be used throughout the test. Each step shall consist of three statements as follows: 1. Status of system prior to this test. 2. Actions to be performed and results expected. 3. Results, system operation and final status. d. System performance guarantees tests The system shall be tested in the field by the Purchaser. This test program may be in addition to any testing performed by the Contractor during normal startup activities. These tests shall be performed prior to the unit’s commercial operation date but not until after all work and testing are completed by the Contractor.

A representative of the Contractor shall witness the field tests. Test Procedures shall be agreed upon during signing the Contract.

10.28.10.1.13 Transport, Handling and Storage 10.28.10.1.13.1 Before packing, the equipment shall be cleaned to remove all dirt and waste material left for fabrication, to the extent that it can be put into service without further cleaning. 10.28.10.1.13.2 The top, back, ends and bottom of the control cabinets shall be provided with a temporary enclosure, tightly sealed to prevent entry of foreign matter during transport and storage at the job-site. The entire panel or console shall be adequately protected to prevent damage to components during handling and transport. 10.28.10.1.13.3 The control cabinets and all equipment shall be packaged so that they will arrive at the plant site undamaged by handling and weather. Measures against hostile security tackling must be taken (see supplement 8.9.3.5, item 5.3)

374

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.10.1.13.4 The Contractor shall be responsible for, and shall repair or replace at his expense, damaged equipment.

10.28.10.1.13.5 Detailed storage requirements for short term (up to 6 months) and long term (more than 6 months) shall be provided. Special handling provisions shall be transmitted to the Purchaser prior to transport. Storage and handling requirement data shall be attached to each package. 10.28.10.1.13.6 Prior to preparing the system for transport, all accessories which may be subject to damage either during transport or during handling at the jobsite shall be removed. Each item removed shall be clearly labeled as to the equipment with which it is associated and in accordance with a drawing showing its exact location and configuration on that equipment to facilitate reassembly in the field. This drawing shall be placed in a suitably marked envelope and shall accompany the equipment and disassembled components.

10.28.10.1.14 Interfacing with PCMS and other auxiliary systems In order to enable remote control and monitoring from PCMS the data shall be transmitted in a few modes, depending on system’s architecture – hardwired or via communication link. . 10.28.10.1.14.1 Following are a few requirements for data transmission via communication links , all in strict compliance with security safeguard requirements stipulated in supplement 8.9.3.5:

10.28.10.1.14.1.1 PCMS Communication capability for interfacing PCMS with other auxiliary systems: The PCMS shall support the Industrial control system protocol OPC UA (computer level) to interface the PCMS with foreign PLC based systems, that have a dedicated HMI facilities. To interface the PCMS with foreign PLC based systems, that do not have a dedicated HMI facilities, the TCP/IP based Process automation communication protocols - PROFINET (Siemens),MODBUS TCP/IP (Schneider Electric) and EthernetIP (Rockwell Automation) will be provided (PLC level).

375

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

To interface with 161kV SWGR, PCMS shall support the Power system automation protocol IEC 61850 (Substation automation standard

10.28.10.1.14.1.2 Contractor shall specify quantities and type of data for each link. 10.28.10.1.14.1.3 Data transmitted on communication link shall be accompanied with time stamp. 10.28.10.1.14.1.4 In order to achieve the PCMS requirements for data transmission speed, Contractor shall consider the use of few communication links instead of one. 10.28.10.1.14.1.5 All signals shall have a clear and consistent design identification. 10.28.10.1.14.1.6 Contractor shall provide a computerized list of I/O signals to PCMS (Excel or Access file format), including the internal address for each signal. 10.28.10.1.14.1.7 After notification of award, Contractor will be asked to use IEC standard for signals identification (tag-name), in addition to its own tag-name. 10.28.10.1.14.2 Signals to PCMS for non-computerized systems 10.28.10.1.14.2.1 Analog and digital signals will be wired to PCMS using conventional cables. 10.28.10.1.14.2.2 Contractor shall terminate those signals at Terminal Blocks and clearly identify them. 10.28.10.1.14.2.3 Analog inputs signals may be one of the following type: High Level: 4-20mA, 1-5VDC Low Level: T/C, RTD Pulse Inputs. 10.28.10.1.14.2.4 Digital Inputs Signals should be dry contacts rated 125VDC, 100mA at least.

10.28.10.1.14.3 Signals to Sequence of Events Recorder (SER)

10.28.10.1.14.3.1 Since SER is an embedded function of PCMS, field signals dedicated to SER shall be brought to PCMS. The functionality of the signal as a SER one will be done internally (in PCMS).

376

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.28.10.1.14.3.2 All signals dedicated for SER shall be hardwired to PCMS (in other words, transmission of SER inputs via communication links is not permitted). 10.28.10.1.14.4 Signals to Annunciator 10.28.10.1.14.4.1 Annunciator is an embedded function of PCMS (as alarm management software + a number of Operator Graphic Displays) and does not exist as a stand alone Equipment. 10.28.10.1.14.4.2 All signals dedicated to Annunciator shall be brought to PCMS either hardwired or via communication links and defined accordingly.

377

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

10.29 RELIABILITY, AVAILABILITY, MAINTAINABILITY (RAM The Contractor shall comply with the requirements for Reliability, Availability, Maintainability and Safety, set forth in Supplement 8.9.1.8 attached hereto. Reliability Requirements The Contractor will demonstrate that, for the total design, he established quantitative reliability and maintenance performance Parameters. The reliability of the critical items significantly affects the ability of the CCGT to perform its overall function or safety, which is in consideration. Equivalent availability as defined by NERC shall be stated numerically with confidence levels, in terms of mission success or hardware meantime between failures. Initially, equivalent availability may be stated as a goal and a lower minimum acceptable requirement

11 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS – All testing shall be according to an agreed test and inspection plan to be submitted during the bidding stage, as per I.E.C. specification Q-APP-02 PR R03 (see Para. 8.9.1.4) Rotors will be statically and dynamically balanced using latest Hard Bearing Balance equipment at the disposal of the Contractor. Turbine and compressors will be inspected and tested according to the Manufacturer's quality control manuals. Factory testing and inspection will be in accordance with manufacturer's standards. All testing shall be subject to witnessing by the Purchaser according to the agreed plan. For additional requirements please refer to Paragraph 7 above.

12 PACKAGING & DELIVERY The Contractor shall comply with the requirements for Shipment and Handling of Equipment set forth in Annexure "R" to the Contract and additionally with the following supplementary requirements: 12.1 All components or accessories shipped detached for field mounting or field assembly shall be suitably tagged to allow easy identification. Tags shall be stamped with cross reference data such as Manufacturer's Name, Contract

378

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

No., Power Station, Unit No., reference drawing and Equipment Designation, and in addition shall be exceptionally durable and securely tied to items by wire or other methods approved by Purchaser. 12.2 Major pieces of Equipment (such as motors, pumps, fans, valves, actuators) shall be supplied with securely tied stamped nameplates (Adhesive fastening is not acceptable) including manufacturer’s name, model number, serial number and additional information, such as voltage, frequency, etc. 12.3 Unless specially designated, all Equipment and other items shall be packaged for outdoor storage until erection. Where required by the nature of the Equipment, the Contractor shall furnish and install necessary covers to protect the Equipment from sand, rain, hail, wind, dust and salt spray. Equipment shall be adequately sealed and protected during shipment to prevent corrosion and entrance of foreign matter. All exposed machined surfaces shall be protected where required with a suitable antirust compound or covers before shipment, for shipment and storage until erection. 12.4 Pressure parts (tubes and headers) shall be tagged by identification number, 12” from the edge of the tubes or headers. 12.5 All temporary supports, lifting lugs and other temporary parts shall be yellow painted. 12.6 The equipment components shall be supplied as large as possible to reduce field welds and erection time.

13 STORAGE & HANDLING

14 NAMEPLATE & MARKING - The Contractor shall use a nameplate (Manufacturer’s marking) in reference to an instrument or a device on drawings, correspondence and manuals, where applicable. - The nameplate (Manufacturer’s marking) tag shall include the following identifying data: * manufacturer’s name, * model number, * serial number; * additional information, such as voltage, frequency, etc.

379

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORP. Ltd. SPEC.: GC-7000 Engineering Projects Group ISSUE: FOR PROPOSAL Engineering Division DATE: 16/08/2018 [00]

- Construction of nameplate (Manufacturer’s marking): For field mounted instruments the Manufacturer’s Marking Data shall be stamped on a S stainless steel tag fastened permanently to the instrument. Adhesive fastening is not acceptable. 15 NOTES 16 SPECIAL REQUIREMENT

– F I N A L –

380